Jehovah’s Witnesses and World Government Cover Up: 15 BIG Questions

Jehovah’s Witnesses and World Government Cover Up: The BIG Questions

(These are the big questions JWs and others should ask themselves, God, the elders and others. I would like to see one JW answer just one of these questions with any real meaning.)

Logically the 8th King comes in fullest form AFTER the 7th King in prophecy. You know, 1-2-3-4-5-6- and 7 and 8! Simple.

1. Then why does Bethel not clearly explain WORLD GOVERNMENT (Rev17:8-12; Dan11:45; Dan8:25), not just the United nations “image” nucleus, is what will define the 8th King “ascension” AFTER the 7th King becomes fully subservient in the future as foretold here:

(Daniel 11:42-43) And [King North] will keep thrusting out his hand against the lands; and as regards the land of Egypt, she (King South) will not prove to be an escapee. 43 And [King North] will actually rule over the hidden treasures of the gold and the silver and over all the desirable things of Egypt. (King South);

2. Now that it is painfully obvious King North is that same 8th King [globalized] world government, and the 7th King is that King South [nation-state] system going into financial subservience, why is it the geniuses up at Bethel cannot, and will not, make this SIMPLE final connection?

3. How is it that the first two UN related prophecies in the 1919 League of Nations and the 1945 United Nations is not continued in 1990 3rd United Nations presentation as also a key prophecy? How is it Bethel says that 1990 3rd UN global-presentation after the Cold War was insignificant, not a prophecy, and advisable to partner with as UN NGO global co-promoters?

4. Why does Bethel insist the failed USSR is what “will certainly prove successful (as King North) until the denunciation comes to a finish” at Armageddon? (Dan11:36) Why does Bethel maintain the USSR fictional King North interpretation, rather than tell everyone that 3rd UN presentation is that 3rd “place the disgusting thing” of Daniel 11:31b, and Daniel 8:23 parallel in 1990?

5. How is it that Bethel thinks it is fine and dandy to instead become a wild beast UN NGO, rather than keep everyone up to date on real UN prophecy?

6. So now that we know globalization complete in time into said world government, and that the 7th King nation-state economic crash will aid the process, as well set up now in enormous national sovereign debt in the US and EU systems, how is it “simply the end brothers!” “well done” and “congratulations it is all over!” up at Bethel?

6. WHY does Bethel conceal the required 7th King national downfall phase that occurs first, to “heal” that “sword stroke” into world government?

7. WHY does Bethel sell a premature end delusion to JWs and the world instead of explaining logical reality of prophecy, and global development of the near future?

8. How is the United Nations, in itself, a global true sovereignty?

9. How does the UN “image” complete the whole required prophecy?

10. Why does Bethel remain as if oblivious to any globalization commentary in its global “gathering” role (Rev16:13-16) to form true world government?

11. Why does Bethel ignore the 1990 3rd UN global-presentation, Global NATO 1999, 911 and GWOT 2001, and the 2008 Global Credit Crisis as if it is no news at all?

12. Why does Bethel NEVER discuss the role of the Federal Reserve (1913), the Council on Foreign Relations, and Chatham House (1919-1921) in the guidance of the “international affairs” that form world government progressively?

13. Why is Bethel unable to respond intelligently to ANY of these questions?

14. Is the UN NGO an apostate transgression that Bethel also covers up and sweeps UNder the rug to cover their treasonous tracks?

 

===
World government complete, functional (Dan11:45, Rev17:8-18) and stated (1Thess5:1-3), triggers Christ’s arrival, not before, but AFTER it completes. That takes several more years.
===

15. Why does Bethel COVER UP and KEEP INCOMPLETE that very very simple truth in prophecy and world development of the future?

Folks, something terribly wrong has developed INSIDE of Bethel and its leadership, and that is why those questions NEVER will be answered UNder these rogue Governing Body front men, UNtil they are removed by God.

And that is why they do not tell Jehovah’s witnesses and the world, the temple judgment is what is coming on Bethel next (Dan8:13-14), and first (1Pet4:17), by the JW organizational invasion (Dan11:41) of the real King North, as the 7th King King South “old world order” system starts to go down (Dan11:42-43)

Bethel must be judged, removed and totally exposed before those questions are answered for the world, it is part of the required “second witness” final warning that will emerge in this final multi-year process. Of course Bethel will also conceal that, until they are gone by the hand of God, by the UN kingdom they have chosen to covenant with, instead. (Dan8:13-14; Zech3:1-5; Rev8:3-5)

====

Four 8th King UN Cycles to World Government – 1919-Future

UN 1. 1919 – Rev13:11-15 (Dan12:11 first fulfillment) as League of Nations after WW1;

A. International Bible Students Association (IBSA) explained as prophecy;

UN 2. 1945 – Rev17:8-11 as United Nations after WW2;

A. Jehovah’s Witnesses (JW) explained as prophecy;

========
Unknown and unstated by UN NGO allied Bethel and Jehovah’s witnesses:
========

UN 3. 1990 – Daniel 11:31b as United Nations “New World Order” Initiative after WW3 (Cold War) (Dan11:29);

A. Covered up by Bethel as UN NGO, not explained as prophecy by any religious group;

[We are Here…]

UN 4. Future – Daniel 11:45; Daniel 8:25; (Daniel 12:11 last fulfillment) as United Nations and World Government after 4th world tribulation/war cycle to come.

A. Not currently explained by Bethel in lieu of a premature “end of the world” deception. (2Thess2:1-2)

B. To be explained after the JW temple judgment desolation, purification and removal of lawless Bethel engineered subversion (2Thess2:1-4; Dan11:30-31; Dan8:11-13);

====

Temple Judgment to World Government to Christ Arrival
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/graphics-of-final-cycle/temple-judgment-to-world-government-to-christ-arrival-revelation-11-and-daniel-12/

8th King/King North World Government as Simple as Possible
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/un-fourth-cycle-soon/8th-kingking-north-world-government-as-simple-as-possible/

The 8th King World Government: Convergence of Global Sovereignty— Convergence of All Bible Prophecy Symbolisms
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2015/03/31/8th-king-world-government-convergence-of-global-sovereignty-convergence-of-all-bible-prophecy-symbolisms/

 

===

1990: 3RD UN Presentation—The Key to Modern Bethel Reality https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/04/08/1990-3rd-un-presentation-the-key-to-modern-bethel-reality/

8th King World Government Rise with 7th King Nation State Fall
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/world-government/8th-king-world-government-rise-with-7th-king-nation-state-fall/

King 8 Versus King 7—The New World Order to Capture the Old World Order
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/06/19/king-8-versus-king-7-the-new-world-order-to-capture-the-old-world-order/

 

Advertisements

“Seven Times” Updates Coming—”Appointed Times of the Nations” Reconsidered, Again

“Seven Times” Updates Coming—”Appointed Times of the Nations” Reconsidered, Again, but in a New More Complete Manner

Update Here:

Appointed Times of the Nations Reconsidered, Again—Seven “Seven times” Applications; Initial, Offset and Extended to World Government and Christ Arrival

https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2016/06/04/appointed-times-of-the-nations-reconsidered-again-seven-seven-times-applications-initial-offset-and-extended-to-christ-arrival/

https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2016/06/appointed_times_of_the_nations_reconsidered_againe28094seven_seven_times_applications1.pdf



There is an update coming on the Jerusalem Destruction “seven times” historic context, that retains 607 BCE, but clarifies the events that marked that first “seven times” as 70 years. This keeps the harmony of the original Jehovah’s witnesses “seven times” truth, but removes some dating/event glitches, for a fuller proof.

I now agree Jerusalem was not destroyed in 607 BCE, and have an initial article on how 607 BCE actually applies to Babylon, and Jerusalem’s Kingline progressive to complete disruptions from that timing. This was the first article, a more complete summary is coming*, God willing:

Jerusalem Exile=Destruction? 607 BCE versus 586 BCE Dating—All’s Good! All’s Well, Couldn’t Be Better!
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/11/17/607-bce-versus-586-bce-dating-alls-good-alls-well-couldnt-be-better/

*The “Seven Times” Comprehensive Connection to All Sovereign Prophecy (Draft Portions)
http://christian.forumatic.com/viewtopic.php?f=3&t=625&p=7713#p7713

The purpose of the “seven times” of 2520 years, and its 70 year inception, is not about “the end”, but about connecting to the Revelation 11 1914-1918 “first witness” 1260 days, and the future “second witness” 1260 days, for a “seven times” finality, as 2520 days.

So, back to Babylon based 607 BCE, in the process the Jerusalem destruction of 586 BCE spans 70 years, “seven times”, to the Temple Completion of 516 BCE, thus Zechariah (3,4; 6:9-15) ties to Revelation 11’s final “seven times” as [1260 days] X [2 Witnesses] is to equate to a future 2520 days, or “seven times” final warning and permission of “trampling”. That, of course, is to warn in the future, 1260 days prior to 8th King world government, and hence the universal trigger of the arrival of God and Christ. (Rev1:7-8)

But in the process of this research, the “seven times” is far more comprehensive than first thought in the Bethel version, which basis end date/event assumption is the main glitch, from which error other problems arise. So I did a “score card” of this “seven times” update’s benefits, versus the Bethel version which has key timing errors:

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/seven-times-scorecard_zpscvfehk7n.png
On The Ray Franz 1976-1980 Bethel Expulsion Events Real Reason and The Eventual Full Exoneration of Ray

In future articles, God willing, I will also reveal now why Ray Franz and Carl Olof Jonsson’s research was covered up, and why Ray Franz was extricated from Bethel entirely, to attempt to conceal what the full complete research actually reveals—which BOTH Ray and Carl were starting to investigate.

In the meantime, the Bethel “Jerusalem Destruction” controversy, has eclipsed the simple fact the “Gentile Times”, are as stated, to be based on globally well known GENTILE entities in first Babylon and Medo-Persia, and their 607 BCE and 537 BCE. That defines the main first “seven times” benchmark in that initial 70 years which Jerusalem’s intrigues are “trimmed to fit” within that master time template. It is after all, the “appointed times of the NATIONS“, and thus, upon the nations—the RIVAL “gentiles”—the timing is defined first.

Bethel does not recognize the first 70 years as significant, but indeed it ties in Babylon fully into Daniel 4 in comprehensive initial pattern meaning (and 70 years “seven times” timing), and from there the rest of the “seven times” 2520 year and 2520 days prophecies are fully harmonized. All that now needs to go down is apostate “gentile” run Bethel, to allow this truth to come forth in time. (They are also at their 70 year limit of “GB” progressive (since 1944), to full 40 years (1976 based) of totally ILLEGAL APOSTATE influence. [1])

It is also nice God will terminate and then fully expose the Governing Body Racket as the MAIN criminal cabal now “in the temple”, and exonerate Ray Franz of all wrong doing, as Ray Franz was on to this update, since the late 1970s, and that is one of the main reasons they axed him. (They also wanted to make sure Ray and Fred did not form a “pass the torch” team relationship, to go past Fred’s 1992 assassination, and thus update the Daniel 11 USSR error on time. Instead all errors, PLUS a UN NGO, are all maintained now helping kill the JW credibility, and bring it into rampant apostasy.) The TRUTH always comes out, and God will nail, neutralize and condemn forever the GB before the eyes of all (Dan8:13-14) and throw them in the garbage dump of world history and the eternal infamy where they belong and where they crawled and slithered in from in the first place.

But it is not literally overnight, (but “evening” close (Dan8:14)), and it isn’t going to be pretty. BUT, it is coming! (Dan11:41) Bethel’s shenanigans are about to be judged and exposed (Dan8:13-14; Zech3:1-5), and the context will be enormous and Daniel 11:41 finalizing.

Thus below is links and examples of the graphics which developed from this coming update.

Figure 1 Versions – Seven “Seven Times” Applications with Global Sovereign Convergence



Full Size:

1.  Right-click Links, “Save link as” .png format. to save full size fully readable graphics.

Right-click image, “Save LINK as” .png format. to save full size fully readable graphics.

 

Full size Photobucket server images have “final-name.png” plus “~original” suffix, at end of file url.

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Z05-Seven-Times-Seven-Jehovahs-Witnesses-Update-06-Version1_6_24x36-222dpi_zpsymrz6hkg.png~original

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Z05-Seven-Times-Seven-Jehovahs-Witnesses-Update-06-Version1_6_zpsz5crvjmg.png~original

https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2015/12/z05-appointed-times-of-the-nations-reconsidered_-seven-times-seven-jehovahs-witnesses-update-06-version1_6.png

https://templelijah.wordpress.com/?attachment_id=2579

http://wp.me/a2zyhe-FB

24×36 222 Dpi

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Z05-Seven-Times-Seven-Jehovahs-Witnesses-Update-06-Version1_6_24x36-222dpi_zpsymrz6hkg.png~original

Figure 2 – Detail 1 – Sovereign Convergence

Full Size:

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Z06-Seven-Times-Model-FLO-Detail-Convergence-01_zpspkjuo9h5.png~original

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Z06-Seven-Times-Model-FLO-Detail-Convergence-01_zpspkjuo9h5.png~original

https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2015/12/z06-appointed-times-seven-times_seven-times-model-flo-detail-convergence-01.png

https://templelijah.wordpress.com/?attachment_id=2580

http://wp.me/a2zyhe-FC

Figure 3 – Detail 2 – Seven “Seven Times”

Full Size:

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Z07-Seven-Times-Detail-7Times-01_zpsc0ppqiiv.png~original

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Z07-Seven-Times-Detail-7Times-01_zpsc0ppqiiv.png~original

https://templelijah.wordpress.com/?attachment_id=2578

https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2015/12/z07-appointed-times-seven-times_seven-times-detail-7times-01.png

http://wp.me/a2zyhe-FA

Figure 4 – Detail 3 – Seven Times Initial – Babylon/Jerusalem First 70 Years

Full Size:

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Z08-Seven-Times-Detail-Babylon70Years-01_zps9ktmaf4j.png~original

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Z08-Seven-Times-Detail-Babylon70Years-01_zps9ktmaf4j.png~original

https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2015/12/z08-appointed-times-seven-times_seven-times-detail-babylon70years-01.png

https://templelijah.wordpress.com/?attachment_id=2577

http://wp.me/a2zyhe-Fz

====

Draft Outline

Appointed Times of the Nations Reconsidered, Again—Seven “Seven times” Applications; Initial, Offset and Extended

Considering Babylon’s 607 BCE Significance Benchmark

Daniel 4 Comprehensive “Seven Times” Summary  
Gentile
Times

Background

Purpose
Rectify Bethel’s Current Interpretive Limitations Concurrently
Bethel’s Main Problem: Event/Date Assumption
The Twenty Year “Shift”
Glossing Over Jehoiakim and Zedekiah’s Royal Intrigues Required in the Initial 70 Year “Seven Times” Concurrency, for a Psychologically Dramatic Distraction
Gentile Nations Main Radar of Prophecy as “Seven Times” Connects to Revelation
Complete Prophetic Summarization
Clears Ray Franz of All Apostate Bethel Charges
29. Helps Expose “Gentile” Bethel’s Modern Apostasy

Daniel 4’s Seven “Seven Times” Applications Enroute to Christ Arrival
Global Sovereign Conflict Symbolism in Daniel 4
Full Connection to Christ and the Final Period

Babylon and Jerusalem’s 70 Years “Seven Times” Base
Seven “Seven Times” Applications

The Seven “Seven Times” Applications from Main to Extended

Main “Seven Times” 607 BCE-537BCE
Main Dating Benchmarks
Daniel 2 and 4
Two Gentile Kingdom Identifying Entities

Main 70 Year Applications
1.
Babylon/Nebuchadnezzar Dynasty Symbol
2. Davidic Kings Interference to Cyrus Liberation
3. Exile/Sabbath Accounting

70 Years Scriptural Requirements on Jerusalem
Partial to Complete Principle Within Main 70 Years
Davidic King Interference
Exile 

Partial to Complete Principle Within Overall 90 Years in 2 70 Years Offset 20 Years
Flexible Seventy Sabbaths Accounting

The Seven “Seven Times” Main Benchmark Application
Figure 1 All

Main “Gentile Times” Dating Markers of the “Appointed Times of the Nations”
1. Babylon
2. Medo-Persia
Main Gentile “Defined” 70 Years Initial “Seven Times” Defines Context of Spiritual Significance 
From here all the “seven times” applications from initial to offset to extended to Revelation 11 are numbered 1-7.
1. Babylon’s Main 70 Years “Seven Times”
2. Jerusalem Kings 70 Years Concurrent
3. Exile 70 Year Concurrent
A. Sabbaths Covered Anywhere in 70 Years Plus Temple Completion Period

The Seven “Seven Times” Offset and Extended Applications

(1) Offset “Seven Times” Jerusalem/Temple Destruction Permission Period and its Zerubbabel/Joshua Connection Significance (586 BCE – 516 BCE)
Figure 4 Initial Seven Times
70 Years to Temple Completion Begins With Jerusalem Destruction

4. Jerusalem Destruction Period Marker
A. Temple Destruction Period Marker
Allows Full Summarization of Hebrew Prophecy Era
Allows Seven Times Connection to Christian Era Prophecy
Seven Times Extension to Global Significance (607 BCE-1914 CE)
Figure 3 Seven “Seven Times”
Maintains Seven Times Connection to 1914

5. Gentile Rulership Permission Principle
6. Davidic King “Trampling” Continuum
The Final “Seven Times” in Revelation 8-11 1914-1918-Future
Connects to Modern Era

7. Revelation 11 “Seven Times” as 2520 Days
Allows Seven Times Connection to Revelation 8-11 Two Witnesses Final  “Seven Times” 1914-1918
Allows Seven Times Connection to Revelation 8-11 Two Witnesses Final  “Seven Times” Future

Allows Complete Daniel 4 Explanation and Extended Sovereign Rivalry Parallels
Principle of Permitted Sovereign Limit Present on Babylon’s 70 Years
Overall Gentile and Jerusalem Permissions Concurrent For Entire Post 607 BCE Progression
Babylon and Jerusalem Symbology Firmly Parallel
World Government and the Messianic Kingdom Are the Final Parallel

Allows Christ Arrival Milestone Progression in Gentile System to be Known and Gauged Before Arrival
Thus the Final Warning “3.5 Times” of the Future

The “Seven Times” Comprehensive Connection to All Sovereign Prophecy
Figure 2 Sovereign Convergence
Every Sovereign Bible Prophecy Gentile and Jerusalem Sovereign Progression Converges with Daniel 4
Daniel 2
Daniel 7
Daniel 8
Daniel 11
Daniel 12
Revelation 13
Revelation 17
National Sovereign Transfer as BTG Deposition of Spiritual Sovereignty Global Context

Sovereign Parallel Extends to Armageddon for Final Comprehensive Summary
Christ Arrival Connection
Matthew 24:29-31 (Rev6:12-17)
Revelation 11:7-12
Revelation 16:13-20
Ties to Post Christ Arrival Final Sequence
Daniel 12:11
Revelation 14
Revelation 19
Concurrent Grand Finale

Demonstrates the Real Messianic Kingdom and Temple Completion Certainty
Demonstrates the World Government Completion and Deposition Certainty
Demonstrates Temple Judgment to Christ Arrival Pattern

“Seven Times” Prophecy and Context
Main 607 BCE to 537 BCE 70 Years Proof
With 586 BCE to 516 BCE 70 Years Extra Proof Support

Final Features of “Seven Times” Logic
Jeremiah’s 40 Years Full Opportunity Warning (626 BCE – 586 BCE)

Further Global Ramifications to Begin Upon Apostate Bethel
A Side Note on the Governing Body of Apostasy also Foretold in Daniel’s Prophecy
Attack on 1914 Aided by Bethel; Yet—It is Really a Non Issue
The 1
914 Problems—The Comprehensive Front and Back End Attack on 1914
Back End Distraction
“This Generation” Debacle Front End Distraction
Apostate GB Scandal Distraction “Cherry on Top”
Temple Judgment Starts the Final Cycle
Purification Enables Preparation for Final Warning “3.5 Times”

KING NORTH GLOBALIZATION TO WORLD GOVERNMENT

KING NORTH GLOBALIZATION TO WORLD GOVERNMENT

The Real ” King of the South” Nation-State and ” King of the North” Globalizer Global Scale Entities

How Apostate Bethel Developed Their Continued Daniel 11:27-43 USSR=King North Decoy Fiction Cover-up While Ignoring Massive Modern Global Events and the Globalization Development at the Same Time

I. Questions, Questions, Questions
II. The Initial King North/South Details
III. How Bethel Connected to Daniel 11:27 While Later Fully Bypassing The Globalization of King North
IV. Daniel 11:1-26 Overview
V. The Main Bethel Maintained Diversion and Premature Time Point
VI. Implications of Fictional Interpretive Extensions
VII. REALITY: Daniel 11:27-45 The Globalists’ “North” Versus The Nation-State “South” at Worldwide Scale
VIII. Daniel 11:40-45 Culmination Final Cycle Must Converge into Daniel 12 Final Fulfillment

I. Questions, Questions, Questions

To cut to the chase, would not a worldwide nation-state “south” “old world order” system being progressively financially, corporately and militarily dominated by a worldwide globalist “north” globalization system be far more significant than the failed USSR blip in history?


In light of global historic milestone events since WW1 to the end of the Cold War, that instead led to the downfall of the USSR and the emergence of a 3rd United Nations global presentation in 1990 (the one in “New World Order” mode), and the phenomenal expansion of the globalization system since then (Hab1:5-6), Bethel’s Daniel 11:27-45 interpretation requires an update for several reasons, does it not?

Yet, why does Bethel act as if nothing has changed since 1945 at that 2nd United Nations related presentation?

Is not that odd and backward stagnant behavior from Bethel’s supposed “full time Bible studiers”?


1. For example every notable King North/South transition has been explicitly noted in the Daniel 11:1-26 prophecy matching historic events and patterns.

Why is it the prophecy does not note the global monumental fall of the USSR?

2. Why has Bethel not noted the 3rd United Nations presentation of 1990 that climaxed with the end of the Cold War and that USSR global-fall?

If the first two United Nations related global presentations are in prophecy, UN1-2 (1919,1945), is not the 1990 3rd United Nations global presentation also in this UN progression, UN1-2-3, to World Government as perhaps UN1-2-3-4 of the future?

3. Why has “UN NGO” Bethel instead joined the United Nations of Non-Governmental Organizations?

Why has Bethel instead become “UN NGO”, while at the same time downplaying that 1990 3rd UN presentation?

Why is Bethel also refusing to update Daniel 11:27-45 in light of these HUGE global developments and the big questions which arise with the Cold War 3rd global war cycle cessation with the fall of the USSR to result in a THIRD United Nations capping global presentation?

Could perhaps all those Bethel anomalies of potential UN aligned and allied fresh apostasy, seemingly concurrently co-developing at Bethel, in their purposeful ignorance, actually be found somewhere in Daniel 11:27-45’s details as well? (Such as the apostate co-developments of Daniel 11:30b-32a perhaps?)

So how is it Bethel has hit this 1990 UN dead end at the UN NGO cul-de-sac?

II. The Initial King North/South Details

Well by examining Daniel 11:1-26 prophecy turned history, we can examine how Daniel 11 actually has previously demonstrated the required explicit details recorded in the prophetic text regarding King South and King North historic development which we can review to see these details that matched historic events and patterns. Those details have been provided to match the “kings'” progression of that time, that we can now fully examine in hindsight, as an example of the detail that Bethel has been instead bypassing and at times fudging with connective assumptions between historic sections of Daniel 11.

This examination is in agreement with the Bethel methods and interpretation of Daniel 11:1-26, and will examine its details from the Fred Franz 1958 era Daniel’s prophecy commentary which is the basis of the “Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy” commentary of 1999, which we will select excerpts from in regard to Daniel 11:1-26.

By examining the former standard practices of Bethel prophetic interpretation in Daniel 11:1-26, we can then see the manner in which they diverged into assumptions after that successful explanation, to connect by these speculative connections into Daniel 11:27-45, and the now Bethel continued error that ensued.

Now in the Bethel interpretation, since Daniel 11:27, Bethel has gone from understandable error while World War 2 (WW2) had passed into the then active Cold War and USSR period, from 1958. But in time of more significant global events in 1990, such as the fall of the USSR and the end of the Cold War, not noted in the prophecy, Bethel has now devolved into blatant stagnant ignorance regarding Daniel 11:27-45 in 1999.

Thus, since the USSR fell Bethel is now concealing far greater and more modernly significant, truly global scope, world developments, while maintaining what has now become a bypass of the whole Daniel 11:27-45 prophecy. What was former error, has now become unaddressed bold faced lies, which is aided by not responding to, and addressing, the HISTORY of these modern milestone global developments since 1990 of these “two kings” (Dan11:27), that actually match the prophecy in detail.

For example, is not that 1990 3rd United Nations successful “placement” also required to be in prophecy? And is not that 3rd UN event also matching this Daniel 11:27-45 section of prophecy which also reveals a co-developing apostasy and its negative effects in Daniel 11:30-35?

That being the case, we will examine this Daniel 11:27-45 mostly post 1990 developmental prophecy of King North development in regard to these details provided in the prophecy:

1. A marked unique period of world war development; e.g. the unique “Cold” World War period (Dan11:29)

2. A notable King North backed “place the disgusting thing” event, matching the post Cold War 1990 3rd United Nations global presentation. (Dan11:31b)

3. A notable King North guided co-developing apostasy, ministerial profanation, and “disgusting thing” “placement” collusion which “acts effectively” in successful ministerial subversion. (Dan11:30-35)

4. A fully King North successful and fully dominating system emerging in prophecy and the global system in all details. (Dan11:36-39)

5. A progressive and successful “globalism” based global scale invasion (Dan11:40) and anti-ministerial invasion and event (Dan11:41), leading into the climax portion as Daniel 11:42-43, en route to World Government as Daniel 11:44-45, which must fully fulfill that whole sequence in the future to full global culmination.

Thus there are some details apostate Bethel is concealing, which also marks what would be expected from a King North globalist designed subversion operation (Dan11:32a), as EVERYTHING is now fitting hand-in-glove, in the ENTIRE overall development especially since the 3rd UN event marked 1990 point actually in the prophecy at Daniel 11:31b.

Daniel 11:1-45 Basic Structure

The setup and subsequent progression of the King North and King South development appears in four sections of progressions in the prophecy as distinct periods of that historic Medo-Persian-to-Greece setup (Dan11:1-4) and the following King North/King South development. (Daniel 11:5-45)

The four progressions are from the initial historic setup of the Medo-Persian transition to Grecian Alexander in Daniel 11:1-4, the Grecian developments after Alexander in Daniel 11:5-19, into the classic Roman era marked domination of Daniel 11:20-26 as these first three of these four progressions:

1. Daniel 11:1-4 Setup;

2. Daniel 11:5-19 Grecian Period;

3. Daniel 11:20-26 Roman Period;

Those sections are not being examined to attempt to update the now well proven periods leading to Christ (Dan11:22), now eclipsed by far more serious modern globalization implications upon Daniel 11:27-45. They are being examined to see how the real “north” and “south” progression has been noted in the prophecy to match former historical details actually in the prophecy.

It is the fourth section (Dan11:27-45), that we need to understand just how Bethel originally bridged into Daniel 11:27-45, not by historic details in the prophecy, but by Bethel assumptions after Daniel 11:26. And once “connected” there, the events spanning WW1, WW2 and the Cold War then seemed to match the great nation-state based polarity that formed with Germany and Russian “pushing” against the Anglo-American national based global empire co-expansion.

Before we get to the fourth section of Daniel 11, what must now be closely examined is the Bethel claims that led to, and into, the fourth progression as Daniel 11:27-45. Bethel still claims Daniel 11:27-43 as being WW1 to Cold War era outlines of national based conflicts which led to the problems addressed in the above as the globalization system became more recognizable. This is Bethel’s retained claim, in spite of the USSR deposition events covered above:

4. Daniel 11:27-43 WW1-WW2-Cold War USSR national bloc and Anglo-American national alliance period up to 1990. (Bethel version)

It is agreed this is the period in question, WW1-Cold War. But what defines the “north” and the “south” is not mere nation-state squabbles (Dan11:27b), but the actual “north” globalist tier of real “King North” power that developed with all these world wars, into what is now a rampant globalization system as the globalizing corporate framework of world government is what is really forming over the “south” global nation-state system.

While Bethel diverts Jehovah’s witnesses attention to WW1-WW2-Cold War national system distractions and decoys, it seems another global development has been at work unknown to Jehovah’s witnesses. Now, in full ignorance of the real “north” globalization tier of world power, which actually forms the real final progression of King North with their 3rd United Nations marked global presentation of 1990 to World Government of the Future, that real globalist “north” and nation-state “south” systems’ “pushing” has been in action the whole time:

4. Daniel 11:27-45 Nation-State “King South” and Globalist “King North” Development Period Since World War I—Still Active and Preparing for the Final Cycle Push to World Government “North” (Dan11:41-45);

The actually “king” “south” national “puppets” on the stage of the “world war” ( WW1/WW2 and Cold War “world war”) cycle ” global play stage”, thus became the focus of many nations and people, which aided the diversion of attention from the real corporate and financial Anglo-American guided “north” tier that was actually expanding and consolidating wealth in all those global war cycles. Even the USSR was partly financially funded by the Anglo-American globalists “north” system of wealth.

Examining Daniel 11:1-26 For Interpretation Principles

What this Daniel 11 study will establish first, is the fact every needed King North and King South detail is given in the Daniel 11 prophecy to identify the historic reality of the progression over time since around 490 BCE.

A. The rise and fall, and the major contextual characteristics, events and personalities of these “kings” times, now mostly historic development, are noted in explicit detail.

B. When an initial historic power setup, and the King North or King South entity changes, within the middle two periods (Dan11:5-19, Dan11:20-26), as initially individuals noted in the role of “kings”, it does not change the overall nation-state era it is within. For example, Post Alexander Grecian expansion (Dan11:5-19), or Roman expansion (Dan11:20-26),  remain the overall national related context those respective kings develop within.

And NONE of them are just “left hanging” like the Bethel USSR “King North” supposedly stalled at Daniel 11:43, with no major event marker EXPLICITLY NOTED IN THE PROPHECY.

And worse, by Bethel assumption, “King North” cannot be “on hold” in a  prophecy the USSR plainly did NOT fulfill in Daniel 11:42-43 global gold and wealth rulership in the first place!

Rather, a major fall event is ALWAYS noted, explicitly or implied by opposing “king” success. For example in Daniel 11:42-43 of the future, there will be no question King North rules the global wealth system!

Thus the identifiable power system, contextual circumstances and identity changing transition point, is clearly noted within the four historic progressions of these polar kings, as Daniel 11:1-26 first three sections will demonstrate.

But come the time of Daniel 11:27-45, Bethel naturally tried to “fill the gap” of time after the Roman Empire into modern times of that time, in hindsight, prematurely. From the time of the well meaning Fred Franz interpretive attempt (1958), which premature attempt became well set in Jehovah’s witnesses teachings, this error was set. But when far greater developments in the national system real global “south”, and the globalization system of developing world government “north”, started to manifest fully after 1990, Bethel decided to ignore all that reality and concrete in the original Daniel interpretation of Daniel 11:27-45, now clearly in error, in the 1999 “Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy” book.

More aptly, in hindsight, the book should be titled “Pay NO Attention to Daniels Prophecy”.

Thus rather than explain peak post Cold War globalization King North development since 1990 from Daniel 11:30 forward, Bethel ends the commentary at 1990, as if Daniel 11:43! Nearly the entire globalization “north” system detailing, and 3rd United Nations marker, is IGNORED AND BYPASSED by this Bethel modern trick.

So we need to see how Bethel arrived at Daniel 11:27, well premature of the reality of the prophecy, in the first place.

III. How Bethel Connected to Daniel 11:27 While Later Fully Bypassing The Globalization of King North

The reason this premature foray into Daniel 11:27-45 is significant is that after Roman fulfillment of Daniel 11:20-26, Bethel pulls a completely speculative fill-in bridging rationale as to what the global historic developments in the nation-state system mean, after classic Roman development.

From that speculative connection (with historic events, but not prophetic details), as it seems to lead into Daniel 11:27-45 in Bethel’s premature attempt at interpretation, eventually Germany and England are derived by historical projection into WW1, as national blocks of seeming respective “north” and “south” continuation of these “kings” progression into modern times.

Except none of these Daniel 11:26 to Daniel 11:27-45 bridging assumptions, which we will cover next, are actually detailed in the Daniel 11 explicit prophecy, as will be shown. (Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy chap. 14 pp. 242-247, ch. The Two Kings Change Identities)

Starting with page 242, everything after Daniel 11:26 (and the rest of that Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy book), is the bridge of speculation and error that led to Daniel 11:27 misapplication of national powers as, in hindsight, decoys of Britain supposed “King South” and Germanic-to-USSR supposed “King North”.

In reality, WW1, WW2, and the Cold War were a all Globalist “King North” engineered world war cycles, three of four, which in hindsight, all cap off with a United Nations global capping presentation, all three times—which is a very important cycle culmination to take note of.

1. First was the WW1 resolving League of Nations global presentation in 1919 (Dan12:11; Rev13:11-15);

2. The WW2 resolved United Nations global presentation in 1945 (Rev17:8-11);

3. The Cold War resolution United Nations global presentation in 1990 (Dan11:31b; Dan8:23);

4. And thus in the future, there will be a fourth, World Government, as Daniel 11:40-45 final global war cycle culmination. [1]

Instead, at Bethel, “nation versus nation” speculatively applied diversions are then applied to lead to and into Daniel 11:27-43 through WW1, WW2 and into the Cold War, to terminate, or rather to go “King North on hold at Daniel 11:43”, as the assumed “King North”  USSR fails and falls, with also no prophetic indication of such a major truly global scope event, while all real globalization system reality is totally bypassed in all its Daniel 11:27-45 details, set in 1990 stone at Bethel, in the meantime!

Thus the very erred connective historic based assumptions that led to the Daniel 11:27-45 interpretive attempt are based on the assumptions of the time, not actual Daniel 11 prophetic details that lead to Daniel 11:27, or actually applicable in Daniel 11:27-45. Bethel is who connected Daniel 11:26 to Daniel 11:27 for us, by an exercise in summarizing connective history—not actually prophecy.

In so doing, in the Bethel speculative “interpretations” leading to and into Daniel 11:27-43, the fall of the USSR is also not noted explicitly in the prophecy, as has been the case in the entire lead in to Daniel 11:27-45 where every “king” transition is noted. (which we will cover)

Thus it is also questionable that the USSR ever has applied to anything in Daniel 11, except for this “nothing will succeed”:

(Daniel 11:27) “And as regards these two kings (national and globalist system), their heart will be inclined to doing what is bad, and at one table a lie is what they will keep speaking. But nothing will succeed, because [the] end is yet for the time appointed.

For the USSR cannot fulfill this requirement of success.

(Daniel 11:36) “And the king will actually do according to his own will, and he will exalt himself and magnify himself above every god; and against the God of gods he will speak marvelous things. And he will certainly prove successful until [the] denunciation will have come to a finish; because the thing decided upon must be done.

Instead the USSR is one of these “most fortified strongholds” overcome by the real King North Globalist system they are actually as controlled by as the USA and EU national systems.

(Daniel 11:39) And he will act effectively against the most fortified strongholds…

So the real “King North” entity, as one unbroken “success” from Daniel 11:27 forward, is the one who prevailed in “UN Cold Victory” in the “Cold War” collapse of the USSR. And they had a global milestone United Nations presentation in 1990, actually explicit in Daniel 11, to mark the real King North “success”.

Thus what is also ignored with these telling details, is the 1990 3rd United Nations Global Presentation event, which is the key modern event actually explicitly marked in the prophecy:

(Daniel 11:31b) “And they will certainly put in place the disgusting thing that is causing desolation.

They were successful in the same cyclic manner after WW2 in 1945 with the United Nations presentation resolution. They were successful in the same cyclic manner after WW1 in 1919  with the League of Nations presentation resolution.

Thus the whole ASSUMPTION that Bethel used to span the Daniel 11:26 Roman era, to national Germanic and British development not actually noted in prophecy, then into Daniel 11:27 according to that premature, speculative and erred momentum, is the very bridge of speculation that began the attempted application of WW1, WW2 and Cold War USSR developments and events to Daniel 11:27-43 as national powers.

The WW1, WW2 and Cold War era is within Daniel 11:27-31, but the concurrent real “King North” is the Globalist System globalization features capitalizing on the “King South” global nation-state systems.

The connective assumptions result:

*** dp chap. 15 pp. 256-259 The Rival Kings Enter the 20th Century ***

The Rival Kings Enter the 20th Century

“THERE is a dynamism about nineteenth-century Europe that far exceeds anything previously known,” writes historian Norman Davies. He adds: “Europe vibrated with power as never before: with technical power, economic power, cultural power, intercontinental power.” The leaders of “Europe’s triumphant ‘power century,’” says Davies, “were in the first instance Great Britain and in the later decades Germany.”

“INCLINED TO DOING WHAT IS BAD”

2 As the 19th century neared its end, the German Empire was “the king of the north” and Britain stood in the position of “the king of the south.” (Daniel 11:14, 15) “As regards these two kings,” said Jehovah’s angel, “their heart will be inclined to doing what is bad, and at one table a lie is what they will keep speaking.” He continued: “But nothing will succeed, because the end is yet for the time appointed.”—Daniel 11:27.

3 On January 18, 1871, Wilhelm I became the first emperor of the German Reich, or Empire. He appointed Otto von Bismarck as chancellor. With his focus on developing the new empire, Bismarck avoided conflicts with other nations and formed an alliance with Austria-Hungary and Italy, known as the Triple Alliance. But the interests of this new king of the north soon clashed with those of the king of the south. (Britain)

While that is all historic truth, it is not the truth of King North and King South as actually none of that is noted in the prophecy, it is all applied from the summarizing commentary after Daniel 11:26 in the previous chapter (which we will cover below). That then continued the post WW1, WW2 Cold War diversion, to what ended up being the USSR “decoy” “King North” in Daniel 11:31-43.

The only reason the prophecy is ended in the Bethel interpretation at Daniel 11:43, as if the USSR King North, is because the USSR fell, while the premature interpretation was already in action for over 30 years. It was “left hanging” not due to any noting of such a major global event in the prophecy. In effect the dissolution of the USSR, upon already speculative application of Daniel 11:36-43 to that national bloc entity, was why Bethel was over advanced to Daniel 11:43 at the time the USSR just happened to be another “and nothing will succeed” of Daniel 11:27.

The death of Fred Franz in 1992, meant the previous commentator of this whole development had now died. And Bethel did not pick up the torch, but let the error continue to ride with no proper re-examination in light of the USSR collapse and that 3rd UN event in 1990. They just put “King North” “on hold” at Daniel 11:43.

And not only is the prophecy over advanced to Daniel 11:44 expectations to fulfill next, as if the USSR was the whole time the real King North, the USSR is not even the real King North, but just another squabbling and temporary King South nation-state partial national bloc system decoy. The whole real King South has been composed of rival nation-state systems vying with the 7th King US/UK national alliance bloc, also a King South national based entity, in the first two world wars—world wars orchestrated by the Globalist King North massive technocratic, industrial and banking system.

That whole speculation after Daniel 11:26, from bridging to Daniel 11:27 and on into the Daniel 11:27-43 prophecy in error, which was an exercise in understandable root-error from Fred Franz era (1958; Your Will Be Done commentary on Daniel’s Prophecy), is how the WW1 and WW2 era developments ended up being actually misapplied in Daniel 11:27-31—now in place 57 years among Jehovah’s witnesses as of 2015.

In hindsight, this is now but a concealment of the real developments of an increasingly controlled global nation-state system of the real King North Globalist System global controller, who, in the future, end up capturing the whole “King South” worldwide nation-state system in Daniel 11:42-43 coming up:

(Daniel 11:42-43) And he will keep thrusting out his hand against the lands; and as regards the land of Egypt, she will not prove to be an escapee. 43 And he will actually rule over the hidden treasures of the gold and the silver and over all the desirable things of Egypt. And the Libyans and the Ethiopians will be at his steps.

(Daniel 11:42-43) And he (8th King/King North) will keep thrusting out his hand against the (national) lands; and as regards the land of Egypt (collective national powers; King South “capital”), she (feminized King South) will not prove to be an escapee. (captured by globalist power intrigues of first a financial nature:) 43 And he (King North/8th King) will actually rule over the hidden treasures (globally) of the gold and the silver and over all the desirable things of Egypt. (Thus 8th King/King North rules the world wealth, wealth system and all “desirable things” of collective global national “Egypt” “King South” powers in full globalist progressive ownership);

But at modern Bethel since 1990, with all these real developments on the global historic record, it is inexcusable for modern Bethel to merely continue the 1958 based error in spite of the major marked 3rd UN presentation events and the fall of the USSR in the 1990 critical period of true “King North” United Nations success!

Are we to think God would not have noted such massive global events and USSR downfall in the key prophecy to World Government?

(Daniel 11:39) And he will act effectively against the most fortified strongholds…

The USSR was merely one of those “most fortified strongholds” to fold under the real Globalist System King North “success” and “act effectively”!

But now let us see how Daniel 11:1-26 is explicit as to any rise or fall of King South and King North that is actually prophetic, as we move to the real meaning of Daniel 11:27-45, by this examination of the former valid fulfillments. 

IV. Daniel 11:1-26 Overview

Daniel 11:1-4 Historic Context Setup (490 BCE-300 BCE)

Daniel 11:1-2 Medo-Persian Transition to Greece Ascension (490 BCE-479 BCE)

Daniel 11:1-2

Root Medo-Persian Development to Greece Ascension
Medo-Persia: Cyrus the Great, Cambyses II, and Darius I, Xerxes I Greece
Medo-Persian power cessation historic benchmark


(Daniel 11:1-2a)
“And as for me, in the first year of Darius the Mede I stood up as a strengthener and as a fortress to him. 2 And now what is truth I shall tell to you: “Look! There will yet be three kings standing up for Persia, and the fourth one will amass greater riches than all [others]. And as soon as he has become strong in his riches, he will rouse up everything against the kingdom of Greece.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 pp. 212-213 par. 5 Two Kings in Conflict ***

The first three kings were Cyrus the Great, Cambyses II, and Darius I (Hystaspes). Since Bardiya (or perhaps a pretender named Gaumata) ruled for only seven months, the prophecy did not take his brief reign into consideration. In 490 B.C.E., the third king, Darius I, attempted to invade Greece for the second time. However, the Persians were routed at Marathon and retreated to Asia Minor. Though Darius made careful preparations for a further campaign against Greece, he could not carry it out before his death four years later. That was left up to his son and successor, the “fourth” king, Xerxes I. He was the King Ahasuerus who married Esther.—Esther 1:1; 2:15-17.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 p. 213 par. 7 Two Kings in Conflict ***

Planning on nothing less than a complete conquest, Xerxes I moved his huge force against Greece in 480 B.C.E. Overcoming a Greek delaying action at Thermopylae, the Persians ravaged Athens. At Salamis, though, they met with terrible defeat. Another Greek victory took place at Plataea, in 479 B.C.E. None of the seven kings who succeeded Xerxes on the throne of the Persian Empire during the next 143 years carried war into Greece. But then there arose a mighty king in Greece.

Greece Alexander (336 BCE-300 BCE)

Daniel 11:3-
4

Greece Ascension Greece Four Generals
Alexander the Great Cassander, Lysimachus, Seleucus I Nicator, Ptolemy Lagus
Alexander’s rise and fall historic benchmark Grecian military kingdom root development historic benchmark

(Daniel 11:3-4) “And a mighty king will certainly stand up and rule with extensive dominion and do according to his will. 4 And when he will have stood up, his kingdom will be broken and be divided toward the four winds of the heavens, but not to his posterity and not according to his dominion with which he had ruled; because his kingdom will be uprooted, even for others than these.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 pp. 213-215 par. 11 Two Kings in Conflict ***

A GREAT KINGDOM DIVIDED INTO FOUR

8 “A mighty king will certainly stand up and rule with extensive dominion and do according to his will,” said the angel. (Daniel 11:3) Twenty-year-old Alexander ‘stood up’ as king of Macedonia in 336 B.C.E. He did become “a mighty king”—Alexander the Great. Driven by a plan of his father, Philip II, he took the Persian provinces in the Middle East. Crossing the Euphrates and Tigris rivers, his 47,000 men scattered the 250,000 troops of Darius III at Gaugamela. Subsequently, Darius fled and was murdered, ending the Persian dynasty. Greece now became the world power, and Alexander ‘ruled with extensive dominion and did according to his will.’

9 Alexander’s rulership over the world was to be brief, for God’s angel added: “When he will have stood up, his kingdom will be broken and be divided toward the four winds of the heavens, but not to his posterity and not according to his dominion with which he had ruled; because his kingdom will be uprooted, even for others than these.” (Daniel 11:4) Alexander was not quite 33 years old when sudden illness took his life in Babylon in 323 B.C.E.

10 Alexander’s vast empire did not pass to “his posterity.” His brother Philip III Arrhidaeus reigned for less than seven years and was murdered at the instance of Olympias, Alexander’s mother, in 317 B.C.E. Alexander’s son Alexander IV ruled until 311 B.C.E. when he met death at the hands of Cassander, one of his father’s generals. Alexander’s illegitimate son Heracles sought to rule in his father’s name but was murdered in 309 B.C.E. Thus ended the line of Alexander, “his dominion” departing from his family.

11 Following the death of Alexander, his kingdom was “divided toward the four winds.” His many generals quarreled among themselves as they grabbed for territory. One-eyed General Antigonus I tried to bring all of Alexander’s empire under his control. But he was killed in a battle at Ipsus in Phrygia. By the year 301 B.C.E., four of Alexander’s generals were in power over the vast territory that their commander had conquered. Cassander ruled Macedonia and Greece. Lysimachus gained control over Asia Minor and Thrace. Seleucus I Nicator secured Mesopotamia and Syria. And Ptolemy Lagus took Egypt and Palestine. True to the prophetic word, Alexander’s great empire was divided into four Hellenistic kingdoms.

Daniel 11:5-19 Greece/Post Alexander—Egypt and Syria (300 BCE-187 BCE)

Daniel 11:5

Key:
King South
King North
Rise or Notable Event (bold)
Fall or Defeat Noted (underline)

King South  King North
Egypt— Ptolemy I Syria— King Seleucus I Nicator

(Daniel 11:5) “And the king of the south will become strong, even [one] of his princes; and he will prevail against him and will certainly rule with extensive dominion [greater than] that one’s ruling power.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 p. 218 par. 16 Two Kings in Conflict ***

The designations “the king of the north” and “the king of the south” refer to kings north and south of Daniel’s people, who were by then freed from Babylonian captivity and restored to the land of Judah. The initial king of the south” was Ptolemy I of Egypt. One of Alexander’s generals who prevailed against Ptolemy I and ruled “with extensive dominion” was Syrian King Seleucus I Nicator. He assumed the role of “the king of the north.”

Daniel 11:6-8

King South King North
Ptolemy II Antiochus II

(Daniel 11:6-8) “And at the end of [some] years they will ally themselves with each other, and the very daughter of the king of the south will come to the king of the north in order to make an equitable arrangement. But she will not retain the power of her arm; and he will not stand, neither his arm; and she will be given up, she herself, and those bringing her in, and he who caused her birth, and the one making her strong in [those] times.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 p. 219 par. 19 Two Kings in Conflict ***

The prophecy did not take note of Seleucus I Nicator’s son and successor, Antiochus I, because he did not wage a decisive war against the king of the south. But his successor, Antiochus II, fought a long war against Ptolemy II, the son of Ptolemy I. Antiochus II and Ptolemy II respectively constituted the king of the north and the king of the south. Antiochus II was married to Laodice, and they had a son named Seleucus II, whereas Ptolemy II had a daughter named Berenice. In 250 B.C.E., these two kings entered into “an equitable arrangement.” To pay the price of this alliance, Antiochus II divorced his wife Laodice and married Berenice, “the very daughter of the king of the south.” By Berenice, he had a son who became heir to the Syrian throne instead of the sons of Laodice.

Berenice’s “arm,” or supporting power, was her father, Ptolemy II. When he died in 246 B.C.E., she did not “retain the power of her arm” with her husband. Antiochus II rejected her, remarried Laodice, and named their son to be his successor. As Laodice planned, Berenice and her son were murdered. Evidently, the attendants who had brought Berenice from Egypt to Syria—“those bringing her in”—suffered the same end. Laodice even poisoned Antiochus II, and thus “his arm,” or power, also did “not stand.” Hence, Berenice’s father—“he who caused her birth”—and her Syrian husband—who had temporarily made her “strong”—both died. This left Seleucus II, the son of Laodice, as Syrian king. How would the next Ptolemaic king react to all of this?

Daniel 11:7-8

King South King North
Ptolemy III Seleucus II

(Daniel 11:7-8) And one from the sprout of her roots will certainly stand up in his position, and he will come to the military force and come against the fortress of the king of the north and will certainly act against them and prevail. 8 And also with their gods, with their molten images, with their desirable articles of silver and of gold, [and] with the captives he will come to Egypt. And he himself will for [some] years stand off from the king of the north.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 pp. 220-221 Two Kings in Conflict ***

A KING AVENGES HIS SISTER’S MURDER

21 “One from the sprout of her roots will certainly stand up in his position,” said the angel, “and he will come to the military force and come against the fortress of the king of the north and will certainly act against them and prevail.” (Daniel 11:7) “One from the sprout” of Berenice’s parents, or “roots,” was her brother. At his father’s death, he ‘stood up’ as the king of the south, the Egyptian Pharaoh Ptolemy III. At once he set out to avenge his sister’s murder. Marching against Syrian King Seleucus II, who Laodice had used to murder Berenice and her son, he came against “the fortress of the king of the north.” Ptolemy III took the fortified part of Antioch and dealt a deathblow to Laodice. Moving eastward through the domain of the king of the north, he plundered Babylonia and marched on to India.

22 What happened next? God’s angel tells us: “And also with their gods, with their molten images, with their desirable articles of silver and of gold, and with the captives he will come to Egypt. And he himself will for some years stand off from the king of the north.” (Daniel 11:8) Over 200 years earlier, Persian King Cambyses II had conquered Egypt and carried home Egyptian gods, “their molten images.” Plundering Persia’s former royal capital Susa, Ptolemy III recovered these gods and took them ‘captive’ to Egypt. He also brought back as spoils of war a great many “desirable articles of silver and of gold.” Obliged to quell revolt at home, Ptolemy III ‘stood off from the king of the north,’ inflicting no further injuries upon him.

Daniel 11:9

King South King North
Ptolemy III Seleucus II

(Daniel 11:9) “And he will actually come into the kingdom of the king of the south and go back to his own soil.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 p. 221 par. 23 Two Kings in Conflict ***

The king of the north—Syrian King Seleucus II—struck back. He entered “the kingdom,” or realm, of the Egyptian king of the south but met defeat. With only a small remnant of his army, Seleucus II ‘went back to his own soil,’ retreating to the Syrian capital Antioch in about 242 B.C.E. At his death, his son Seleucus III succeeded him.

Daniel 11:10

King South King North
Ptolemy IV Antiochus III

(Daniel 11:10) “Now as for his sons, they will excite themselves and actually gather together a crowd of large military forces. And in coming he will certainly come and flood over and pass through. But he will go back, and he will excite himself all the way to his fortress.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 pp. 221-222 par. 24 Two Kings in Conflict ***

Assassination ended the reign of Seleucus III in less than three years. His brother, Antiochus III, succeeded him on the Syrian throne. This son of Seleucus II assembled great forces for an assault on the king of the south, who was by then Ptolemy IV. The new Syrian king of the north successfully fought against Egypt and won back the seaport of Seleucia, the province of Coele-Syria, the cities of Tyre and Ptolemaïs, and nearby towns. He routed an army of King Ptolemy IV and took many cities of Judah. In the spring of 217 B.C.E., Antiochus III left Ptolemaïs and went north, “all the way to his fortress” in Syria. But a change was in sight.

Daniel 11:11-12

King South King North
Ptolemy IV Antiochus III

(Daniel 11:11-12) “And the king of the south will embitter himself and will have to go forth and fight with him, [that is,] with the king of the north; and he will certainly have a large crowd stand up, and the crowd will actually be given into the hand of that one. 12 And the crowd will certainly be carried away. His heart will become exalted, and he will actually cause tens of thousands to fall; but he will not use his strong position.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 p. 222 par. 25 Two Kings in Conflict ***

With 75,000 troops, the king of the south, Ptolemy IV, moved northward against the enemy. The Syrian king of the north, Antiochus III, had raised “a large crowd” of 68,000 to stand up against him. But “the crowd” was “given into the hand” of the king of the south in battle at the coastal city of Raphia, not far from Egypt’s border.

Ptolemy IV, the king of the south, “carried away” 10,000 Syrian infantry and 300 cavalry into death and took 4,000 as prisoners. The kings then made a treaty whereby Antiochus III kept his Syrian seaport of Seleucia but lost Phoenicia and Coele-Syria. Over this victory, the heart of the Egyptian king of the south ‘became exalted,’ especially against Jehovah. Judah remained under the control of Ptolemy IV. However, he did not “use his strong position” to follow up his victory against the Syrian king of the north. Instead, Ptolemy IV turned to a life of debauchery, and his five-year-old son, Ptolemy V, became the next king of the south some years before the death of Antiochus III.

Daniel 11:13-14

King South King North
Ptolemy V Antiochus III

(Daniel 11:13-14) “And the king of the north must return and set up a crowd larger than the first; and at the end of the times, [some] years, he will come, doing so with a great military force and with a great deal of goods. 14 And in those times there will be many who will stand up against the king of the south.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 p. 223 par. 27-28 Two Kings in Conflict ***

These “times” were 16 or more years after the Egyptians defeated the Syrians at Raphia. When young Ptolemy V became king of the south, Antiochus III set out with “a crowd larger than the first” to recover the territories he had lost to the Egyptian king of the south. To that end, he joined forces with Macedonian King Philip V.

The king of the south also had troubles within his kingdom. “In those times there will be many who will stand up against the king of the south,” said the angel. (Daniel 11:14a) Many did “stand up against the king of the south.” Besides facing the forces of Antiochus III and his Macedonian ally, the young king of the south faced problems at home in Egypt. Because his guardian Agathocles, who ruled in his name, dealt arrogantly with the Egyptians, many revolted.

Daniel 11:14

King South King North
Ptolemy V Antiochus III
Israel historic benchmark

(Daniel 11:14) “And the sons of the robbers belonging to your people will, for their part, be carried along to try making a vision come true; and they will have to stumble.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 pp. 223-224 par. 28 Two Kings in Conflict ***

Because his guardian Agathocles, who ruled in his name, dealt arrogantly with the Egyptians, many revolted. The angel added: “And the sons of the robbers belonging to your people will, for their part, be carried along to try making a vision come true; and they will have to stumble.” (Daniel 11:14b) Even some of Daniel’s people became ‘sons of robbers,’ or revolutionaries. But any “vision” such Jewish men had of ending Gentile domination of their homeland was false, and they would fail, or “stumble.”

Daniel 11:15-16

King South King North
Ptolemy V Antiochus III
Israel historic benchmark

(Daniel 11:15-16) “And the king of the north will come and throw up a siege rampart and actually capture a city with fortifications. And as for the arms of the south, they will not stand, neither the people of his picked ones; and there will be no power to keep standing. 16 And the one coming against him will do according to his will, and there will be no one standing before him. And he will stand in the land of the Decoration, and there will be extermination in his hand.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 p. 224 par. 30 Two Kings in Conflict ***

Military forces under Ptolemy V, or “arms of the south,” succumbed to assault from the north. At Paneas (Caesarea Philippi), Antiochus III drove Egypt’s General Scopas and 10,000 select men, or “picked ones,” into Sidon, “a city with fortifications.” There Antiochus III ‘threw up a siege rampart,’ taking that Phoenician seaport in 198 B.C.E. He acted “according to his will” because the forces of the Egyptian king of the south were unable to stand before him. Antiochus III then marched against Jerusalem, the capital of “the land of the Decoration,” Judah. In 198 B.C.E., Jerusalem and Judah passed from domination by the Egyptian king of the south to that of the Syrian king of the north. And Antiochus III, the king of the north, began to “stand in the land of the Decoration.” There was “extermination in his hand” for all opposing Jews and Egyptians. For how long would this king of the north be able to do as he pleased?

Daniel 11:17

King South King North
Ptolemy V Antiochus III
Cleopatra historic benchmark

(Daniel 11:17) And he will set his face to come with the forcefulness of his entire kingdom, and there will be equitable [terms] with him; and he will act effectively. And as regards the daughter of womankind, it will be granted to him to bring her to ruin. And she will not stand, and she will not continue to be his.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 pp. 225-226 pars. 32-33 Two Kings in Conflict ***

32 The king of the north, Antiochus III, “set his face” to dominate Egypt “with the forcefulness of his entire kingdom.” But he ended up making “equitable terms” of peace with Ptolemy V, the king of the south. Rome’s demands had caused Antiochus III to change his plan. When he and King Philip V of Macedonia leagued against the Egyptian king of tender years to take over his territories, the guardians of Ptolemy V turned to Rome for protection. Taking advantage of the opportunity to expand its sphere of influence, Rome flexed its muscles.

33 Under compulsion by Rome, Antiochus III brought terms of peace to the king of the south. Rather than surrendering conquered territories, as Rome had demanded, Antiochus III planned to make a nominal transfer of them by having his daughter Cleopatra I—“the daughter of womankind”—marry Ptolemy V. Provinces that included Judah, “the land of the Decoration,” would be given as her dowry. At the marriage in 193 B.C.E., however, the Syrian king did not let these provinces go to Ptolemy V. This was a political marriage, formed to make Egypt subject to Syria. But the scheme failed because Cleopatra I did “not continue to be his,” for she later sided with her husband. When war broke out between Antiochus III and the Romans, Egypt took the side of Rome.

Daniel 11:18-19

King South King North
Ptolemy V Antiochus III

Although Bethel notes the continuation of Ptolemy VI and Seleucus IV and Antiochus IV, they are not actually detailed in the propehcy.

(Daniel 11:18-19)
 And he will turn his face back to the coastlands and will actually capture many. And a commander will have to make the reproach from him cease for himself, [so that] his reproach will not be. He will make it turn back upon that one. 19 And he will turn his face back to the fortresses of his [own] land, and he will certainly stumble and fall, and he will not be found.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 p. 226 par. 35 Two Kings in Conflict ***

The “coastlands” were those of Macedonia, Greece, and Asia Minor. A war broke out in Greece in 192 B.C.E., and Antiochus III was induced to come to Greece. Displeased because of the Syrian king’s efforts to capture additional territories there, Rome formally declared war on him. At Thermopylae he suffered a defeat at Roman hands. About a year after losing the battle of Magnesia in 190 B.C.E., he had to give up everything in Greece, Asia Minor, and in areas west of the Taurus Mountains. Rome exacted a heavy fine and established its domination over the Syrian king of the north. Driven from Greece and Asia Minor and having lost nearly all his fleet, Antiochus III ‘turned his face back to the fortresses of his own land,’ Syria. The Romans had ‘turned back upon him his reproach against them.’ Antiochus III died while trying to rob a temple at Elymaïs, Persia, in 187 B.C.E. He thus ‘fell’ in death and was succeeded by his son Seleucus IV, the next king of the north.

As we see in the above the progression of the “king of the north” and the “king of the south”, the progress is very detailed in the prophecy to later identify historic reality that matches the prophecy provided unique criteria. Now the practice of overextending the prophecy to details not found in the prophecy is set (Such as that last sentence “Seleucus IV, the next king of the north”, which is implied, not actually an explicit part of the prophecy).

Continuing in such a non-prophetic overextension beyond the explicit details of the prophecy, none of this below is actually described in Daniel 11. Though it is a way of summarizing the period, this practice of “filling in” “king north” and “king south” extending details not in the prophecy, though of no deceptive effect here, will become useful for fictional overextension by the time the transition from Daniel 11:26 to Daniel 11:27 is reached. Just make note, that this, though historic, is not explicit prophetic “king” “north/south” activity noted in the prophecy:

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 pp. 227-229 Two Kings in Conflict ***

THE CONFLICT CONTINUES

36 As the king of the south, Ptolemy V tried to gain the provinces that should have come to him as Cleopatra’s dowry, but poison ended his efforts. He was succeeded by Ptolemy VI. What about Seleucus IV? In need of money to pay the heavy fine owed to Rome, he sent his treasurer Heliodorus to seize riches said to be stored in Jerusalem’s temple. Desiring the throne, Heliodorus murdered Seleucus IV. However, King Eumenes of Pergamum and his brother Attalus had the slain king’s brother Antiochus IV enthroned.

37 The new king of the north, Antiochus IV, sought to show himself mightier than God by trying to eradicate Jehovah’s arrangement of worship. Defying Jehovah, he dedicated Jerusalem’s temple to Zeus, or Jupiter. In December 167 B.C.E., a pagan altar was erected on top of the great altar in the temple courtyard where a daily burnt offering had been made to Jehovah. Ten days later, a sacrifice to Zeus was offered on the pagan altar. This desecration led to a Jewish uprising under the Maccabees. Antiochus IV battled them for three years. In 164 B.C.E., on the anniversary of the desecration, Judas Maccabaeus rededicated the temple to Jehovah and the festival of dedication—Hanukkah—was instituted.—John 10:22.

38 The Maccabees probably made a treaty with Rome in 161 B.C.E. and established a kingdom in 104 B.C.E. But the friction between them and the Syrian king of the north continued. Finally, Rome was called upon to intervene. The Roman General Gnaeus Pompey took Jerusalem in 63 B.C.E. after a three-month siege. In 39 B.C.E., the Roman Senate appointed Herod—an Edomite—to be king of Judea. Ending the Maccabean rule, he took Jerusalem in 37 B.C.E.

39 How thrilling it is to see the first part of the prophecy of the two kings in conflict fulfilled in detail! Indeed, how exciting to peer into the history of some 500 years after the prophetic message was delivered to Daniel and identify the rulers occupying the positions of the king of the north and the king of the south! However, the political identities of these two kings change as the battle between them continues through the time when Jesus Christ walked the earth and down into our day. By matching historical developments with intriguing details revealed in this prophecy, we will be able to identify these two contending kings.

Though the commentary will return to Roman era verifiable historic events (Dan11:20-26), actually described in the Daniel 11:20-26 portion of prophecy, as we see in the above, the principle of overextending known history in that connective tangent, not actually in the prophecy, will be used again to end this section as well. And that connective tangent will have a greater effect come the time for the transition from Daniel 11:20-26 into Daniel 11:27-43.

Just keep that practice in mind of Bethel of employing prophetically unfounded tangents for what will begin another total departure from the prophecy on page 242 come Daniel 11:26-27 transition attempt time after this section below.

Roman Period Daniel 11:20-26 (27 BCE-272 CE)

Daniel 11:20

King South King North
Caesar Augustus
Augustus census historic benchmark

(Daniel 11:20) “And there must stand up in his position one who is causing an exactor to pass through the splendid kingdom, and in a few days he will be broken, but not in anger nor in warfare.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 14 pp. 232-233 The Two Kings Change Identities ***

A NEW KING SENDS OUT “AN EXACTOR”

4 In the spring of 33 C.E., Jesus Christ told his disciples: “When you catch sight of the disgusting thing that causes desolation, as spoken of through Daniel the prophet, standing in a holy place, then let those in Judea begin fleeing to the mountains.” (Matthew 24:15, 16) Quoting from Daniel 11:31, Jesus warned his followers about a future ‘disgusting thing causing desolation.’ This prophecy involving the king of the north was given some 195 years after the death of Antiochus IV, the last Syrian king in that role. Surely, another ruling entity would have to assume the identity of the king of the north. Who would that be?

5 Jehovah God’s angel foretold: “There must stand up in his position [that of Antiochus IV] one who is causing an exactor to pass through the splendid kingdom, and in a few days he will be broken, but not in anger nor in warfare.” (Daniel 11:20) The one ‘standing up’ in this way proved to be the first Roman emperor, Octavian, who was known as Caesar Augustus.—See “One Honored, the Other Despised,” on page 248.

6 “The splendid kingdom” of Augustus included “the land of the Decoration”—the Roman province of Judea. (Daniel 11:16) In 2 B.C.E., Augustus sent out “an exactor” by ordering a registration, or census, probably so that he could learn the number of the population for purposes of taxation and military conscription. Because of this decree, Joseph and Mary traveled to Bethlehem for registration, resulting in Jesus’ birth at that foretold location. (Micah 5:2; Matthew 2:1-12) In August 14 C.E.—“in a few days,” or not long after decreeing the registration—Augustus died at the age of 76, neither “in anger” at an assassin’s hands nor “in warfare,” but as a result of illness. The king of the north had indeed changed identity! This king had by now become the Roman Empire in the person of its emperors.

Daniel 11:21-22

King South King North
Tiberius Caesar
Jesus Christ historic benchmark
Pax Romana historic period benchmark

(Daniel 11:21-22) “And there must stand up in his position one who is to be despised, and they will certainly not set upon him the dignity of [the] kingdom; and he will actually come in during a freedom from care and take hold of [the] kingdom by means of smoothness. 22 And as regards the arms of the flood, they will be flooded over on account of him, and they will be broken; as will also the Leader of [the] covenant.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 14 pp. 234-238 pars. 8-11 The Two Kings Change Identities ***

The “one who is to be despised” was Tiberius Caesar, the son of Livia, Augustus’ third wife. (See “One Honored, the Other Despised,” on page 248.) Augustus hated this stepson because of his bad traits and did not want him to become the next Caesar. “The dignity of the kingdom” was unwillingly bestowed upon him only after all other likely successors were dead. Augustus adopted Tiberius in 4 C.E. and made him heir to the throne. After the death of Augustus, 54-year-old Tiberius—the despised one—‘stood up,’ assuming power as the Roman emperor and the king of the north.

9 “Tiberius,” says The New Encyclopædia Britannica, “played politics with the Senate and did not allow it to name him emperor for almost a month [after Augustus died].” He told the Senate that no one but Augustus was capable of carrying the burden of ruling the Roman Empire and asked the senators to restore the republic by entrusting such authority to a group of men rather than to one man. “Not daring to take him at his word,” wrote historian Will Durant, “the Senate exchanged bows with him until at last he accepted power.” Durant added: “The play was well acted on both sides. Tiberius wanted the principate, or he would have found some way to evade it; the Senate feared and hated him, but shrank from re-establishing a republic based, like the old, upon theoretically sovereign assemblies.” Thus Tiberius ‘took hold of the kingdom by means of smoothness.’

10 “As regards the arms of the flood”—the military forces of the surrounding kingdoms—the angel said: ‘They will be flooded over and will be broken.’ When Tiberius became the king of the north, his nephew Germanicus Caesar was commander of the Roman troops on the Rhine River. In 15 C.E., Germanicus led his forces against the German hero Arminius, with some success. However, the limited victories were won at great cost, and Tiberius thereafter aborted operations in Germany. Instead, by promoting civil war, he tried to prevent German tribes from uniting. Tiberius generally favored a defensive foreign policy and focused on strengthening the frontiers. This stance was fairly successful. In this way “the arms of the flood” were controlled and were “broken.”

11 “Broken” too was “the Leader of the covenant” that Jehovah God had made with Abraham for blessing all the families of the earth. Jesus Christ was the Seed of Abraham promised in that covenant. (Genesis 22:18; Galatians 3:16) On Nisan 14, 33 C.E., Jesus stood before Pontius Pilate in the Roman governor’s palace in Jerusalem. The Jewish priests had charged Jesus with treason against the emperor. But Jesus told Pilate: “My kingdom is no part of this world. My kingdom is not from this source.” So that the Roman governor might not free the faultless Jesus, the Jews shouted: “If you release this man, you are not a friend of Caesar. Every man making himself a king speaks against Caesar.” After calling for Jesus’ execution, they said: “We have no king but Caesar.” According to the law of “injured majesty,” which Tiberius had broadened to include virtually any insult to Caesar, Pilate handed Jesus over to be “broken,” or impaled on a torture stake.—John 18:36; 19:12-16; Mark 15:14-20.

Daniel 11:23-24

King South King North
Tiberius Caesar
Pax Romana period historic benchmark

(Daniel 11:23-24) And because of their allying themselves with him he will carry on deception and actually come up and become mighty by means of a little nation. 24 During freedom from care, even into the fatness of the jurisdictional district he will enter in and actually do what his fathers and the fathers of his fathers have not done. Plunder and spoil and goods he will scatter among them; and against fortified places he will scheme out his schemes, but only until a time.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 14 pp. 238-240 The Two Kings Change Identities ***

A TYRANT ‘SCHEMES OUT HIS SCHEMES’

12 Still prophesying about Tiberius, the angel said: “Because of their allying themselves with him he will carry on deception and actually come up and become mighty by means of a little nation.” (Daniel 11:23) Members of the Roman Senate had constitutionally ‘allied themselves’ with Tiberius, and he formally depended upon them. But he was deceptive, actually becoming “mighty by means of a little nation.” That little nation was the Roman Praetorian Guard, encamped close to Rome’s walls. Its proximity intimidated the Senate and helped Tiberius keep in check any uprisings against his authority among the populace. By means of some 10,000 guards, therefore, Tiberius remained mighty.

13 The angel added prophetically: “During freedom from care, even into the fatness of the jurisdictional district he will enter in and actually do what his fathers and the fathers of his fathers have not done. Plunder and spoil and goods he will scatter among them; and against fortified places he will scheme out his schemes, but only until a time.” (Daniel 11:24) Tiberius was extremely suspicious, and his reign abounded with ordered killings. Largely because of the influence of Sejanus, commander of the Praetorian Guard, the latter part of his reign was marked by terror. Finally, Sejanus himself fell under suspicion and was executed. In tyrannizing over people, Tiberius exceeded his forefathers.

14 Tiberius, however, scattered “plunder and spoil and goods” throughout the Roman provinces. By the time of his death, all the subject peoples were enjoying prosperity. Taxes were light, and he could be generous to those in areas undergoing hard times. If soldiers or officials oppressed anyone or promoted irregularity in handling matters, they could expect imperial vengeance. A firm grip on power maintained public security, and an improved communications system helped commerce. Tiberius made sure that affairs were administered fairly and steadily inside and outside Rome. The laws were improved, and social and moral codes were enhanced by the furthering of reforms instituted by Augustus Caesar. Yet, Tiberius ‘schemed out his schemes,’ so that Roman historian Tacitus described him as a hypocritical man, skilled at putting on false appearances. By the time he died in March 37 C.E., Tiberius was considered to be a tyrant.

15 The successors to Tiberius who filled the role of the king of the north included Gaius Caesar (Caligula), Claudius I, Nero, Vespasian, Titus, Domitian, Nerva, Trajan, and Hadrian. “For the most part,” says The New Encyclopædia Britannica, “the successors to Augustus continued his administrative policies and building program, though with less innovation and more ostentation.” The same reference work further points out: “In the late 1st and early 2nd centuries Rome was at the peak of its grandeur and population.” Although Rome had some trouble on the imperial frontiers during this time, its first foretold confrontation with the king of the south did not occur until the third century C.E.

Paragraph 15 is also an example of an implied extension of king north, that is not noted in the prophecy in these ways of specifics just covered.

Daniel 11:25-26

King South King North
Queen Zenobia Aurelian

(Daniel 11:25-26) “And he will arouse his power and his heart against the king of the south with a great military force; and the king of the south, for his part, will excite himself for the war with an exceedingly great and mighty military force. And he will not stand, because they will scheme out against him schemes. 26 And the very ones eating his delicacies will bring his breakdown. “And as for his military force, it will be flooded away, and many will certainly fall down slain.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 14 pp. 240-247 The Two Kings Change Identities ***

AROUSED AGAINST THE KING OF THE SOUTH

17 About 300 years after Octavian had made Egypt a Roman province, Roman Emperor Aurelian assumed the role of the king of the north. Meanwhile, Queen Septimia Zenobia of the Roman colony of Palmyra occupied the position of the king of the south. (See “Zenobia—The Warrior Queen of Palmyra,” on page 252.) The Palmyrene army occupied Egypt in 269 C.E. under the pretext of making it secure for Rome. Zenobia wanted to make Palmyra the dominant city in the east and wanted to rule over Rome’s eastern provinces. Alarmed by her ambition, Aurelian aroused “his power and his heart” to proceed against Zenobia.

18 As the ruling entity headed by Zenobia, the king of the south ‘excited himself’ for warfare against the king of the north “with an exceedingly great and mighty military force” under two generals, Zabdas and Zabbai. But Aurelian took Egypt and then launched an expedition into Asia Minor and Syria. Zenobia was defeated at Emesa (now Homs), whereupon she retreated to Palmyra. When Aurelian besieged that city, Zenobia valiantly defended it but without success. She and her son fled toward Persia, only to be captured by the Romans at the Euphrates River. The Palmyrenes surrendered their city in 272 C.E. Aurelian spared Zenobia, making her the prize feature in his triumphal procession through Rome in 274 C.E. She spent the rest of her life as a Roman matron.

19 Aurelian himself ‘did not stand because of schemes against him.’ In 275 C.E., he set out on an expedition against the Persians. While he was waiting in Thrace for the opportunity to cross the straits into Asia Minor, those who ‘ate his food’ carried out schemes against him and brought about his “breakdown.” He was going to call his secretary Eros to account for irregularities. Eros, however, forged a list of names of certain officers marked for death. The sight of this list moved the officers to plot Aurelian’s assassination and to murder him.

V. The Main Bethel Maintained Diversion and Premature Time Point

Begin Non-Prophetic Speculative Bridge to Daniel 11:27

Here in the Daniel’s Prophecy book of 1999, on page 242, paragraph 20, is where the commentary diverges from Daniel 11 provided details into an overextension of what becomes, in time, a major NON-PROPHETIC connective bridge into Daniel 11:27-43’s  base founding rationale, and its then subsequent speculations (present since 1958, recapped in the 1999 Daniel Prophecy commentary).

This practice of going off on tangents into details not found in the prophecy itself, though historic, was shown previously on pages 227-229. What is significant about this foray into connective non-prophetic assumptions, though based on real historic events, is that it continues from these speculative connections into the totally premature speculation of Daniel 11:27-43, but beginning to be set up right here:

20 The career of the king of the north did not end with the death of Emperor Aurelian. Other Roman rulers followed. For a time, there was an emperor of the west and one of the east. Under these men the “military force” of the king of the north was “flooded away,” or “scattered,” and many ‘fell down slain’ because of the invasions of the Germanic tribes from the north. Goths broke through the Roman frontiers in the fourth century C.E. Invasions continued, one after the other. In 476 C.E., German leader Odoacer removed the last emperor ruling from Rome. By the beginning of the sixth century, the Roman Empire in the west had been shattered, and German kings ruled in Britannia, Gaul, Italy, North Africa, and Spain. The eastern part of the empire lasted into the 15th century.

A GREAT EMPIRE IS DIVIDED

21 Without giving unnecessary details about the breakdown of the Roman Empire, which stretched over centuries, Jehovah’s angel went on to foretell further exploits of the king of the north and the king of the south. However, a brief review of certain developments in the Roman Empire will help us to identify the two rival kings in later times.

Because no specific prophecy details are provided in Daniel 11 regarding this stretch of imagination (in hindsight), this is all quite detailed speculation to connect the Roman era to Britain and Germany in history, by just such a non-prophetic over extension, which proved to be in error in hindsight. It allowed the WW1, WW2 and Cold War major global periods to also be “retrofitted” into Daniel 11:27-45 before its actual time.

What this non-prophetic extending speculation originally allowed was the assumption of a Germanic “North” and a British “South” as national powers, that became retrofitted upon Daniel 11:27-31, with ZERO actual prophetic details—only events and national power traits that seemed to fit the prophecy. That furthered the setup for the error of the USSR “North” to be applied later from Daniel 11:31 transition to a supposed USSR “King North” for the concluding Daniel 11:31-43 fictions, by use of the same premature connective fiction.

As will be noted again, the USSR “fall” is not mentioned in the prophecy, when most certainly it would have been, had the USSR actually been the real “King of the North”, as a general principle of how this detailed prophecy has unfolded to this point, covered previously for this reason.

And never has a “king” in Daniel 11 been just left hanging to be “reconnected” and summarized by pure human speculations, unbacked by actual prophetic details, especially at such an important final portion en route to the real King North climax into obvious World Government in Daniel 11:45.

Example of The Real “King North” Criteria of Success

Now if we notice EVERY transition in prophecy of King North and King South is noted in the prophecy, of course the “fall of the USSR” would have to be in prophecy to establish that true “King North” supposed identity. The opposite is the case required by the prophecy: “King North” required success from Daniel 11:36-45.

(Daniel 11:36) And he (King North) will certainly prove successful until [the] denunciation will have come to a finish; (at Armageddon) because the thing decided upon must be done.

Now by a lax use of the truth the “kings” “north” and “south” have indeed changed identity over 2300 years, but with a prophetically noted transitional event, that lax “changes identity” “principle” is then used to simply leave the now failed USSR supposed “King North” hanging at Daniel 11:43, with no indication whatsoever of this monumental, supposed King North, USSR collapse. A larger and greatly significant power system collapse than anything ever noted in the prophecy up to that alleged point in Daniel 11:43.

All of these speculation connections to be covered below, that allowed these errors to continue unbacked by any prophetic details in reality, is how the great global “King South” Nation-State System, and the great global “King North” Globalization System of the Globalists is fully bypassed from modern Jehovah’s witnesses awareness. The entire significance of Globalization to effect that actual final development of World Government, instead, has fully fallen out of Jehovah’s witnesses awareness as well—TOTALLY ignored by modern Apostate Bethel. (The real Dan11:32a)

According to this lax Bethel interpretive practice, they just bypass the fall of the USSR, alleged “King North”, as if:

1. That monumental global USSR fall was not noted in a prophecy that previously notes every King North or King South fall event!

2. God would waste half of Daniel 11 on an insignificant partial national bloc which failed, as well as not even noting this striking and significant global event!

3. This Daniel 11 error is acceptable to be retained in light of the USSR fall, and the emergence of, instead: the 3rd United Nations global presentation after the Cold War in 1990. (Well that UN 1990 3rd presentation detail is noted at Daniel 11:31b, they were the “north” that was successful the whole time!)

4. All post 1990 rampant globalization can be fully ignored. The whole expansion and globalization of a global military, financial and corporate complex system, shelling and supporting it all can be fully ignored, as if Russia, China and India and others joining this globalization wave with trillions of dollars and billions of people after 1990  is insignificant!

More Speculative Bridging to Daniel 11:27

All this below is the speculative connection to Daniel 11:27-45, not actually anywhere in the Daniel 11 prophecy details, that allowed all the above error to be created upon these overextensions not found in prophecy:

22 In the fourth century, Roman Emperor Constantine gave State recognition to apostate Christianity. He even called and personally presided over a church council at Nicaea, Asia Minor, in 325 C.E. Later, Constantine moved the imperial residence from Rome to Byzantium, or Constantinople, making that city his new capital. The Roman Empire continued under the rulership of a single emperor until the death of Emperor Theodosius I, on January 17, 395 C.E.

23 Following the death of Theodosius, the Roman Empire was divided between his sons. Honorius received the western part, and Arcadius the eastern, with Constantinople as his capital. Britannia, Gaul, Italy, Spain, and North Africa were among the provinces of the western division. Macedonia, Thrace, Asia Minor, Syria, and Egypt were provinces of the eastern division. In 642 C.E., the Egyptian capital, Alexandria, fell to the Saracens (Arabs), and Egypt became a province of the caliphs. In January 1449, Constantine XI became the last emperor of the east. Ottoman Turks under Sultan Mehmed II took Constantinople on May 29, 1453, ending the Eastern Roman Empire. The year 1517 saw Egypt become a Turkish province. In time, though, this land of the ancient king of the south would come under the control of another empire from the western sector.

24 In the western wing of the Roman Empire arose the Catholic bishop of Rome, notably Pope Leo I, who was renowned for asserting papal authority in the fifth century C.E. In time, the pope took it upon himself to crown the emperor of the western section. This occurred in Rome on Christmas day of 800 C.E., when Pope Leo III crowned Frankish King Charles (Charlemagne) emperor of the new Western Roman Empire. This coronation revived the emperorship in Rome and, according to some historians, marked the beginning of the Holy Roman Empire. From then on there existed the Eastern Empire and the Holy Roman Empire to the west, both claiming to be Christian.

25 As time passed, the successors of Charlemagne proved to be ineffectual rulers. The office of the emperor even lay vacant for a time. Meanwhile, German King Otto I had gained control of much of northern and central Italy. He proclaimed himself king of Italy. On February 2, 962 C.E., Pope John XII crowned Otto I emperor of the Holy Roman Empire. Its capital was in Germany, and the emperors were Germans, as were most of their subjects. Five centuries later the Austrian house of Hapsburg obtained the title of “emperor” and held it for most of the remaining years of the Holy Roman Empire.

Note: NONE of that is actually in the Daniel 11 prophecy!

THE TWO KINGS AGAIN IN CLEAR FOCUS

26 Napoléon I delivered a deathblow to the Holy Roman Empire when he refused to recognize its existence following his victories in Germany during the year 1805. Unable to defend the crown, Emperor Francis II resigned from Roman imperial status on August 6, 1806, and withdrew to his national government as emperor of Austria. After 1,006 years, the Holy Roman Empire—founded by Leo III, a Roman Catholic pope, and Charlemagne, a Frankish king—came to an end. In 1870, Rome became the capital of the kingdom of Italy, independent of the Vatican. The following year, a Germanic empire began with Wilhelm I being named caesar, or kaiser. Thus the modern-day king of the north—Germany—was on the world scene.

27 But what was the identity of the modern-day king of the south? History shows that Britain took on imperial power in the 17th century. Wanting to disrupt British trade routes, Napoléon I conquered Egypt in 1798. War ensued, and a British-Ottoman alliance forced the French to withdraw from Egypt, identified as the king of the south at the onset of the conflict. During the following century, British influence in Egypt increased. After 1882, Egypt was actually a British dependency. When World War I broke out in 1914, Egypt belonged to Turkey and was ruled by a khedive, or viceroy. After Turkey sided with Germany in that war, however, Britain deposed the khedive and declared Egypt a British protectorate. Gradually forming close ties, Britain and the United States of America became the Anglo-American World Power. Together, they came into the position of the king of the south.

Though those historic details are true and compelling, NONE of that is actually in the Daniel 11 prophecy!

Note: Please keep in mind the original Daniel commentary of 1958 was not “updated” while the 1989-1991 Cold War cessation, marked by the USSR fall into a 3rd United nations global-presentation was in action on the global scene. Instead, first, the 750 page “Proclaimers of God’s Kingdom” distracting “JW Bible of Organizational Idolatry” book was released in 1993, as the Gulf War distraction (1990-1991) had passed.

Then in 1999, when just enough time had passed, yet not too much time for failed USSR questions to be raised about the 1958 Daniel commentary, the final Bethel version was released in the 1999 “Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy” book. The 1999 Daniel commentary book was released, maintaining the old Bethel interpretation as a well concreted in error-turned-lie at Bethel, just long enough after these key USSR centered events had passed from the JW collective memory—as if the USSR failure and the 1990 3rd UN presentation was totally insignificant in the world system and in Daniel 11:27-45!

Very well planned indeed!

VI. Implications of Fictional Interpretive Extensions

What that did was set up the well meaning Fred Franz attempted extension of that rationale, into Daniel 11:27-45, in the “Your Will Be Done” book of the Daniel Prophecy commentary of 1958. This is not meant to accuse Fred Franz, who, given the high profile nature of…

1. The WW1, WW2 second world war cycle (1939-1945), Nazi Germany, and

2. the USA versus USSR Cold War mentality prevalent in the quickly following Cold War third cycle period (1947-1991),

…and that practice of speculative overextension already being employed, would have logically thought that WW1, WW2 and then the USSR was potentially in the rest of Daniel 11:27-45.

Since the “kings” “north” and “south” theme already was well established, and the Cold War, a unique (Dan11:29) World War of Military Expansion final phase, now seen in hindsight, was not then known to result in the monumental USSR collapse and failure (Dan11:27 “nothing will succeed”), it is understandable how the national based theater of distractions had their intended global effect of distraction.

In reality, all these world wars (WW1, WW2, Cold War), (including the Cold War cycle), and the final one to come (Rev13:3; Rev17:8-13) are within the squabbling Global “King South” worldwide nation-state system of limited sovereign conflict. And that has been the perfect distracting atmosphere to found the decoys and an error for quite some time in the minds of Jehovah’s witnesses.

But when it could have been clarified with the end of the Cold War in mind, and the spectacular global failure of the USSR system, Bethel merely retained what is now an obvious error. Obviously such huge global developments required a total examination of Daniel 11:27-45 in light of these significant global developments, especially that 3rd United Nations “disgusting thing” presentation of 1990! (Fred Franz died in 1992, and no doubt would have re-examined the Daniel 11 prophecy very very carefully in light of these quite unexpected events.)

And thus a “third world war was averted” as the Cold War third global cycle also fell off the radar of significance in prophecy as a third global war cycle, merely “cold” in nature, to also culminate, a third time now, in yet another global United Nations capping presentation in “New World Order” mode!

Awake! 9/8/1991; UN NGO Bethel sure noted it, in that first UN NGO Awake! issue, but not as prophecy!—keep that in mind please.

Can a Co-Developing Apostasy Noted in Daniel 11:30-32 Have Anything to do with this Odd Bethel Behavior?

And thus the emergence of a final apostasy, also co-developing as explicitly noted in Daniel 11:30-35, is very interesting to instead answer the true internal motives and condition of what amounts to a Globalist King North control of Apostate Bethel, explicit in Daniel 11:32a.

(Daniel 11:32) “And those who are acting wickedly against [the] covenant (at Bethel), he (8th King/King North) will lead into apostasy by means of smooth words. (The Bethel “smooth words” 8th King cover-up in the JW publications is part of the smoothly justified apostasy);

And this apostasy development, in a well known new Christian location since 1919, well after the Christendom apostasy was fully exposed from after 1919, is the reason why Bethel stubbornly refuses to update the prophecy to modern Nation-State “king south” versus Globalization System “king north” reality of modern times.

Bethel would also have to admit or disclose their own apostasy! But they sure got the “smooth words” to aid the cover up instead!

Now when Bethel also joined the United Nations of Non-Governmental Organizations (UN NGO), with a Bethel approved “non-kingdom” implication as well, then it became obvious who Bethel is actually allied with, and why they as the final foretold King North attaché will not expose the real King North Globalized World Government System or its final developments.

Now apostate, Bethel will not divulge the marked Daniel 11:30-45 progression from the 1990 3rd United Nations global presentation of Daniel 11:31b actuality, to the final King North World Government fourth UN presentation to come as the real culmination of Daniel 11:40-45, in the future.

Of course we cannot expect Bethel to expose their own foretold Daniel 11 apostasy that co-develops in Daniel 11:30-32a with that also covered up 3rd United Nations presentation! They will not connect themselves to the co-developing apostasy that they now exhibit in marked manner as also publicly known UN NGO, while at the same time retaining a former Daniel 11:27-43 error which allows the concealment of the real Globalist King North and National King South global systems from Jehovah’s witnesses and their audience.

The Real King North: Globalized World Government

The real King South and King North have simplified in meaning, yet the symbols have gone truly global in scope:

1. King South is the Global National System, or the Nation-State based “Old World Order”;

2. King North is the Anglo-American Globalist guided Globalization core Elite World Government System, or the Globalist “New World Order”;

The Bethel “King North” Modern Overextension to Daniel 11:44

And that is what Bethel will not divulge, as instead they retain the over-advanced in error, and misapplied USSR=King North myth, to keep Jehovah’s witnesses expecting “Daniel 11:44 “attack” next brothers!”, by use of a supposedly “fulfilled prophecy” in Daniel 11:40-43 that the “USSR fulfilled as King North”.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 16 pp. 278-280 The Contending Kings Near Their End ***

EGYPT DOES NOT ESCAPE

18 Jehovah’s angel continued: “He [the king of the north] will keep thrusting out his hand against the lands; and as regards the land of Egypt, she will not prove to be an escapee. And he will actually rule over the hidden treasures of the gold and the silver and over all the desirable things of Egypt. And the Libyans and the Ethiopians will be at his steps.” (Daniel 11:42, 43) Even the king of the south, “Egypt,” did not escape the effects of the expansionist policies of the king of the north. For example, the king of the south suffered a notable defeat in Vietnam. And what of “the Libyans and the Ethiopians”? These neighbors of ancient Egypt might well foreshadow nations that are, geographically speaking, neighbors of modern “Egypt” (the king of the south). At times, they have been followers of—‘at the steps of’—the king of the north.

Obviously the Anglo-American supposed “King South” “Egypt” modern day “king” DID prove to be “an escapee” and the implied “Cold War Victor” over the, instead, failed USSR! The OPPOSITE as Bethel is proposing here!

19 Has the king of the north ruled over ‘the hidden treasures of Egypt’? He has indeed had a powerful influence on the way that the king of the south has used his financial resources. Because of fear of his rival, the king of the south has devoted huge sums to maintaining a formidable army, navy, and air force. To this extent, the king of the north ‘ruled over,’ or controlled, the disposition of the wealth of the king of the south.

Now how can a bankrupt and non-existent USSR also be a world  ruler of the GLOBAL gold and silver bullion supplies and ALL the “desirable things” and “hidden treasures of Egypt” of the Anglo-American King South, there under USSR TOTAL Global domination?

When did that happen?

And so by the use of that “smooth word” bypass of ALL REALITY (Dan11:32a), Jehovah’s witnesses expectations are left hanging here at Daniel 11:44, (too far into the prophecy as well), for a “new” “King North” that can be “filled in” with but another “King North” decoy, like Russia or the recently Bethel prepared “coalition of nations” “Gog” parallel:

THE FINAL CAMPAIGN

20 The rivalry between the king of the north and the king of the south—whether by military, economic, or other means—is nearing its end. Revealing the details of a conflict yet to come, Jehovah’s angel said: “There will be reports that will disturb him [the king of the north], out of the sunrising and out of the north, and he will certainly go forth in a great rage in order to annihilate and to devote many to destruction. And he will plant his palatial tents between the grand sea and the holy mountain of Decoration; and he will have to come all the way to his end, and there will be no helper for him.”—Daniel 11:44, 45.

Daniel 11:44—Keep JWs Hanging at the “End of the World” Next!

No way can a “King North” transition be left hanging in such a detailless and unfounded fantasy such as that of the modern Bethel apostates!

By this over advancement into Daniel 11, the premature “is nearing its end” delusion can also be amplified by the impression “Daniel 11:44 must fulfill next brothers!”. (2Thess2:1-2)

The UN allied Bethel Apostates and Infiltrators (Dan11:30-32a) have now capitalized on that former error, to keep it in place, “throwing truth to the earth” (Dan8:12), for future use against Jehovah’s witnesses by deception of the premature “end of the world” it instead suggests to Jehovah’s witnesses. (2Thess2:1-2) Along with a handy “King North” “attack” that can also be prematurely misrepresented in the future!

This means Bethel has, also at the same time, been actively bypassing all post 1990 post Cold War real “King North” guided globalization expansion of the real Globalist King North system (Rev16:13-16), and its explicit global dominating details in Daniel 11:30-45—right from the very time in 1990, when all this real “King North” Anglo-American globalist detail could be explained with a 1990 3rd United Nations presentation too boot!

When it all could have started to be truly explained in 1990, Bethel said the whole Daniel 11 progress had ended at Daniel 11:43!

The Watchtower Watchtower June 15, 2012; Jehovah is a “Revealer of Secrets” – Paragraph 19

We are living in the days of the seventh head. No more heads will appear on this beast before it is annihilated. The Anglo-American World Power will be the dominant world power when false religion is eradicated. The prophecies of Daniel and John have been fulfilled to the smallest detail. We can be confident that the destruction of false religion and the battle of Armageddon will soon come.  God has revealed these details in advance. Will we pay attention to the prophetic warnings? (2 Pet. 1:19) Now is the time to take sides with Jehovah and to support his Kingdom.—Rev. 14:6, 7.

What we can be confident of is Bethel is promoting the premature “the end” delusion of 2 Thessalonians 2:1-2.

Final “Sword Stroke” in Daniel 11:40 Ongoing Globalist King North Global Military Positioning Context

Now this allows the real already active Daniel 11:40 global takeover culmination of the King North Globalizing NATO military system and all its supporting systems, in a final cycle coming up, which will run to the finale of Daniel 11:40-43, to remain unknown to Jehovah’s witnesses for quite some time. (Dan8:13-14)

Now with the real Daniel 11:41 culmination to come on apostate Bethel in the future, as already “entered” and aided internally at infiltrated and subverted Bethel (Dan11:32a; Dan8:12), for the future final JW Organization global coup, Bethel can sell those JW organization downfall and invasion “trampling” events as if Daniel 11:44 and “the end of the world” to Jehovah’s witnesses—a total premature “the end” Armageddon Hoax smokescreen. (2Thess2:1-2)

Thus a “it’s the end of the world!” smokescreen, to apply to JWs with very real Daniel 11:41 and Daniel 8:13 events, is now, instead, in place and well primed in the JW mind.

Daniel 11:41 Temple Judgment Parallel and Global Context on Bethel Soon

In reality Daniel 11:41 globalist King North Bethel “invasion” will be the parallel of the Daniel 8:13-14 Temple Judgment “Trampling”, well before World Government completes to unfold with the real fall of “King South” into “King North” globalization system total domination of the global nation-state system. (Dan11:42-43)

And Jehovah’s witnesses will not only be none the wiser, they will be under the false impression “the end” has arrived, as instead Daniel 8:13 “trampling” events on Bethel (Dan11:41 context) will manifest instead. That will be the Daniel 8:14 Temple Judgment “evening” phase timing (3.19 years) of accounting that will fully expire in the temple “trampling” for the UN NGO “transgression causing desolation” of Daniel 8:13 parallel of Daniel 11:31b apostate Bethel UN NGO.

Those developments of “prophetic proportions” of the future, will be how the “Temple” “right condition” will be achieved in the total purification of the “morning” phase of the Temple Judgment recovery period (Dan8:14,26), also timed as 3.19 years, for a total “2300 evenings and mornings” of 6.38 years. (Lunar Year/360 Days)

Of course a Bethel that joined the United Nations of Organizations, and conceals modern prophecy as if dead to the world, with no required updates whatsoever, cannot be in the “right condition”. Instead the Bethel global record includes other criminal activities now undermining the anointed Christian ministry, and subverting it and its “constant feature” into a global “befouled” reproach. (Zech3:1-3)

VII. REALITY: Daniel 11:27-45 The Globalists’ “North” Versus The Nation-State “South” at Worldwide Scale

Daniel 11:27—World War1, World War2, Cold War First Three Cycles of Four (Dan11:27-30)

A dominant feature of this section of prophecy is that King North is the driving global force for the entire progression and final sequence to “King North” World Government in Daniel 11:27-45—truly this prophecy’s “the king”. (Dan11:36)

(Daniel 11:36a) “And the king will actually do according to his own will

King South King North
Nation-State System “Old World Order” Globalist Globalization System “New World Order”

(Daniel 11:27) “And as regards these two kings, their heart will be inclined to doing what is bad, and at one table a lie is what they will keep speaking. But nothing will succeed, because [the] end is yet for the time appointed.

(Daniel 11:27a)
“And as regards these two kings, their heart will be inclined to doing what is bad, and at one table a lie is what they will keep speaking.

1. These two kings are “south” nation-state system, and “north” globalizing system, all at global scope.

2. The “one table” is the common sovereign goal, though by differing means, of the “one thought” of global rulership, synonymous with the “empty thing” of Psalm 2, upon the whole planet Earth scope.

(Psalm 2:1-2) Why have the nations been in tumult And the national groups themselves kept muttering an empty thing?  2 The kings of earth take their stand And high officials themselves have massed together as one Against Jehovah and against his anointed one

3. The lie is the same lie of successful human global rulership sovereign development in opposition to God’s Kingdom of Christ.

(Daniel 11:27b) But nothing will succeed, because [the] end is yet for the time appointed.

1. All nation-state and globalist efforts at premature world domination fail;

A. Eventually the globalist “King North” will succeed, and does succeed at the United Nations capping global presentations of all four global war cycles.

B. NOTHING “national” based, as single nations or partial blocs of nations, will succeed.

2. The nation-state failures of Germany and the USSR are the visible “and nothing will succeed” in all three first world wars, WW1, WW2, and Cold WW3.

3. What has “proven successful” (Dan11:36b) was and is the King North United Nations global presentation marked “image” finales of all THREE of those world war periods, so far.

Daniel 11:28

King South King North
Nation-State System “Old World Order” Globalist Globalization System “New World Order”

(Daniel 11:28) “And he will go back to his land with a great amount of goods, and his heart will be against the holy covenant. And he will act effectively and certainly go back to his land.

(Daniel 11:28)
 “And he will go back to his land with a great amount of goods (WW1 booty), and his heart will be against the holy covenant. (WW1 Holy Covenant major identification 1914-1922  period) And he will act effectively (WW1 and League placement) and certainly go back to his land. (WW2 prep)

1. From first identification of holy covenant location 1870s-1922, the WTBTS corporate coup attempts in 1897 and 1917, then the 1918 imprisonment are examples of these King North ” denunciation” attempts;

2. The King North globalists did not want the first League of Nations placement (1919) or the 2nd United Nations placement (1945) exposed as prophecy;

3. The “act effectively” is in regard to the successful orchestration of the first world war cycle, upon an international scale Anglo-American industrial and finance war profiteering system fully in action in Europe and the US system. This was aided by the 1913-1914 Federal Reserve central bank system being fully implemented by US government legislation;

A. That globalist run industrial and financial system was how a “great amount of goods”, at truly enormous wealth expansion magnitudes, was brought into the King North globalist wealth consolidating camp for WW2 preparation;

4. WW1 and the 1914-1918 first cycle of such an orchestration to aid globalist “King North” objectives is significant because it was the first fully complete global war cycle and its main globalist profiteering system;

Daniel 11:29

King South King North
Nation-State System “Old World Order” Globalist Globalization System “New World Order”
Cold War; Cold WW3 Cycle historic benchmark;

(Daniel 11:29) “At the time appointed he will go back, and he will actually come against the south; but it will not prove to be at the last the same as at the first.

(Daniel 11:29) “At the time appointed he will go back, (WW2 and 2nd UN placement; Rev17:8-11) and he will actually come against the south (WW2 and Cold War beginning); but it will not prove to be at the last the same as at the first.

1. The only “time appointed” of this post WW1 period is the prophetic marking of the second world war cycle and its capping second UN global presentation as the principle of the “abyss” “ascension” of that 8th King designate of 1945, at that time;

A. The “ascension” principle was also set for future reference as Revelation 17:8-13 must have a final cycle full fulfillment when world government is ready for the final global presentation of Daniel 11:45.

2. The ” Cold War” third global war cycle is a unique world war cycle of mostly non-destructive military expansion of both the US and Russian systems, merely “cold” in nature;

A. The “Cold War” is different, it did ” not prove to be at the last the same as at the first”, in that the “cold war” cycle is truly unique in comparison to the first two “hot” world wars to mark this period as certain;

B. This provides a “Cold War” unique development to mark Daniel 11:29’s point in time;

3. The final world war cycle, now being prepared by use of the “Global War on Terror” prelude global military expansion phase, is also unique in nature of initial deployment, but it is a preparatory global expansion continuing Daniel 11:40, for future use;

Daniel 11:30-31

King South King North
Nation-State System “Old World Order” Globalist Globalization System “New World Order”
Bethel apostasy anomaly benchmark

(Daniel 11:30-31a) “And he will actually go back and hurl denunciations against the holy covenant and act effectively; and he will have to go back and will give consideration to those leaving the holy covenant. 31 And there will be arms that will stand up, proceeding from him; and they will actually profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and remove the constant [feature].

(Daniel 11:30b) And there will certainly come against him the ships of Kittim, and he will have to become dejected.

1. Nation-state ” vessels” of sovereign resistance impede global government in the whole WW1-Cold War phase…

(Daniel 11: 30b) “And he will actually go back

…over that whole period of preparatory world government steps in WW1, WW2, and the Cold War whole period, King North “goes back”; but this post WW2 period requires more attention to the internal aspect of capitalizing on a “holy covenant” defection internal to the anointed Christian ministerial “fortress” at Bethel’s “established place”. (Dan8:11b)

2. Thus after two successful United Nations related prophecies exposed related to 1919 and 1945, a re newed effort of subversion against the “holy covenant” ministry had to be undertaken by internal means of eventual assured success to keep the 1990 3rd United Nations global presentation severed from the continuum in prophecy of the original two, UN1-2-end-of-story, rather than UN1-2-3.

A. Thereby if Jehovah’s witnesses do not realize the UN1-2-3 in prophecy, they will also not comprehend the final cycle culmination as UN1-2-3-4.

B. Now both Daniel 11:31-45 and Daniel 8:23-25 concentrate on the 1990 3rd UN event (Dan11:31b; Dan8:23) and the fourth and final UN event (Dan11:45; Dan8:25) progressions of primarily the last two United Nations related developments and steps to world government actually in those prophecies—prophecies which Bethel now keeps buried in WW2-Cold War era developments.

3. The “hurl denunciations” is a renewed effort because since Daniel 11:28, King North’s ” heart will be against the holy covenant” and thus was already in action since the “holy covenant” renewed location was emerging since the 1870s, made fully known by 1922.

(Daniel 11:30b) and hurl denunciations against the holy covenant and act effectively; and he will have to go back and will give consideration to those leaving the holy covenant.

1. Since WW1 era attempts to silence the League of Nations exposure, the “hurl denunciations” are present, and “consideration” of internal Bethel subversion is first by apostasy developing inside of Bethel for the whole time.

A. By 1944-1990 “King North” “will act effectively” within the Bethel administration to effect a successful “operation of error” subversion that God permits for greater purposes later. (2Thess2:11-12);

2. Which, in time, formed an ” effective” internal operation inside of Bethel for a dictatorial ministerial controlling device:

A. 1944 “governing body” first mentioned at Bethel and accepted as valid; (introduced in WW2 period active and Rutherford 1942 death distraction)

B. 1971 “lifted up” “Governing Body” title applied at Bethel; (Cold War period)

C. 1976 Governing Body dictatorship established; (Cold War period) This third WTBTS “board of directors” coup was successful.

D. Which sets up  for the whole Cold War period the eventual 1990-1991 UN NGO and 3rd UN presentation fully apostate Bethel cover-up and silencing very “gradually given over” as per Daniel 8:12 to “throw truth to the earth”;

3. This allows apostasy and internal infiltration to mature for that whole period to the point of profaning the whole anointed Christian ministry, by subsequent King North guided “arms that stand up” in internal Bethel infiltration:

(Daniel 11:31a) And there will be arms that will stand up, proceeding from him; and they will actually profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and remove the constant [feature].

Daniel 11:31b—King North 1990 3rd United Nations Global Presentation

King South King North
Nation-State System “Old World Order” Globalist Globalization System “New World Order”
3rd UN global presentation and Bethel UN NGO historic benchmark;

(Daniel 11:31b) “And they will certainly put in place the disgusting thing that is causing desolation.

Third United Nations Placement, Bethel UN NGO 1990-1991

1. By the time the 1990 3rd UN presentation occurs, it is joined by infiltrated Bethel as UN NGO (Awake! 9/8/1991),

2. All these former participants just described in the above “King North” “those leaving the holy covenant” and the “arms that stand up” impostors all work for the same goal, “they” work in collusion:

(Daniel 11:31b) “And they will certainly put in place the disgusting thing that is causing desolation.

1. Subsequently the 1990 fulfilled 3rd UN “place the disgusting thing” prophecy is covered up as prophecy, breaking the UN1-2-3 continuum and severing it from Jehovah’s witnesses awareness;

2. An example of “desolation” “caused” is the real King North globalist orchestration of all three of these world war cycles “global problems”, and their various “wars and reports of wars” (Matt24:6), which are all conveniently resolved for their capping United Nations “global solution” presentations—all three times so far! [1]

3. All the world war cycles culminated all three times into a marked “disgusting thing” UN related presentation, as the finale of the “desolation” cycle as per the Revelation 13:3 principle of “healing” as first seen in the WW1 first cycle.

Daniel 11:32-35—King North Led Bethel Apostasy

King South King North
Nation-State System “Old World Order” Globalist Globalization System “New World Order”

(Daniel 11:32-35) “And those who are acting wickedly against [the] covenant, he will lead into apostasy by means of smooth words. But as regards the people who are knowing their God, they will prevail and act effectively. 33 And as regards those having insight among the people, they will impart understanding to the many. And they will certainly be made to stumble by sword and by flame, by captivity and by plundering, for [some] days. 34 But when they are made to stumble they will be helped with a little help; and many will certainly join themselves to them by means of smoothness. 35 And some of those having insight will be made to stumble, in order to do a refining work because of them and to do a cleansing and to do a whitening, until the time of [the] end; because it is yet for the time appointed.

1. This is a generalized period of the effects of King North “denunciations” that finally progress into forming the specific Daniel 11:32a apostasy inside the ministry. This development creates the “wrong condition” in the ministry, (Zech3:1-3; Dan8:14) which apostate activity is finally ceased in the timed temple judgment accounting and purification; the “time appointed” of Daniel 8:13-14. (Zech3:1-5; Rev8:3-5)

But in the meantime the ministry is compromised to unacceptable to God first:

(Daniel 8:11) And all the way to the Prince of the army it put on great airs, and from him the constant [feature] was taken away, and the established place of his sanctuary was thrown down.

2. In a spiritual sense those things are removed and “thrown down” now by internal Bethel profanation and its illegal leadership actually guided by King North.

A. But this takes time to culminate, so these apostasy and stumbling developments will eventually have visible full judgment effects upon the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry by actually “throwing down” the “established place”, in the future, as will be fully visible and seen in the Worldwide Organization of Jehovah’s Witnesses future coup, now developed into a vain idol among Jehovah’s witnesses.

That being the real case in the Bethel based ministry, these developments will get worse in the coup phase on the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry, which ultimately King North is there to accomplish in the future. (Dan11:41; Dan8:13)

Bethel Progressive Apostasy Period Effects

1. These sections parallel features of the whole “hurl denunciations” period, so it develops with the general persecutions but is also exacerbated by post 1944 “governing body” centered progressive apostasy developments, “gradually giving over” (Dan8:12) the anointed Christian ministry to full apostasy, as foretold.

2. This duality below, apostasy and faithfulness to God, is present the whole time, because both the “weed” and “wheat” progress (Matt13:36-42) at the same time as both are present in the anointed Christian updated “ministry” “field” for the whole period:

(Daniel 11:32) “And those who are acting wickedly against [the] covenant, he will lead into apostasy by means of smooth words. But as regards the people who are knowing their God, they will prevail and act effectively.

1. King North “Leading” into fresh and progressive apostasy takes time, but it progresses to the point of apostate Bethel’s modern state;

2. But “the people” “knowing their God” are also effective at explaining prophecy the whole time (except for this period of total Bethel JW subversin), in the principle of “wheat” and “weeds” growing parallel (Matt13:36-42) for the whole period:

(Daniel 11:33) And as regards those having insight among the people, they will impart understanding to the many. And they will certainly be made to stumble by sword and by flame, by captivity and by plundering, for [some] days.

1.
Though the ministry is effective to “impart understanding to the many”, still general persecutions and internal “arms that stand up” “harassment” and progressive apostasy (Dan7:25) occurs at the same time.

(Daniel 11:34a) But when they are made to stumble they will be helped with a little help;

1. God helps the “wheat” through the “harassments” internal (weed) and external to the ministry;

2. “King North” “led” apostasy is the cause of the effects in that stumbling by progressive apostasy, scandal, and global JW Bethel centric controversy as an increasing global reproach developed by Bethel subversion, aids the development; (1Pet4:12; 2Pet2:1-3)

(Daniel 11:34b) and many will certainly join themselves to them by means of smoothness.

1. These “many” are also “joining themselves” to the ministry not by sincerity, but by “smoothness” of the apostasies “smooth words” which has created a transformed Christian ministry that is not in the “right condition” of purity and full prophetic truth, thus attracting some people for the wrong reasons—and so you have the duality of today’s apostate Jehovah’s witnesses ministry, now carrying out the Kingdom of God ministry, though now subverted in modern truth, but also bringing in the UN NGO, as an example of such duality and scandalous co-development.

Temple Judgment “Time Appointed”

(Daniel 11:35) And some of those having insight will be made to stumble, in order to do a refining work because of them (2Thess2:11-12; eventually coming temple judgment as Dan8:14; Zech3:4-5; Mal3:1-5; Rev8:3-5) and to do a cleansing and to do a whitening, until the time of [the] end; because it is yet for the time appointed.

1. The “time appointed” is the Daniel 8:13-14 temple judgment to produce that full “cleansing and “whitening” as Daniel 8:14 temple purification in the culmination of the removal and exposure of the modern apostasy. (2Thess2:3-4; Mal3:1-5; Zech3:1-5)

(Daniel 8:13-14) And I got to hear a certain holy one speaking, and another holy one proceeded to say to the particular one who was speaking: “How long will the vision be of the (profaned) constant [feature] and of the transgression causing desolation (UN NGO alliance of Daniel 11:31b), to make both [the] holy place (temple “established place”; Dan8:11) and [the] (JW worldwide) army things to trample on?” (first 8th King “trampling” “attack” defining the spiritual meaning of the “tribulation of those days” beginning); 14 So he said to me: “Until two thousand three hundred evenings [and] mornings; and [the] holy place will certainly be brought into its right condition.” (Temple judgment purification completed in this timed period parallel Zechariah 3:4-5, Revelation 8:1-5);

2. Thus “until the time of [the] end” is because the “yet for the time appointed” Daniel 8:13-14 “time appointed” of the temple judgment purpose, phasing, and validation timing (Dan8:14) will become the true final cycle starting signal. Thus the “last days” also have a “last days” portion— the “time of the end”— as Revelation 8-11 final fulfillment cycle must also activate with that temple judgment “appointed time”.

3. That is when the divinely permitted error (2Thess2:1-12) and apostasy aided subversion (Zech3:1-3) will climax in anti-temple operations (Dan8:13; Dan11:41), and then the apostasy will be ceased by God and Christ, well before world government, and the real “the end”.

4. Thus that “stumble work” will also be ceased as far as divine permission to carry out this apostasy, in order to form the final ministerial recovery of Revelation 9-11’s final fulfillment cycle.

5. Because the temple judgment of Daniel 8:13-14 is the parallel of the final fulfillment parallel of Revelation 8, Revelation 8-11 is the seven trumpets gauged “time of the end” true finale prophetic and global cycle.

A. That final prophecy cycle and its true “time of the end” will be marked by major global events coming on Bethel (Dan11:41; Dan8:13), in a global context “King South” final developments of sovereign downfall (Dan11:42-43) into full King North eventual world government domination.

Daniel 11:36-39—King North Unique Globalist Attributes

Keep in mind that when the Soviet USSR System failed, that entity cannot fulfill anything but failure (Dan11:39) in the following prophecy details of modern pinnacle Globalization “global gathering” Force of the real King North Anglo-American “Globalist Elites”:

(Revelation 16:12-14,16) And the sixth one poured out his bowl upon the great river Euphrates, and its water was dried up, that the way might be prepared for the kings from the rising of the sun. 13 And I saw three unclean inspired expressions [that looked] like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon and out of the mouth of the wild beast and out of the mouth of the false prophet. 14 They are, in fact, expressions inspired by demons and perform signs, and they go forth to the kings of the entire inhabited earth, to gather them together to the war of the great day of God the Almighty. 15 “Look! I am coming as a thief. Happy is the one that stays awake and keeps his outer garments, that he may not walk naked and people look upon his shamefulness.” 16 And they gathered them together to the place that is called in Hebrew Har–Magedon.

(Revelation 16:12-14, 16) And I saw three unclean inspired expressions [that looked] like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon and out of the mouth of the wild beast and out of the mouth of the false prophet. (complete King North/ 8th King globalist influence culminating with the “new world order” false prophecy, and the driving force of globalism “inspired expressions” ) 14 They are, in fact, expressions inspired by demons and perform signs, and they go forth to the kings of the entire inhabited earth, to gather them together (globalization is the main global force accomplishing this especially since 1990) to the war of the great day of God the Almighty. (parallels future Revelation 17:12-18 and Daniel 11:42-43 culminations into globalist 8th King power) … 16 And they gathered them (eventually “globalization” completes into King North World Government) together (into final 8th King globalist unification symbolized in world government completion by 4th UN (Dan11:45; Dan12:11) “placement” and final “world peace” proclamations (1Thess5:1-3)) to the place that is called in Hebrew Har–Magedon.

Thus these King North features of Daniel 11:36-39 have been fully active since “the king” made “his” 3rd United Nations “cold victory” presentation over the downed USSR, and are parallel characteristics of the whole King North growing global power through out the rest of the prophecy.

King South King North
Nation-State System “Old World Order” Globalist Globalization System “New World Order”

(Daniel 11:36-39) “And the king will actually do according to his own will, and he will exalt himself and magnify himself above every god; and against the God of gods he will speak marvelous things. And he will certainly prove successful until [the] denunciation will have come to a finish; because the thing decided upon must be done. 37 And to the God of his fathers he will give no consideration; and to the desire of women and to every other god he will give no consideration, but over everyone he will magnify himself. 38 But to the god of fortresses, in his position he will give glory; and to a god that his fathers did not know he will give glory by means of gold and by means of silver and by means of precious stone and by means of desirable things. 39 And he will act effectively against the most fortified strongholds, along with a foreign god. Whoever has given [him] recognition he will make abound with glory, and he will actually make them rule among many; and [the] ground he will apportion out for a price.

Globalist King North Attributes

Daniel 11:33-39 parallels the whole King North globalist development to overcome the USSR system as the prophetic marker of the irreversible global ascendancy of the real King North “the king” who alone possesses these successful attributes to overcome any nation or national bloc progressively.

1. Features of King North “globalism” system effectiveness, culminating in the 1990 3rd UN global presentation prophecy marking Cold War victory:

(Daniel 11:36a) “And the king will actually do according to his own will, and he will exalt himself and magnify himself above every god; and against the God of gods he will speak marvelous things.

1. A “New World Order” of the World Government objective is one of these “marvelous things”. (Rev13:5-7; Dan7:8);

2. As marked by the Cold War victorious real King North Anglo-American globalists meaning, marked by that 3rd UN presentation, the real King North globalist system is successful the whole time, from the first two UN related presentations (1919,1945), to the 3rd UN presentation of 1990, to World Government of the future in Daniel 11:45, UN1-2-3-4 [1]:

(Daniel 11:36b) And he will certainly prove successful until [the] denunciation will have come to a finish; because the thing decided upon must be done.

(Daniel 11:37) And to the God of his fathers he will give no consideration; and to the desire of women (“women” example; Dan11:42 “she” nation-states) and to every other god he will give no consideration, but over everyone he will magnify himself.

(Daniel 11:38) But to the god of fortresses (Joel3:9-12), in his position he will give glory; and to a god (globalism god) that his fathers did not know he will give glory by means of gold and by means of silver and by means of precious stone and by means of desirable things.

1. Thus King North Globalism System is unique in all ways pertaining to the “north” rise of the ascendant global power system to eventually implement world government at global scale in the future. (Rev13:3; Rev17:8-13 final cycle parallel);

2. King North progressive military global monopoly “god of fortresses” progresses at global scale under NATO to Global NATO, as Daniel 11:40-41 active now, must culminate in the final cycle of the future global takeover of the globalist system.

3. Global King North financial and wealth control domination has been forming since WW1 in marked manner, to culminate as Daniel 11:42-43 in the future.

4. All of the above allows globalist King North to be “act effectively” upon all rival sovereign systems such as the nation-state and religious sovereignties (Rev17:11-18), to culminate into world government in the future.

(Daniel 11:39) And he will act effectively against the most fortified strongholds (such as the USSR and “King South” global nation-state system), along with a foreign god. Whoever has given [him] recognition he will make abound with glory, and he will actually make them rule among many; and [the] ground he will apportion out for a price.

Daniel 11:40-41—King North Global Invasion and World Government Takeover

Though the preparatory King North globalism system setup has been active fully recognizable before and since 1990, to aid Daniel 11:40-43 progress, the final cycle culmination of those prophecies occurs in the future and before King North World Government of the Daniel 11:44-45 final cycle finale into the “one hour” of full and complete World Government. (Rev17:12)

The importance of recognizing this final cycle is because King North/8th King World Government complete, functional (Dan11:45, Rev17:8-18) and stated (1Thess5:1-3; Dan12:11), triggers Christ’s arrival, not before, but AFTER it completes. That takes several more years as this final cycle eventually fully activates and totally completes as Revelation 17:8-18 full final sequence.

King South King North
Nation-State System “Old World Order” Globalist Globalization System “New World Order”
Post 1990 global NATO military expansion historic benchmark;

(Daniel 11:40-41) “And in the time of [the] end the king of the south will engage with him in a pushing, and against him the king of the north will storm with chariots and with horsemen and with many ships; and he will certainly enter into the lands and flood over and pass through. 41 He will also actually enter into the land of the Decoration, and there will be many that will be made to stumble. But these are the ones that will escape out of his hand, Edom and Moab and the main part of the sons of Ammon.

King North Global Expansion Progress Since 1990 Marked Events (Daniel 11:40-41)

Global Invasion

1. Which real King North attributes lead to continued global expansion of the globalist system, technocratic, financial, and military as prophetically marked since 1990, as it progressively undermines the sovereignty of all national powers of the world:

(Daniel 11:40) “And in the time of [the] end (marked in 1990 3rd UN event, but culminates as Rev8-11 as marked by Daniel 8:13-14 temple judgment event and timing) the king of the south (nation-state) will engage with him in a pushing (for global sovereignty), and against him the king of the north will storm with chariots and with horsemen and with many ships; and he will certainly enter into the (national) lands and flood over and pass through.

1. What makes 1990 unique in NATO global militarization expansion is that in the Gulf War NATO became a truly militarily deployed entity to eventually be coined “Global NATO” in 1999.

2. Now though Bethel deceptively states the “kings” engage in a “pushing” where one does not overcome the other, all of Daniel 11:30-31, and Daniel 11:36-45 is about King North as the global driving force which does overcome “Egypt” in the original “King South” symbol, in Daniel 11:42-43—King North World Government is what “proves successful” and “acts effectively” to depose the fragmented nation-state sovereign system. (Dan2:31-45);

Bethel Invasion

1. And as seen in Daniel 11:30b-31a, King North has “given consideration to those leaving the holy covenant” and the subsequent impostor “arms that stand up” in the “Decoration” ministerial “fortress” are now within the Bethel ministry as King North infiltrators. Thus by Bethel apostasy and infiltration development for some decades, they have already “entered the Decoration” as well, but this will get far more severe in the future:

(Daniel 11:41a) He will also actually enter into the land of the Decoration, and there will be many [PEOPLE] that will be made to stumble.

1. But in time of the Temple Judgment of Daniel 8:13 “trampling”, that global “invasion” above, on Bethel as the “Worldwide Organization of Jehovah’s Witnesses”, will become globally culminated, visible and in the global news. (Matt24:15)

2. These are apostate (Edom) “those leaving the holy covenant”, anti-Christian and opposing supports that “escape” King North by not being the actual target in the Bethel “trampling”:

(Daniel 11:41b) But these are the ones that will escape out of his hand, Edom and Moab and the main part of the sons of Ammon.

1. And so all of Daniel 11:40-41 is now globally active fully marked since 1990, but it will reach the global invasion maturation in the future in far more visible and King North vocal forms of financial and military true global domination of King North.

2. What we can gather is the global developments of Daniel 11:40 culminating (Rev16:1-9), will be the global context of Bethel’s judgment phase and “trampling” context of and at Daniel 11:41 timing in the future—not yet Daniel 11:44 as the deceptive expectation (2Thess2:1-2) apostate Bethel has been promoting to Jehovah’s witnesses in by now purposeful error.

3. Thus the coming financial system coup of King North (Dan11:42-43) is also well set-up during this whole post 1990 globalization wave (as founded since WW1 financial systems), and must culminate in the future in the actuality of its intended real purpose of global wealth control also to be seen globally, before World Government completes.

A. That financial global crisis potential, however it may manifest to total King North global ownership and final finance system “solution” implementation (Rev13:15-18), it will be a striking global event and subsequent period.

B. It must parallel the Revelation 13:3 “global sword stroke” and Revelation 17:8 United Nations future “abyss plunge”, to eventually “ascend” into world government (Rev17:8-13; Dan11:44-45), upon the eventual subservient nation-state system “global healing” phase (Isa41:1) and its purpose of maximizing that fourth and final United Nations based World Government presentation to the full.

Daniel 11:42-43—King North Global Wealth and Financial Takeover

King South King North
Nation-State System “Old World Order” Globalist Globalization System “New World Order”

(Daniel 11:42-43) And he will keep thrusting out his hand against the lands; and as regards the land of Egypt, she will not prove to be an escapee. 43 And he will actually rule over the hidden treasures of the gold and the silver and over all the desirable things of Egypt. And the Libyans and the Ethiopians will be at his steps.

Future Global Wealth Coup of King North Globalists

(Daniel 11:42) And he will keep thrusting out his hand against the lands (nation-state system); and as regards the land of Egypt, she will not prove to be an escapee.

1. Now the “King South” ” Egypt” feminine “she” symbol of nation-state system subservience, will not “escape” as the nation-state system will become fully subservient to ” King North” globalization which completes for the eventual forming World Government finale (Dan11:45; Rev17:12), which “will actually rule” the total global gold/silver, wealth and asset ownership of the whole global nation-state system:

(Daniel 11:43a) And he will actually rule over the hidden treasures of the gold and the silver and over all the desirable things of Egypt.

1. Insignificant nations were not yet the goal to fully dominate as dominating the core industrial nations first, will lead to every dependent nation “at his steps” falling in, in time if everything went as King North plans.

(Daniel 11:43b) And the Libyans and the Ethiopians will be at his steps.

Daniel 11:44-45—King North World Government

King South King North
“She” Subservient Nation-State System Globalist World Government

(Daniel 11:44-45) “But there will be reports that will disturb him, out of the sunrising and out of the north, and he will certainly go forth in a great rage in order to annihilate and to devote many to destruction. 45 And he will plant his palatial tents (world government) between [the] grand sea and the holy mountain of Decoration; and he will have to come all the way to his end, and there will be no helper for him.

Final King North Agenda Prelude into World Government Completion

Temple Judgment Purpose

1. In the future, after the temple judgment of Daniel 8:13-14 (Rev8 parallel) initial timing (1150 min, 2300 days possible), phasing, and purpose completes, the temple judgment-to-purification “right condition” will be reached in the prelude timing to parallel Revelation 8, for the recovery of Revelation 9 final ministry preparation and deployment.

A. Those fifth and sixth “trumpets” of alarm carry the “four trumpets” of the temple judgment modern meaning (Rev8:3-5 is the temple judgment), as a final “two witnesses” deployed “little scroll” message will emerge. (Rev9-10)

B. Then a fully truthful and full prophetic explanation (Rev10:5-11; Rev11:3), of all these covered up prophecy and world government details will complete its final  1260 days warning mission. (Dan7:25; Dan12:7; Rev11:2-3; Rev12:14; Rev13:5-7)

2. What will emerge (Rev9), in time, is the full “little scroll” “two witnesses” second witnessing Messianic Kingdom completion announcement.

A. That will present the complete explanation of all these post 1990 3rd UN and globalization developments-to-world government 4th UN cycle prophetic meanings [1].

The Main “Report” that will “disturb” King North

1. The “little scroll” “report” subject of that final witnessing (Rev9-11:1-7), which is part of the “reports” (little scroll), is what will really “disturb” King North before (Rev11:2-3; Rev13:5-7; Dan12:7) and as King North progresses (Rev11:7) to 8th King synonymous World Government:

(Daniel 11:44) “But there will be reports that will disturb him, out of the sunrising and out of the north, and he will certainly go forth in a great rage in order to annihilate and to devote many to destruction. (Dan8:25 parallel “during a freedom from care” (1Thess5:1-3) world government power “will bring many to ruin”)

1. What emerges in the final warning period of 1260 days before this climax, is the full Global Open Salvation Appeal, which in time Christ completes as Revelation 14:6-7.

A. Revelation 14 is the whole post Christ arrival sequence.

B. Daniel 8 and 11 provides one time only global events, to support Revelation’s applicable repeating prophecy principles in final form in the future. (Rev8-11; Rev15-16)

2. World Government global distribution of “one hour” (Rev17:12) of global sovereign power:

(Daniel 11:45) And he will plant his palatial tents between [the] grand sea and the holy mountain of Decoration; and he will have to come all the way to his end, and there will be no helper for him.

1. Because only the 8th King will become the final World Government parallel global-sovereign rival entity (Rev17:8-13), and this is obviously “palatial tents” of just such a global- system, “King North” has actually always been explicit in Daniel 11:45 as to “who” this global pinnacle world power “king” “north” must be.

A. Bethel merely attempts to keep it all “a mystery” to cover for their King North partners. (Dan11:32a)

B. This “mystery” and potential future Russian alignment also allows the over advanced Daniel 11:44 expectation to be prematurely expected among Jehovah’s witnesses (2Thess2:1-2), which false impression aids the JW false belief “the end of the world” is “right around the corner” which allows Bethel’s future “trampling” (Dan8:13) and “invasion” (Dan11:41) coming, to be misperceived as “the end” rather than what it really will be: The Temple Judgment.

2. Because the explicit “Jerusalem” location is not mentioned, but only implied ” between [the] grand sea and the holy mountain”, and the spiritual “Jerusalem” entity will be in spiritual completion as Revelation 14:1-7 in this period (Zech2:5), this implied “location” is the counterfeit “Kingdom of God” and “Zion” claims of King North’s final World Government system “location” to emerge on the world scene first.

3. Daniel 11:45 must parallel Daniel 12:11 final placing of the “disgusting thing”, thus Daniel 11:40-45 merges into Daniel 12 whose final fulfillment must be “during that time” of Daniel 11:40-45 final global cycle events.

After World Government Completes

All these events and judgments are under full World Government:

1. Final “world peace” “and security” of the King North/8th King system as the Daniel 8:25 “freedom from care” parallel;

2. Final anointed Christian sealing by completing final mission (Rev10:5-11) thus the “Four Winds” phase (Matt24:31; Rev7:1-4) activates under world government;

A. The “two witnesses” final warning is ceased at that time. (Rev11:7)

3. The larger scale Babylon the Great shelling Christendom deposition will also be within that Daniel 11:44 “devote many to destruction” and the Daniel 8:25 “bring many to ruin” parallel. (Rev17:15-18; Rev16:12,17-20);

4. The attempted global coercion of anyone resisting the 666 marking campaign of World Government will also be a King North target in Revelation 13:15-18. (Rev14:9-11 Christian focus)

Christ Arrival

1. And for those reasons those judgments and contextual final events take place under full World Government in which time (Dan12:1), the Christ arrival (Matt24:29-31; Rev11:11-12) to complete the Messianic Kingdom to oversee those judgments is the climax.

A. Christ “cuts short the days” (Matt24:21-22) of that final King North agenda (2Thess1:6-10), while securing global sheep first. (Matt25:31-40; Rev14:14-16);

2. Thus that period under full world government and its final global agenda in action is the “four winds” period in which period Christ arrives (Matt24:30-31) as Christ secures global sheep (Rev14:1-16) first, before he deposes King North/8th King completely in the “seventh trumpet” event. (Rev11:15-19);

3. Thus knowing what world government and its final cycle will mean, to be increasingly backed by enormous progressive global events and milestones of the first six “trumpets”, will be easily perceived by those believing the final witnessing “little scroll” message when it emerges—even now it can be beneficial to not accept the now prevalent “it’s the end of the world” (2Thess2:1-2) and its “doomsday” false impression. (Rev13:3)

VIII. Daniel 11:40-45 Culmination Final Cycle Must Converge into Daniel 12 Final Fulfillment

Daniel 11 is a one time only, unique prophecy, which final portion of Daniel 11:40-45 events must converge, live and real-time in the future, into Daniel 12’s final fulfillment in repeating form. Unlike Daniel 11:36-39 unique features of Globalist King North sovereign development, Daniel 11:40-45 is explicit progressive and milestone future events and developments that must fully culminate into World Government in the future, as global developments that will be explicitly recognizable.

Daniel and Revelation both have one time only, as well as repeating, prophecy. The unique feature about Daniel is it gives explicit rival sovereign developmental details which can be registered and overlaid upon Revelation’s structural details of the final cycle in revelation 8-11 and Revelation 16.

Another important detail is that Daniel 11 has been known by more than just Bethel and Jehovah’s witnesses to be in active fulfillment not yet complete. And thus Daniel 11:40-45 must connect into the reference in Daniel 12:1 “and during that time” of the Daniel 11 final events.

Progressive King North global power development must culminate into World Government over the final cycle.

Daniel 11:40-45 One Time Prophecy Must Merge into Daniel 12 Repeating Prophecy
(Daniel 12:1) And during that time Michael will stand up, the great prince who is standing in behalf of the sons of your people. And there will certainly occur a time of distress such as has not been made to occur since there came to be a nation until that time. And during that time your people will escape, every one who is found written down in the book. 
Daniel 11:40-45—One Time; Final Cycle Prior to World Government Daniel 12—Repeats; World Government to Christ Arrival  Revelation8/16—Repeats; Christ Arrival Gauge in Seven Trumpets and Plagues
Daniel 12:1 “During that time” of Daniel 11:40-45 convergence Original 1914-1919 Pattern Repeats Trumpets Plagues
Context
Daniel 11:40-43 Global Context First Time of Distress/Tribulation of Those Days Revelation 16 First 4 Plagues Global Context Rev8—Temple Rev16—Global
Daniel 11:41 Temple Invasion Daniel 8:13 “Trampling” of Temple Judgment Starting—3.19 Years (1Pet4:17) Revelation 8—Temple Judgment Rev8:3-5 activates P1-P4
Daniel 8:13-14 3.19 Years “Evening” Events and Timing First Christ Temple “Stand” Prelude (Mal3:1-4) Revelation 8:3-5 P2
Temple Judgment “Evening” 3.19 Years Begins P3
Temple must be cleansed “right condition” before the 1260 days can begin. (Dan8:14; Zech3:1-5)
Daniel 11:42-43 Global Wealth Control Prelude Developments to Daniel 12:7 1260 Days Revelation 8 First 4 Trumpets Context P4
Revelation 13:3—Global “Sword Stroke” to “Healing” Develops T1
Revelation 17:8-13—World Government “Wildbeast” “Plunge” to “Ascension” Develops T2
Revelation 13:15-18 Global “Buying and Selling” Control Develops T3
Temple Judgment “Evening” 3.19 Years Ends T4
“Healing” Upswing May Be Temple Recovery Parallel Christ Temple Arrival—Temple Cleansed
Final Warning Prelude Temple Recovery Revelation 9 Activates T5
Daniel 8:14 “Morning” 3.19 Year Phase Begins Trumpets 5-6 Declare First 4 Trumpet Meaning T6 P5
Zechariah 3:4-5 Purification P6
Malachi 3:1-5 Clarification
Isaiah 6:6-9
Daniel 8:14 “Morning” 3.19 Year Phase Ends
Final Warning Commission Final “Little Scroll” Commission
Revelation 10:5-11
Zechariah 3:6-9
Matthew 24:45-47
Daniel 12:7 1260 Days Begins Two Witnesses Final Warning Deployed Revelation 11:1-7
Revelation 11:2-3
1260 Days Expires
Daniel 11:44 King North  Attack Agenda to World Government Daniel 8:25 “Bring many to ruin” Parallel Two Witnesses Deposed Rev11:7
1 Thessalonians 5:1-3—World “Peace and security” World Government Proclamation Daniel 8:25 “during a “Freedom from care” Parallel Four Winds Period Under World Government “3.5 Days” Final Segway Begins 
Revelation 11:7—Final Sealing Accomplished by Final Warning Mission Completion
Daniel 11:45 World Government Complete Daniel 12:11 1290 Days Begins Revelation 11:8-10 “3.5 Days” Merges Into Daniel 12:11
Daniel 12:11 Dual Criteria Activation of 1290 Days
“Plant palatial tents” 1 “Place the disgusting thing” as World Government
“Tribulation of those days” ends with Global “Sword Stroke” “Healing” into World Government Presentation 2 “Constant Feature” removed as Two Witnesses Cessation (Rev11:7)
Christ Arrival—Final “Stand” into Messianic Kingdom Completion Revelation 14:1 P7
Matthew 24:29-31 Revelation 11:11-12
Revelation 6:12-17 Revelation 7 Completions
Revelation 19:11-14
Judgments Overseen by Christ in Messianic Kingdom Kingship Christ Completes Ministry (Rev14:6-7) Revelation 14:6-16
King North Final Attacks Matthew 29:31—Sheep Secured Revelation 14:14-16
1 Two Witnesses Deposed (completes first, already accomplished) Sheep Secured Throughout These Final Developments Matthew 25:31-40
2 General Global 666 Campaign (Rev13:15-18)
3 Babylon the Great Deposed (Rev17:15-18; Rev16:19)
1290 Days Ends
Armageddon Christ Global Conquest Revelation 11:15-19 T7
8th King/King North Deposed
Messianic Kingdom 1000 Year Reign Begins

====

Daniel 11:27-45 Simpler Details

World War1, World War2, Cold War First Three Cycles of Four (Dan11:27-30)

(Daniel 11:27a) “And as regards these two kings, their heart will be inclined to doing what is bad, and at one table a lie is what they will keep speaking.

1. These ” two kings” are “south” nation-state system, and “north” globalizing system, all at global scope.

2. The one table, “one thought” of global rulership, of the “empty thing” of Psalm 2, upon the whole planet Earth scale.

3. The lie is the same lie of successful human global rulership sovereign development.

(Daniel 11:27b) But nothing will succeed, because [the] end is yet for the time appointed.

1. All nation-state and globalist efforts at premature world domination fail. The nation-state failures of Germany and the USSR are the visible “and nothing will succeed” in all three first world wars, WW1, WW2, and Cold WW3.

2. What has “proven successful” (Dan11:36b) was the King North United Nations global presentation marked “image” finales of all THREE of those world war periods.

(Daniel 11:28) “And he will go back to his land with a great amount of goods, and his heart will be against the holy covenant. (WW1 HC ID period) And he will act effectively (League placement) and certainly go back to his land. (WW2 or WW2 prep)

1. From first identification of holy covenant location; 1897-1918 Corporate coup attempts and imprisonment are examples of these denunciation attempts;

2. They did not want first League of Nations placement or the 2nd United Nations placement exposed as prophecy;

(Daniel 11:29) “At the time appointed he will go back, (WW2 and 2nd UN placement; Rev17:8-11) and he will actually come against the south (WW2 and Cold War beginning); but it will not prove to be at the last the same as at the first.

1. Cold War is a unique world war cycle different in that “cold war” cycle in comparison to the first two “hot” world wars to mark this period as certain;

(Daniel 11:30) And there will certainly come against him the ships of Kittim, and he will have to become dejected.

1. Nation-state vessels of sovereign resistance impede global government in the whole WW1-Cold War phase…

(Daniel 11: 30b) “And he will actually go back

…over that whole period of preparatory world government steps in WW1, WW2, and the Cold War whole period.

2. But after two successful United Nations related prophecies exposed, a new effort of subversion against the “holy covenant” ministry had to be undertaken by internal means of assured success to keep the 3rd United Nations global presentation severed from the continuum in prophecy of the original two.

(Daniel 11:30b) and hurl denunciations against the holy covenant and act effectively; and he will have to go back and will give consideration to those leaving the holy covenant.

1. Since WW1 era attempts to silence the League of Nations exposure, the “hurl denunciations” are present, and “consideration” of internal Bethel subversion is first by apostasy developing inside of Bethel for the whole time.

A. By 1944-1990 “King North” “will act effectively” within the Bethel administration to effect a successful “operation of error” subversion that God permits for greater purposes later. (2Thess2:11-12);

2. Which, in time, formed an “effective” internal operation inside of Bethel for a dictatorial ministerial controlling device:

A. 1944 “governing body” first mentioned at Bethel and accepted as valid; (introduced in WW2 period active and Rutherford 1942 death distraction)

B. 1971 “lifted up” “Governing Body” title applied at Bethel; (Cold War period)

C. 1976 Governing Body dictatorship established; (Cold War period)

D. Which sets up  for the whole Cold War period the eventual 1990-1991 UN NGO and 3rd UN presentation cover-up and silencing.

3. This allows apostasy and internal infiltration to mature for that whole period to the point of profaning the whole anointed Christian ministry:

(Daniel 11:31a) And there will be arms that will stand up, proceeding from him; and they will actually profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and remove the constant [feature].

Third United Nations Placement, Bethel UN NGO 1990-1991

1. By the time 1990 3rd UN presentation occurs, it is joined by infiltrated Bethel as UN NGO, as all these former participants, “they” work in collusion:

(Daniel 11:31b) “And they will certainly put in place the disgusting thing that is causing desolation.

1. Subsequently the 3rd UN prophecy is covered up as prophecy, breaking the UN1-2-3 continuum;

2. Example of “desolation” “caused” is the real King North globalist orchestration of all this world war cycles, and their various “wars and reports of wars”; (Matt24:6)

3. All the world war cycles culminated all three times into a marked “disgusting thing” UN related presentation, as the finale of the “desolation” cycle as per the Revelation 13:3 principle as first seen in the WW1 first cycle.

Bethel Progressive Apostasy Period Effects

1. This sections parallels features of the whole “hurl denunciations” period, because both “weed” and “wheat” progress is present in the anointed Christian updated “locale”:

(Daniel 11:32) “And those who are acting wickedly against [the] covenant, he will lead into apostasy by means of smooth words. But as regards the people who are knowing their God, they will prevail and act effectively.

1.
“Leading” into fresh apostasy takes time, but it progresses to the point of apostate Bethel’s modern state;

2. But “the people” “knowing their God” are also effective at explaining prophecy the whole time, in the principle of “wheat” and “weeds” growing parallel (Matt13:36-42) for the whole period:

(Daniel 11:33) And as regards those having insight among the people, they will impart understanding to the many. And they will certainly be made to stumble by sword and by flame, by captivity and by plundering, for [some] days.

1.
General persecutions and internal “arms that stand up” “harassment” (Dan7:25) occurs at the same time.

(Daniel 11:34a) But when they are made to stumble they will be helped with a little help;

1. God helps the “wheat” through the “harassments” internal and external to the ministry, yet all “King North” “led” apostasy;

(Daniel 11:34b) and many will certainly join themselves to them by means of smoothness.

1. These “many” are also “joining themselves” to the ministry not by sincerity, but by “smoothness” of the apostasies “smooth words” which has created a transformed Christian ministry that is not in the “right condition” of purity and full prophetic truth, thus attracting some people for the wrong reasons.

Temple Judgment “Time Appointed”

(Daniel 11:35) And some of those having insight will be made to stumble, in order to do a refining work because of them (2Thess2:11-12) and to do a cleansing and to do a whitening, until the time of [the] end; because it is yet for the time appointed.

1. The “time appointed” is the Daniel 8:13-14 temple judgment to produce that full “cleansing and “whitening” as Daniel 8:14 temple purification in the culmination of the removal and exposure of the modern apostasy. (2Thess2:3-4; Mal3:1-5; Zech3:1-5)

Globalist King North Attributes

Parallels the whole development to overcome the USSR system as the prophetic marker of irreversible global ascendancy of the real King North who alone possesses these attributes to overcome any nation or national bloc.

1. Features of King North effectiveness, culminating in the 3rd UN global presentation marking Cold War victory:

(Daniel 11:36a) “And the king will actually do according to his own will, and he will exalt himself and magnify himself above every god; and against the God of gods he will speak marvelous things.

1. A “New World Order” of the World Government objective is one of these “marvelous things”;

As marked by the Cold War victorious real King North Anglo-American globalists meaning, marked by that 3rd UN presentation, the real King North globalist system is successful the whole time, from the first two UN related presentations (1919,1945), to the 3rd UN presentation of 1990, to World Government of the future in Daniel 11:45, UN1-2-3-4:

(Daniel 11:36b) And he will certainly prove successful until [the] denunciation will have come to a finish; because the thing decided upon must be done.

(Daniel 11:37) And to the God of his fathers he will give no consideration; and to the desire of women and to every other god he will give no consideration, but over everyone he will magnify himself.

(Daniel 11:38) But to the god of fortresses, in his position he will give glory; and to a god that his fathers did not know he will give glory by means of gold and by means of silver and by means of precious stone and by means of desirable things.

1. Military global monopoly progresses under NATO to Global NATO, as Daniel 11:40-41 active now, must culminate in the final cycle.

(Daniel 11:39) And he will act effectively against the most fortified strongholds, along with a foreign god. Whoever has given [him] recognition he will make abound with glory, and he will actually make them rule among many; and [the] ground he will apportion out for a price.

King North Global Expansion Progress Since 1990 Marked Events (Daniel 11:40-41)

Global Invasion

Which real King North attributes lead to continued global expansion of the globalist system, technocratic, financial, and military as prophetically marked since 1990:

(Daniel 11:40) “And in the time of [the] end the king of the south will engage with him in a pushing, and against him the king of the north will storm with chariots and with horsemen and with many ships; and he will certainly enter into the lands and flood over and pass through.

Bethel Invasion

1. And as seen in Daniel 11:30b-31a, they have “given consideration to those leaving the holy covenant” in the “Decoration” ministerial “fortress”, so by apostasy and infiltration they have already “entered the Decoration” as well:

(Daniel 11:41a) He will also actually enter into the land of the Decoration, and there will be many [lands] that will be made to stumble.

But in time of Daniel 8:13 “trampling” that “invasion” above on Bethel, will become globally culminated and visible.

These are anti-Christian and opposing supports that “escape” the Bethel “trampling”:

(Daniel 11:41b) But these are the ones that will escape out of his hand, Edom and Moab and the main part of the sons of Ammon.

1. And so all of Daniel 11:40-41 is now active fully marked since 1990, but it will reach the global invasion maturation in the future in far more visible forms of financial and military domination of King North.

2. Thus the coming financial system coup of King North is also well set-up during this whole post 1990 globalization wave (as founded since WW1 financial systems),

3. Must culminate in the future in the actuality of its intended real purpose of global wealth control also to be seen globally, before World Government completes.

Future Global Wealth Coup of King North Globalists

(Daniel 11:42) And he will keep thrusting out his hand against the lands; and as regards the land of Egypt, she will not prove to be an escapee.

1. Now the “King South” “Egypt” symbol, will not “escape” as the nation-state system will become fully subservient to “King North” forming World Government, by total global gold, wealth and asset ownership:

(Daniel 11:43a) And he will actually rule over the hidden treasures of the gold and the silver and over all the desirable things of Egypt.

1. Insignificant nations were not yet the goal to fully dominate as dominating the core industrial nations first, will lead to every dependent nation “at his steps” falling in in time.

(Daniel 11:43b) And the Libyans and the Ethiopians will be at his steps.

Final King North Agenda Prelude into World Government Completion

1. In the future, the temple judgment “right condition” will restore a fully truthful prophetic explanation of all this 1990 3rd UN and globalization developments in a final witnessing which is what will really “disturb” King North before and as it progresses to World Government:

(Daniel 11:44) “But there will be reports that will disturb him, out of the sunrising and out of the north, and he will certainly go forth in a great rage in order to annihilate and to devote many to destruction.

World Government global distribution of power:

(Daniel 11:45) And he will plant his palatial tents between [the] grand sea and the holy mountain of Decoration; and he will have to come all the way to his end, and there will be no helper for him.

1. Because only the 8th King will become final World Government parallel, and this is obviously “palatial tents” of just such a system, “King North” has actually always been explicit in Daniel 11:45 as to “who” this global pinnacle world power “king” “north” must be.

2. Because the “Jerusalem” location is not mentioned, and the entity will be in spiritual completion as Revelation 14:1-7 in this period, this “location” is the counterfeit “Kingdom of God” and “Zion” claims of King North’s World Government system.

3. Daniel 11:45 must parallel Daniel 12:11 final placing of the “disgusting thing”, thus Daniel 11:40-45 merges into Daniel 12 whose final fulfillment must be “during that time” of Daniel 11:40-45 final cycle events.

Supporting Information

[1] Back to UN1-2-3-4 Section Above

Four King North=8th King UN Cycles to World Government—1919-Future

UN 1. 1919 – Rev13:11-15 (Dan12:11 first fulfillment) as League of Nations after WW1;

A. International Bible Students Association (IBSA) explained as prophecy;

UN 2. 1945 – Rev17:8-11 as United Nations after WW2;

A. Jehovah’s Witnesses (JW) explained as prophecy;

=
Unknown and unstated by UN NGO aligned Jehovah’s witnesses:
=

UN 3. 1990 – Daniel 11:31b as United Nations “New World Order” Initiative after WW3 (Cold War) (Dan11:29);

A. Covered up by Bethel as UN NGO, not explained as prophecy by any religious group;

[We are Here…]

UN 4. Future; World Government- Daniel 11:45; Daniel 8:25; (Daniel 12:11 last fulfillment) as United Nations and World Government after 4th world tribulation/war cycle to come.

A. Not currently explained by Bethel in lieu of a premature “end of the world” deception. (2Thess2:1-2)

B. To be explained after the JW temple judgment desolation, purification and removal of lawless Bethel engineered subversion (2Thess2:1-4; Dan11:30-31; Dan8:11-13);

Daniel 8:13-14 Diametric “Wrong Condition” at Apostate Bethel Since 1944—It’s Future Fulfillment and Implications

Daniel 8:13-14 Diametric “Wrong Condition” at Apostate Bethel Since 1944—It’s Future Fulfillment and Implications

1. How Daniel 8:12-14 Unright Condition Has Been Developed by the Profane Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses Since 1944;

2. How the 1944 “governing body” concept has been aligned with the “Theocratic Organization” “Watchtower Charter adjustments” that supposedly fulfilled the Daniel 8:14 prophecy, “bringing the sanctuary into the right condition” as if the “organization” is the “sanctuary”;

3. Why Daniel 8:13-14 Fulfills in the Future as the now required Temple Judgment “trampling” for purification “right condition” and recovery for the “second witness” final Kingdom proclamation and final global open salvation call;

But there are other problems with this shifting Bethel interpretation of this Daniel 8:11-14 prophecy in this overall post 1944 development. The irony is the modern Bethel Daniel 8:14 interpretation is actually part of the profanation development for the modern Jehovah’s witnesses “unright state”, to establish an illegal, 1944 founded, Governing Body ruled, fictional “Theocracy”.

This study is concerning this prophecy of the coming Temple Judgment:

(Daniel 8:13-14) And I got to hear a certain holy one speaking, and another holy one proceeded to say to the particular one who was speaking: “How long will the vision be of the constant [feature] and of the transgression causing desolation, to make both [the] holy place and [the] army things to trample on?” 14 So he said to me: “Until two thousand three hundred evenings [and] mornings; and [the] holy place will certainly be brought into its right condition.”

In this article, Daniel 8:14 is focused on in the whole Daniel 8:11-14 applicable sequence, because Bethel applies Daniel 8:14 to “Watchtower charter adjustments” in two versions of this interpretation to establish the “purification” meaning, while Daniel 8:13 is applied to, in the final version, now, World War 2 era events of worldly powers as the “transgressors” of Daniel 8:11-13.

In reality Daniel 8:13 “transgression causing desolation” developments in the “sanctuary” are what initiates the purification requirement in a final temple judgment which is what Daniel 8:13-14 actually is, as it is a continuum to be applied to the coming temple judgment.

The temple judgment phase of this coming fulfillment is timed and phased for future verification.

Ironically Bethel is now the main producers of the implied Daniel 8:13 “unright condition” now well founded within the “gradually given over” to full enemy subversion of the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry. Bethel transgression is the real prelude of steadily introduced lawlessness that has led to this state of the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry today.

(Daniel 8:11-12) And all the way to the Prince of the army it put on great airs, and from him the constant [feature] was taken away, and the established place of his sanctuary was thrown down. 12 And an army itself was gradually given over, together with the constant [feature], because of transgression; and it kept throwing truth to the earth, and it acted and had success.

(Zechariah 3:1-3) And he proceeded to show me Joshua the high priest standing before the angel of Jehovah, and Satan standing at his right hand in order to resist him. 2 Then [the angel of] Jehovah said to Satan: “Jehovah rebuke you, O Satan, yes, Jehovah rebuke you, he who is choosing Jerusalem! Is this one not a log snatched out of the fire?” 3 Now as for Joshua, he happened to be clothed in befouled garments and standing before the angel.

(Note for this reading: Now if one considers the Jehovah’s witnesses historic ministry as invalid and “Masonic” from inception from Charles Russell’s day, then this analysis will have no meaning. But if one considers or believes the original Jehovah’s witnesses ministry to be a valid anointed Christian ministry with the purpose of proclaiming God’s Kingdom as prophecy fulfillments, while concurrently exposing the progressive prophecies of the opposing “8th King” World Government development live and real-time at the same time, then one will see the real meaning in this subversion. (Dan8:12))

What is really developing in this Governing Body dictatorially guided subversion process, is an illegal ministerial controlling authority development, and the idolization of the Jehovah’s Witnesses Organization, while concealing the post 1990 3rd and future 4th United Nations continuum of prophecy as a UN 1-2-3-4 continuum to World Government, while concurrently endorsing the Wildbeast System as UN NGO.

Conjuring Up the “Governing Body” and “Organizational Theocracy”

This draft analysis will demonstrate that the general idea of the Watchtower Bible and Tract Society (WTBTS) “Theocratic Organization” was to, in time, radically expand and also be aligned with the parallel “Governing Body” development since its first “governing body” mention of 1944. Both of these developments of ministerial identity and structure were to later converge into the concurrently developing Daniel 8:13-14, 1958 to post 1982, interpretations as the “purified” fully “Theocratic Organization” claims of those interpretations merged with the parallel Governing Body concept, and development to fully empowered entity convergent as one whole, as the Governing Body dictatorship capstone emerged with the whole of that “Pyramid of Theocracy”.

Both the “theocracy” and the “governing body” are but cloaking terms for what is now a man controlled organization of Jehovah’s witnesses and its corporations as one ministerial whole of “gradually given over” profanation and subversion from the original ministerial objective with complete focus shifted to the “Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses” progressive establishment, and its complimentary “Worldwide Organization of Jehovah’s Witnesses” idolatries as now ever complicating distractions from the real progress of modern prophecy and the original Kingdom of God objective.

*** Watchtower 2015; 7/15 p. 9 par. 14 Work to Enhance the Spiritual Paradise ***

14, 15. What organizational adjustments were made in the 1970’s, and how have they proved beneficial?

14 Over the years, the older ones in our midst have personally experienced some of the organizational adjustments that have increased the beauty of the earthly part of Jehovah’s organization. They remember when congregations had a congregation servant rather than a body of elders, when countries had a branch servant rather than a Branch Committee, and when direction was given by the president of the Watch Tower Society rather than by a clearly established Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses. Although all these devoted brothers were supported by faithful assistants, one person was basically responsible for making decisions in the congregations, at the branch offices, and at world headquarters. During the 1970’s, adjustments were made to put the responsibility for oversight on groups of elders rather than on individuals.

15 Have these adjustments proved beneficial?

Yes, and logically so. Why? Because the adjustments were based on increased knowledge about the pattern set in the Scriptures. Instead of having the influence of one individual dominate, the composite good qualities of all the “gifts in men” whom Jehovah has provided benefit the organization.—Eph. 4:8; Prov. 24:6.

In reality a “composite of subversion” by a “rule by committee” dictatorship is what has formed in 70 years since 1944.

General Outline

Aiding the purpose of the whole development is a post 1944 fabricated WTBTS “prophetic” history in which the “Governing Body” progressively plays a central dictatorial role as if ever present in the Jehovah’s Witnesses ministry since 1884, now “clearly established”, and then ever present in the overall Christian history since the first century, as fraudulently applicable to Acts 15. (The Acts 15 “catch all” locale to conjure up a supposed “governing body” entity that Christendom has used to define and maintain every clergy of their system for centuries, thus unique in no way to the WTBTS. Instead it is the same “steering committee” that also was used to subvert Christendom’s many “organizations” as well.)

The general development went like this, 1-4:

1. Version 1 “Theocracy” “Purification”

The Daniel 8:13-14 “interpretation” has slid off the Jehovah’s witness radar, in general, while the 1944 instituted Governing Body has used it to seal their own “clearly established” apostate priesthood as if the prophetic and Biblical “Supreme Council of Divinely Appointed Overseers” of the then also “purified” “temple arrangement” since after 1944, by WTBTS “Charter adjustments”. This “prophecy” stays “off the radar” for most Jehovah’s witnesses, because it is flimsy (and complicated), yet behind the scenes it is a foundational “theocratic” part of the “prophetic basis” for the existence of the “Governing Body”  dictatorship over the WTBTS “Theocratic Organization”.

A. Even Fred Franz said “IF we accept this as fulfilling the prophecy…”; because the Bethel interpretation always has had major problems (in addition to trying to explain a prophecy that has not yet fulfilled.) In the meantime, Bethel has “gradually” morphed it all to fit the “Governing Body” convergent agenda of “top down” total control, by use of the “theocracy” cover it provides.

“”If we accept this as fulfilling the prophecy of the “transgression that causeth appalment” or “that makes desolate,” when is it that the sanctuary should be “victorious” (JP), “vindicated” (Ro), “justified” (Le), “cleansed” (AS, AV, LXX), or “be restored to its rightful state” (RS)?”” (Your Will Be Done chapter 9, pg. 244, par. 44; (also at Watchtower 1959 10/1 p. 600 par. 44))

So Fred Franz had doubts; (and with good reason hindsight has now revealed.)

B. There are now two versions of the Daniel 8:14 timeframe of this prophecy as taught by Bethel, the 1958-1981 (1926-1932 2300 days) ‘Version 1’, and the 1982-1999 to present (1938-1944 2300 days) ‘Version 2’.

C. But what is referred to in the first version, is the 1938 “Organization” article to form the “Theocratic Organization” restored theme in 1932 in version 1, and in 1944 in version 2, as their respective “end of the 2300 days”. This will come up later as the new, Version 2, Daniel 8:14 timing shifted to 1938-1944 as will be examined in this article—while retaining all the compounding “organizational adjustments” along the way;)

*** Watchtower 1959; 10/15 p. 632 par. 49 Part 24—“Your Will Be Done on Earth” (Your Will Be Done 1958; ch. 9 pg. 215 par. 49)***

“”That was only a right beginning, for the sanctuary had to be made theocratic in all respects. Six years later The Watchtower published the article “Organization,” Part 1 in its issue of June 1, 1938, and Part 2 in its next issue of June 15.””

The gist is a “Theocratic Organization” was thoroughly founded to fulfill the Daniel 8:14 purified “right condition” in 1932 as the end of the “2300 evenings and mornings” of Daniel 8:14; Version 1 (1958-59), 1926-1932. (first 2300 days timeframe application);

2. Version 2 “Theocracy” “Purification”

But post 1982 to now, [the timeframe for Daniel 8:14 “2300 days”] has shifted forward, but the idea remains the same: supposed “True Theocracy” “fulfilled!”—this time in 1944—as all “organizational adjustments” from the first round, have been retained for this second round, but the date slid forward for interesting reasons.):

A. The “adjusted” version in the “Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy” (1999) book slides the date into the WW2 period (1939-1945), from the first version’s 1926-1932 (old version) to the 1938-1944 second version, but the revision retains the same “Organizational Theocracy” restored idea and claims, as well as the former “adjustments” to the organizational charter.

(The parallel “Governing Body” progress and supporting “organizational theocracy” ideas were further prepared in Watchtower 1971 12/1 Bringing the Holy Place into Right Condition and Watchtower 1982 9/15 pp. 16-17 The Kingdom and “a Holy Place”, to end up condensed for the Daniel 8:14 final “interpretation” application in the book “Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy” 1999, chap. 10 pp. 177-179 Who Can Stand Against the Prince of Princes?)

3. Governing Body Parallel Development

And while the new rationale shifted forward in timeframe (1938-1944), it also conveniently brings Jehovah’s witnesses to a very very important date: 1944 (important for the organization, mostly unknown to Jehovah’s witnesses at large), the 1944 year of the first mentioning of the “governing body” term itself.

*** Watchtower 1971; 12/15 pp. 755-756 A Governing Body as Different from a Legal Corporation ***

“”In the year 1944 the Watchtower magazine BEGAN TO SPEAK about the governing body of the Christian congregation.””

A. Thus two parallel “theocracy supporting” developments are converging behind the scenes, one, the Daniel 8:14 “interpretation” as “theocratic organization” and two, the “Governing Body” development since 1944. Thus 1944 is the target date for BOTH developments, and for a few important reasons now convergent in Jehovah’s witnesses history, to tentacle and merge as one “theocratic” theme, superimposed upon the overall Bethel Daniel 8:14 modern fiction as if “prophecy fulfilled brothers!”:

*** Daniel’s Prophecy 1999; chap. 10 p. 178 par. 26 Who Can Stand Against the Prince of Princes? ***

“The Theocratic Alignment Today.”

At the annual corporate meeting on October 2 (1944), the Society’s charter was amended in an effort to bring it as close to a theocratic arrangement as the law would allow.”

Note the Key 1944 Timing

B. During the diversion of WW2, 1944 was two years after Joseph F. Rutherford died, to even allow the 1944 “governing body” term to even be spoken in the ministry. This is because brother Rutherford already quelled a “board of directors” takeover attempt in 1917:

***Jehovah’s Witnesses in the Divine Purpose 1959; pp. 70-71***

“”There he persisted in his efforts to persuade Rutherford to send him back to England so that he might make his position more secure. When Brother Rutherford refused, he sought assistance from the board of directors and finally persuaded four members to side with him in this issue by making it appear that Brother Rutherford was unfit to serve as president of the Society. Since the board of directors consisted of only seven men, this meant that now the majority of the board of directors had gone in opposition to President Rutherford, Vice-President Pierson and Secretary-Treasurer Van Amburgh. This put the officers of the Society on one side of the issue and the directors who were trying to wrest administrative control from the president on the other side.

TOM: How did they expect to do that?

JOHN: Their idea was to make the president’s position secondary to the board of directors and limit his authority to that of an adviser. That would have meant making a change in the corporation’s bylaws, and since it was a complete departure from the provisions of the original charter it warned of serious trouble ahead.

[which is exactly what the Governing Body accomplished in 1976]

Throughout the entire administration of Pastor Russell, the president and the other officers of the Society had been the ones to decide on new publications; the board of directors, as a body, WAS NOT CONSULTED. Brother Rutherford CONTINUED this same policy as he took up the new administration. “”

And that is why the “board of directors” about to transform into the “governing body” had to wait until 1944 to “begin speaking about” even the term “governing body” after brother Rutherford had died. WW2 also provided the distraction period for this key transition into the budding viral error of the “governing body” injection of eventual total dictatorial authority. And by 1971 they were further aligning the “GBeocracy” “Governing Body” framework to fit the coming Daniel 8:14 interpretation adjustments of 1982-1999.)

4. WTBTS “Governing Body” Headed “Pyramid of Theocracy”

But on closer look, now in hindsight of seventy years, since after the 1944 Jehovah’s witnesses real “history of the governing body” unfolded, it was the preparation (to the “interpretation”) of the Governing Body “GBeocracy” of 1976, in reality. It actually set the “theocratic” “organizational” ground work for the “Governing Body” reigns of 1976  dictatorial power, to extend to all congregations under their supposed “theocracy” as “fulfilling prophecy everyone!”, and then to be merged after 1982 into a new version of Bethel interpretation of Daniel 8:14.

A. First Round of “Theocratic Reorganizing”—Version 1:

*** Watchtower 1959; 10/15 p. 632 par. 49 Part 24—“Your Will Be Done on Earth” ***

That was only a right beginning, for the sanctuary had to be made theocratic in all respects. Six years later The Watchtower published the article “Organization,” Part 1 in its issue of June 1, 1938, and Part 2 in its next issue of June 15. This article opened, saying: “Jehovah’s organization is in no wise democratic. Jehovah is supreme, and his government or organization is strictly theocratic.” This article also proposed a resolution for each congregation to adopt, the resolution recognizing that “God’s government is a pure theocracy” and requesting “The Society” as his visible representative to organize the congregation for God’s service and to appoint theocratically from the visible top the various servants of the congregation.—Part 2…

*** Watchtower 1959 10/1 p. 601 par. 45 Part 23—“Your Will Be Done on Earth” ***

How was Jehovah’s “sanctuary” cleansed, vindicated or restored to its rightful state by that date? Examine the official journal of Jehovah’s witnesses, The Watchtower, as of that date. Note page 319. That page sets out the Resolution adopted by the New York company of Jehovah’s witnesses on October 5, 1932. It called for a cleansing of the congregational organization, a restoring of it to the rightful state of Jehovah’s sanctuary class. How? By the ridding of the organization of “elective elders,” or elders that had been elected to the office of eldership by the stretching out of the hands of the members of the congregation in a popular or democratic election, after the political style of the ancient Greek states and the democratic Anglo-American dual world power.

What was occurring in hindsight, in this “first round of reorganization” was loss of congregational independence, for a “theocratic organization” that equated to an eventual Governing Body ruled to corporate monopoly over the WTBTS and the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry, as the eventual “second round of reorganization” merely shifted the timeframe, while retaining the previous loss of autonomy at the congregational level.

*** Watchtower 1959 10/1 pp. 601-602 par. 48 Part 23—“Your Will Be Done on Earth” ***

This Resolution was adopted by congregations of Jehovah’s witnesses throughout the earth. The announcement in the Watchtower magazine of October 15, 1932, at the end of 2,300 evenings and mornings was the official notification made by Jehovah through his visible channel of communication that his sanctuary of anointed “living stones” had been cleansed, vindicated and justified.

Hurrah! 1

Thus ends version 1 of that 2300 days first applied time frame.

B. Second Round of “Theocratic Reorganizing”—Version 2:

And thus 1982 begins the new applied time frame with the very convenient 1944 focus shift:

*** Watchtower 1982 9/15 p. 17 par. 20 The Kingdom and “a Holy Place” ***

“”To that end, a rearrangement of the work and governing structure of Jehovah’s Witnesses was initiated in 1944. The Watchtower of October 15, 1944, took as its theme “Organized for Final Work.” This and other service-oriented articles of the same period showed that the “holy place” was again in its “right condition” from Jehovah’s viewpoint.””

Hurrah! 2

For some odd reason, the Daniel 8:14 “2300 days” always ends on an October 15th, as a result of the but another “Historic Annual Meeting” of the WTBTS Pyramid of Priests forming a profanation they then cultified into the “Governing Body” as some sort of divine “cleansing” fulfilling Daniel 8:14—twice. (a blasphemous diametric opposite in reality, that is the irony of this profaning process!)

Governing Body “Theocratic” Pyramid

And the synthesis of all this error sold as “new light”?: a “theocratic” dictatorship run by the “Governing Bodied” “board of directors” atop the WTBTS Pyramid of “gradually given over” Jehovah’s witness slavery to men and diametric UN agenda. (Dan8:12)

Congregational Body Pyramid Brick

*** Watchtower 1995 5/15 p. 22 par. 7 Part 2—Flashes of Light—Great and Small ***

The Watchtower of June 1 and of June 15, 1938, contained flashes of light showing that the servants in the congregation were to be, not elected, but appointed, that is, appointed theocratically. In 1971 another flash of light showed that each congregation was not to be directed by just one congregation servant. Rather, each should have a body of elders, or overseers, assigned by the Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses. So by the increasing light over some 40 years, it became evident that elders as well as deacons, now known as ministerial servants, should be appointed by “the faithful and discreet slave,” through its Governing Body.

Branch Body Pyramid Brick

*** Proclaimers chap. 9 p. 109 Jehovah’s Word Keeps Moving Speedily (1976-1992) ***

Starting January 1, 1976, all the activities of the Watch Tower Society and of the congregations of Jehovah’s Witnesses around the earth had been brought under the supervision of six administrative committees of the Governing Body. In harmony with that arrangement, on February 1, 1976, changes had been put into effect in all branch offices of the Society around the earth. No longer was each branch supervised by one branch overseer, but three or more mature men served as a Branch Committee, with one member serving as the permanent coordinator. After the committees had been operating for some months, the Governing Body observed: “It has proved beneficial to have a number of brothers taking counsel together to consider the interests of the Kingdom work.”

Or, in other words “Starting January 1, 1976, all the activities of the Watch Tower Society and of the congregations of Jehovah’s Witnesses around the earth had been brought under the supervision of… the Governing Body.

What had formed was a top down GB ministerial “board of directors” dictatorship, gradually but steadily formed since 1944 and its “governing body” cloak and “theocratic” mission, which in time equated to more and more “top down” control (Dan8:12) sold to Jehovah’s witnesses as “Theocracy” in “flashes of light”, with a capstone of time delayed blasphemy:

*** Watchtower 2001 1/15 p. 16 par. 20 Overseers and Ministerial Servants Theocratically Appointed ***

In this time of spiritual prosperity and theocratic increase in the Kingdom-preaching activity, we are thankful that Jehovah is primarily responsible for the appointment of overseers and ministerial servants.

In reality men under the broad cloak of “Theocracy” and the specific “Governing Body” dictatorial entity are involved with the furtherance of the controlled transformation of the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry since especially 1944, into a top down monopoly of misplaced Jehovah’s witnesses’ trust, faith and resources—and especially “obedience” to the “theocratic organization” and its top controllers.

*** Watchtower 2013 11/15; pg. 20, par. 17, #3): ***

“”Elders who are reading this article can draw some useful conclusions from the account we have just considered:…

[And sandwiched into the admonishment:]

(3) At that time, the lifesaving direction that we receive from Jehovah’s organization may not appear practical from a human standpoint. All of us must be ready to obey any instructions we may receive, whether these appear sound from a strategic or human standpoint or not. 

We can emphasize again, that the terminus of the Bethel final Daniel 8:14 “2300 days” waffle version is the very year, 1944, that the parallel “governing body” term also emerges. From 1944 everything in parallel “Theocracy” WTBTS development, in time, converges into the “Governing Body” top of the modern JW Pyramid of Override. It is then converged and fused into Daniel 8:14, twice, for good measure, in a quagmire of a “Bethel interpretation” finally summed up in the 1999 “Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy” book, which most Jehovah’s witnesses would rather, and thus do, ignore.

Yet now the actual parallel development of this modern “operation of error” is of great significance! (2Thess2:11-12)

(2 Thessalonians 2:11-12) So that is why God lets an operation of error go to them, that they may get to believing the lie, 12 in order that they all may be judged because they did not believe the truth but took pleasure in unrighteousness.

Magical—Yet Nearly Secret—1944, and the Bethel Transformation

Now let us see the post 1944 trek to an Illegal Governing Body Dictatorship since 1944 first mentioning of the term among Jehovah’s witnesses:

1. “Theocracy Restored” 1944!!

*** Daniel’s Prophecy 1999; chap. 10 p. 178 par. 26 Who Can Stand Against the Prince of Princes? ***

“”With the publication of clarified Biblical requirements, theocratic organization was soon more fully installed in the congregations of Jehovah’s Witnesses.”” (1932-44)

*** Watchtower 1982 9/15 p. 17 par. 20 The Kingdom and “a Holy Place” ***

“”To that end, a rearrangement of the work and governing structure of Jehovah’s Witnesses was initiated in 1944. The Watchtower of October 15, 1944, took as its theme “Organized for Final Work.” This and other service-oriented articles of the same period showed that the “holy place” was again in its “right condition” from Jehovah’s viewpoint.””

Now here is the fully shifted condensed modern Bethel 1999 version of the timing of the 2300 days:

*** Daniel’s Prophecy 1999; chap. 10 pp. 177-178 par. 26 Who Can Stand Against the Prince of Princes? ***

“”For “the holy place” to be “brought,” or restored, to what it should be, the 2,300 days must have begun when it previously was in the “right condition” from God’s standpoint. At the earliest, this was on June 1, 1938, when The Watchtower published part 1 of the article “Organization.” Part 2 appeared in the issue of June 15, 1938. Counting 2,300 days (6 years, 4 months, and 20 days on the Hebrew calendar) from June 1 or 15, 1938, brings us to October 8 or 22, 1944. On the first day of a special assembly held at Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, U.S.A., on September 30 and October 1, 1944, the Watch Tower Society’s president spoke on the subject “The Theocratic Alignment Today.” At the annual corporate meeting on October 2, the Society’s charter was amended in an effort to bring it as close to a theocratic arrangement as the law would allow. With the publication of clarified Biblical requirements, theocratic organization was soon more fully installed in the congregations of Jehovah’s Witnesses.””

To read the full detail of the (publicly known) changes of “Round 1” (1926-1932), it starts in chapter 9 on page 188 of  the “Your Will Be Done” book, or WT Library (WT 1958-1961 “Your Will Be Done” Part1-40 series; Part 23-24):

http://www.strictlygenteel.co.uk/yourwill/1958YourWill.pdf

(Recall, Fred Franz was applying the 2300 days from 1926 to 1932. (As we see it shifted to 1938 to 1944, in the 1982 Watchtower and the eventual 1999 Daniel book, to align with WW2 events to make it all more “real looking”, as they still retained the “organizational adjustments” that emerged in 1932-1938.

The WW2 event and era provided a well known context in which to couch and stall all of Daniel 8 and 11 which is actually Cold War era 3rd United Nations emergent prophecy of Daniel 8:11-14; 23-25, and Daniel 11:30-40 that culminated in the 1990 3rd United nations global presentation in their “New World Order” campaign;

To see what resulted in Round 2 (1938-1944), keep reading, as the “Governing Body” is then made more and more and more prominent since its 1944 first peep of the very word “governing body” at Bethel and in the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry.

Since that Watchtower of December 1971 was preparing the “Governing Body” capitalized and soon-to-be dictatorial term for this nice “transition” to full “theocracy” ruled by the Governing Body, we now see the convergence of it all, to highlight their eventual illegal dictatorship as if that was a “purified sanctuary” based on a mundane corporation and its various “charter adjustments” to aid “theocratic alignment today”.

2. Slick “Already Waiting” 1944 Governing Body Term Connection; More “Adjustments”

*** Watchtower 1971 12/15 pp. 755-756 A Governing Body as Different from a Legal Corporation ***

“”The official magazine of Jehovah’s Christian witnesses is The Watchtower Announcing Jehovah’s Kingdom. In the year 1944 the Watchtower magazine BEGAN TO SPEAK about the governing body of the Christian congregation.””

Now if we pay attention to the shift to 1938-1944 “rationale”, and this WTBTS “adopted six resolutions amending its charter” event of 1944 as previously now connected to Daniel 8:14 “Round 1” “cause and effect”, we see the “governing body”, ready since 1944, was to take on more and more meaning in time.

A. 1971 was the time to capitalize their title to “Governing Body” and properly position for the 1976 Bethel coup AND to make more “organizational adjustments” as if Daniel 8:14 fulfilled (again), recently enabled by that said Daniel 8:14 timeframe shift forward to 1938-1944, since that first 1932 justified period, also using the “Daniel 8:14 “right condition”, AGAIN, as the justification rationale for this second round of application.

*** Watchtower 2001 1/15 p. 28 How the Governing Body Differs From a Legal Corporation ***

“”A Historic Annual Meeting

At the annual meeting held on October 2, 1944, in Pittsburgh, the members of the Pennsylvania corporation adopted six resolutions amending its charter. The charter had provided that voting shares be issued to contributors of funds to the Society’s work, but the third amendment eliminated that provision. A report on that annual meeting noted: “Membership in the Society will be limited to not more than 500 Each one chosen must be a full-time servant of the Society or a part-time servant of a company [congregation] of Jehovah’s witnesses and must show the spirit of the Lord.” Thereafter, directors of the Society were to be voted into office by individuals who were fully devoted to Jehovah, irrespective of the amount of money that they contributed to advance the Kingdom work.

That is now MORE control over the organization, to build upon the 1932 “adjustments”. (And who knows about the “charter adjustments” and “amendments” that are not mentioned in print.)

B. That was also the time, 1944, when the word “governing body” was even uttered at Bethel, for the first time:

*** Watchtower 1971 12/15 pp. 755-756 A Governing Body as Different from a Legal Corporation ***

“”The official magazine of Jehovah’s Christian witnesses is The Watchtower Announcing Jehovah’s Kingdom. In the year 1944 the Watchtower magazine began to speak about the governing body of the Christian congregation.””

*** Watchtower 1990 3/15 p. 17 par. 9 Cooperating With the Governing Body Today ***

There were legal requirements involved in publishing magazines and other Bible study aids. Hence, the Watch Tower Bible and Tract Society was set up and registered in the state of Pennsylvania, U.S.A. For years (actually since 1944-1976), the visible Governing Body came to be identified with the seven-member board of directors of this corporation established to publish the Bible study aids needed and used by the Lord’s people earth wide.

C. And now the imagined “line” between the “Governing Body” and the “Board of Directors” was blurred, though up to that point they were in fact the very same entity. Now Bethel divined two terms, one to fit the top of their “Governing Body” headed “Pyramid of Theocracy”, and one for the same “Board of Directors”, though they were the same thing:

*** Watchtower 1971 12/15 p. 755 A Governing Body as Different from a Legal Corporation ***

At this meeting a question came up and was discussed from the platform. It was as to what the relationship is between the Board of Directors of the Society as a legal corporation and the Governing Body of Jehovah’s Christian witnesses. Are they the same, identical, or are they different? Such questions were due to the fact that it has been published in print that the Governing Body of Jehovah’s witnesses at headquarters is associated with the Board of Directors of the said Society. How did this come about, and does this make the Board of Directors the same as the Governing Body of Jehovah’s witnesses all the earth around?

Of course the question “How did this come about” will not be fully answered.

And in just 27 years, between 1944 and 1976, from the first “governing body” concept and term uttered in the Jehovah’s Witnesses ministry, to 1971, the “board of directors” (the original cell and locale of all prior WTBTS insurrections; 1897; 1917), now merged into the “Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses” dictatorial setup for 1976, as if they were always there in that form of dictatorial authority.

By the time of at most 2001, the “Theocracy” included many “Shadow Boards” unknown to most Jehovah’s witnesses:

*** Watchtower 2001 1/15 p. 31 A Special Announcement ***

Brother Barr told the audience that recently certain members of the Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses who had been serving as directors and officers voluntarily stepped aside from the boards of directors of all the corporations used by “the faithful and discreet slave” in the United States. Responsible brothers of the other sheep class were elected as replacements.

3. 1944 to 1976 Places the Governing Body as the “Theocracy”

*** Proclaimers chap. 9 p. 109 Jehovah’s Word Keeps Moving Speedily (1976-1992) ***

Starting January 1, 1976, all the activities of the Watch Tower Society and of the congregations of Jehovah’s Witnesses around the earth had been brought under the supervision of six administrative committees of the Governing Body. In harmony with that arrangement, on February 1, 1976, changes had been put into effect in all branch offices of the Society around the earth. No longer was each branch supervised by one branch overseer, but three or more mature men served as a Branch Committee, with one member serving as the permanent coordinator. After the committees had been operating for some months, the Governing Body observed: “It has proved beneficial to have a number of brothers taking counsel together to consider the interests of the Kingdom work.

So what we have is The Governing Body DICTATORSHIP 1944-1971 and the filling of its cascading “Tool Box” of “Theocratic Organization” authority, that was being well prepared for 1976, by full preparatory install in the WT charter since 1932 and 1944, by a circuitous route that then converged with the “Theocratic Organization” “purification” “right condition” of Daniel 8:14’s interpretive mythology of Bethel, all magically equating to the handy 1944 date from the hand of Bethel’s various purpose alchemists and error misled associates. (Dan11:32a)

Then they take those polluting and idolatrous changes and claim they are “bringing the sanctuary into the right condition” every time, by this “new arrangement” of ministerial management, that eventually then led to the 1976 GB Bethel Dictatorship, to “fulfill Daniel 8:14” as fully reworked from 1971 Governing Body and the “1944” preparation for the 1982 to 1999 “Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy” book final version of this fiction. The whole GB Burrito is now all amalgamated into one utterly profaned JW-Org Super Taco, sold to Jehovah’s witnesses as the “right condition”, yet again:

*** Daniel’s Prophecy 1999; chap. 10 p. 179 par. 29 Who Can Stand Against the Prince of Princes? ***

“”The enemy’s vicious attempts to desolate and destroy “the holy place” had failed completely. Indeed, the remaining “holy ones” on earth, along with their companions of the “great crowd,” had come off victorious. (Revelation 7:9) And the sanctuary, in its rightful theocratic state, now continues to render sacred service to Jehovah.””

But the Daniel prophecy states they are successful at this profanation action:

(Daniel 8:12) And an army itself was gradually given over, together with the constant [feature], because of transgression; and it kept throwing truth to the earth, and it acted and had success.

So the SUCCESS is Jehovah’s witnesses accepting this gradually developed and applied “new arrangement” action, as if “the enemy’s vicious attempts to desolate and destroy “the holy place” had failed completely”. They merely have SUCCESSFULLY INFILTRATED the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry for now, under such an effective subterfuge. “Utterly failed” is not the true state of the diversion operation inside of the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry now “gradually given over” to a successful full subversion at this late stage of maturity.

And Daniel 11 provides the parallel and source of this organized “theocratic” wrapped profanation process:

(Daniel 11:30-31) “And he (8th King/King North) will actually go back and hurl denunciations against the holy covenant and act effectively (produces a successful operation Dan8:12b); and he (8th King) will have to go back and will give consideration to those leaving the holy covenant. (anointed core defection at Bethel aids internal 8th King access) 31 (Bethel subversion:) And there will be arms that will stand up (at Bethel; Dan11:41; Luke21:20), proceeding from him (8th King planners);  and they (collusion) will actually profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and remove the constant [feature].

(Daniel 11:32) “And those who are acting wickedly against [the] covenant (at Bethel), he (8th King/King North) will lead into apostasy by means of smooth words. (The Bethel “smooth words” and gradual subversion in the 8th King WT cover-up in the JW publications is part of the smoothly justified apostasy of modern Jehovah’s witnesses);

===
So, the opposite “unright condition” is what formed since that 1944 milestone period of forming apostasy, now “adjusted” to fit Daniel 8:14 as well as a total blasphemous claim by the WTBTS and its 1944-1976 Governing Body invention.
===

*** Watchtower 1982 9/15 p. 17 par. 20 The Kingdom and “a Holy Place” ***

“To that end, a rearrangement of the work and governing structure of Jehovah’s Witnesses was initiated in 1944.”

Thus, in reality, the 1944 borne “governing body” profanation was also being born with enough time in the Jehovah’s witnesses “gradually given over” ministry to appear as if “the way it always was” to today’s Jehovah’s witnesses. AS IF since 1884, in this 1946 statement:

*** Let God Be True 1946; ch. 17 ***

“”In 1884 the legal servant body of this international association was incorporated under Pennsylvania law. That non-profit corporation, Watch Tower Bible and Tract Society, and the governing body of Jehovah’s witnesses have been inseparably associated ever since.“”

See how Bethel just slips it all “and the governing body have been inseparably associated” in, as if it was all always there, since 1884? In 1946 they pulled that trick, to present what is an up to then non-existent “governing body”, by such smooth association to the “legal servant” “body” of the whole corporation.

“…AND the governing body of Jehovah’s witnesses have been inseparably associated ever since [1884]”

Which is a TOTAL LIE. (Ironic the title of that book; “Let God Be True”, and all men liars!)

(Romans 3:3-4) What, then, [is the case]? If some did not express faith, will their lack of faith perhaps make the faithfulness of God without effect? 4 Never may that happen! But let God be found true, though every man be found a liar, even as it is written: “That you might be proved righteous in your words and might win when you are being judged.”

But after that sleight of hand had past, modern Jehovah’s witnesses are now just shifted to the Acts 15 “governing body” fictional wrapper, as the “first century governing body precedent”, which “slipped in” by these various diversions. (Jude 4-5)

All of Christendom’s boards and synods do the same thing and use the same “governing body” generic controlling entity, device and “apostolic” rationale implied or explicit. But Acts 15:1-35 is where the modern cloaking rational shifted after Bethel successfully pulled off that “since 1884” stunt, first. Now Jehovah’s witnesses have totally forgotten the real reality of what actually formed in 1944, just two years after Rutherford’s guard ceased in 1942, in his death.

(In fact the “Governing Body” concept basis and purpose goes all the way back to Babel:

“”The Mystery Religions each had their secret councils which ruled them, and these councils themselves came under the guidance of a secret supreme Grand Council or Governing Body.””

http://www.whale.to/b/sp/bl.html

Thus the very core element of the Babel Religious System, is the very heart of the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry now!)

Now the Bethel “Governing Body” Babel- Catholic DNA hierarchical sibling, starts to found its own rationalization of concealing the same kind of hierarchy that would spring up from these early 1940s roots and foundation of the same structure of ministerial domination:

*** Theocratic Aid To Kingdom Publishers 1945 p. 299 Lesson 76 ***

The Rise of the Roman Catholic Hierarchy

“”The organization and development of the Roman Catholic Hierarchy dates from the time of the launching of fusion religion by the Roman emperor Constantine in A.D. 325. It does not date from nor have its source in the original governing body of the apostles. All such claims to apostolic succession and origin are false, and the Hierarchy’s structure is grossly contrary to the original Theocratic organization as established by Christ Jesus.””

But Bethel makes the same claim by the same association:

*** Watchtower 2013; 7/15 pg. 18, par. 12 ***

“”The channel he used for spiritual feeding was clearly recognizable. After all, the apostles—the original members of the governing body—could provide visible proof of heavenly backing.””


Thus what did slip in was the “governing body” error itself (Jude4; 2Thess2:11-12), that the Christendom “hierarchy” has been using for centuries:

Pulpit Commentary (Acts 15:2)

“”The apostles and elders. This phrase marks the constitution of the governing part of the Church of Jerusalem.””

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges (Acts 15:2)

“”These with the elders appear now as the governing body of the infant church.””

http://biblehub.com/commentaries/acts/15-2.htm

“”In the beginning of Christendom, early Christianity was a religion spread in the Greek/Roman world and beyond as a 1st-century Jewish sect, which historians refer to as Jewish Christianity. It may be divided into two distinct phases: the apostolic period, when the first apostles were alive and organizing the Church, and the post-apostolic period, when an early episcopal structure developed, whereby bishoprics were governed by bishops (overseers).””

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Christendom#Early_Christendom

“”The episcopate is the collective body of all the bishops of a church.””

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Historical_episcopate

” The immediate governing body of each church was a college of presbyteri, who possessed the power of the priesthood only – not that of the episcopate.”

https://books.google.com/books?id=0BZJAQAAMAAJ&pg=PA640&lpg=PA640&dq=%22The+immediate+governing+body+of+each+church+was+a+college

Thus Bethel employs a modified version of cloaking terms and misapplied prophecy wrappers, with a quick diversion to “Christendom’s clergy apostasy” when the “clergy” is defined by the same “governing body” concept, with the same false claims as Bethel’s.

Yet all of it is just more mere claims of Bethel’s “Governing Body’s” own dictatorial development, with the very same basic justification concealing it all in both the Catholic and Bethel systems, which is what formed into Bethel’s “clergy” distraction, when Bethel is now the same hierarchical clergy under a different naming and “theocratic” rationale cover—same thing, same subversion reached today.

Except Bethel also uses prophecy to parallel their hierarchy’s justification, and has had a massive momentum of modern truth in which to couch their error to modern lie development (2Thess2:11-12) based on an original error in much the same manner, and by the same “governing body” device, as Christendom’s own prior devolution into apostasy and compounding error.

Ultimately it is now completely the same apostate objective overall.

*** Theocratic Aid To Kingdom Publishers 1945 p. 334 Lesson 85 ***

The Hierarchy’s Organization Structure

“”The Roman Catholic Hierarchy today stands as the most powerful single religious structure in the earth. In its internal re-organization since the staggering blow of the Protestant Reformation four centuries ago, the Roman Hierarchy has welded together the world’s most autocratic organization. Now this formidable body is making its all-out twentieth-century bid for universal domination. It is pushing for recognition as a spiritual overlord and super ruling organization over the nations of the earth. What is its modern structure? Is this colossus built upon Christian foundations? Is its organization Theocratic, God-ruled?

From the very founding of Catholic fusion religion the Theocratic form of organization was abandoned for episcopal and hierarchic priest rule. The rock foundations of true Christianity, Jehovah God and Christ Jesus, were quickly set aside for the sands of Babylonish traditions. Jesus’ principles, “all ye are brethren” and “one fold”, were ignored in favor of a priesthood along pagan lines, thus creating a ruling class and a ruled class. Thus has come into existence the “Catholic population”. They have no voice in ruling matters, nor are they even counted members of the Catholic Church organization. They are merely the supporters of a gigantic clergy ruling organization.””

It is all sounding the same today among Jehovah’s witnesses:

The Bethel Hierarchy’s Organization Structure

“”The Jehovah’s Witnesses Hierarchy today stands as a powerful religious structure in the earth. In its internal re-organization since 1944, the Bethel Hierarchy has welded together the world’s most “theocratic” organization. Now this formidable body is making its all-out twenty-first-century bid for Jehovah’s witnesses domination. It is pushing for recognition as a spiritual overlord and super ruling organization over the nation of Jehovah’s witnesses. What is its modern structure? Is this colossus built upon Christian foundations? Is its organization Theocratic, God-ruled?

From the very founding of Bethel corporate fusion religion the Theocratic form of organization wording was adopted in lieu of episcopal and hierarchic priest rule terminology. The rock foundations of true Christianity, Jehovah God and Christ Jesus, were quickly set aside for the sands of Christendom’s corporate hierarchical traditions. Jesus’ principles, “all ye are brethren” and “one fold”, were ignored in favor of a priesthood along corporate structural lines, thus creating a ruling class and a ruled class of Jehovah’s witnesses. Thus has come into existence the “JW population”. They have no voice in ruling matters, nor are they even counted members of the Bethel “Watchtower Society” organization. They are merely the supporters of a gigantic clergy ruling organization.””


Of course, in modern reality of Bethel’s “creating a ruling class” and the Jehovah’s witnesses “ruled class” corporate and ministerial hierarchy, it is now the same thing, a “hierarchic priest rule” under updated terminology to fit apostate Bethel’s apostate-cloned agenda. The new cloaking terms include the supposed “Theocracy”, the collective “Governing Body” as the cloak for a collective “Pope” “papal body”, and various labels and justifications any religion can use to give credibility to their own “governing bodies“, “papacies” and “synods”.

Along with this neo-papacy came the Bethel 1976 version of a New Inquisition, in which a JW system of excommunication overkill was designed ultimately to protect the Governing Body forming power of 1976 and to silence any feedback from expelled former “members of the congregation”. It also served the distracting goals of focusing Jehovah’s witnesses life around fear and guilt, gnat straining minutia, arbitrary rules and uniformity directives equating to a Bethel Law Covenant, to go along with their Korah “Moses” Governing Body priesthood. It also developed to ridiculous proportions of Enforced Shunning to even disrupt familial ties, isolate, eject and ultimately muffle “weak sheep”, while becoming a global stumbling device of global infamy.

The ultimate goal? Protect the Governing Body dictatorship and minimize any possible exposure of the real takeover development to external congregation information development that could have disrupted this dictatorial development. Yet the worse stumbling policies, such as harboring and concealing pedophiles in their midst, all developed with the Governing Body method of “oversight”. Like a chili produced by 7 to 18 cooks in the “Committee of Chefs”, the JW “truth” has now been tainted by ingredients only palpable to those who have been eating the mess the longest.

(Revelation 8:10-11) And the third angel blew his trumpet. (temple judgment alarm explanations) And a great star burning as a lamp fell from heaven (those leaving the holy covenant at Bethel. Dan11:30-32), and it fell upon a third of the rivers and upon the fountains of waters. (Bethel’s teachings are polluted, profanation of Daniel 11:31a, Dan8:12, Zech3:1-3) 11 And the name of the star is called Wormwood. (the whole “evil slave” “man of lawlessness” Bethel and Governing Body misled JW “earth” system and ministry) And a third of the waters turned into wormwood, and many of the men died from the waters, because these had been made bitter. (the effects of the Bethel apostasy are spiritually toxic);

(2 Peter 2:1-3) However, there also came to be false prophets among the people, as there will also be false teachers among you. These very ones will quietly bring in destructive sects and will disown even the owner that bought them, bringing speedy destruction upon themselves. 2 Furthermore, many will follow their acts of loose conduct, and on account of these the way of the truth will be spoken of abusively. 3 Also, with covetousness they will exploit you with counterfeit words. But as for them, the (real Daniel 8:13-14) judgment from of old is not moving slowly, and the destruction of them is not slumbering.

The Governing Body is fulfilling prophecy alright! Apostasy prophecy.

But in fact because their is a foundational truth to expose prophetic World Government development by the 8th King King North final global power system, this Circus of GB Clowns has arisen in time, to attempt to subvert the ministry (as explicitly foretold in Daniel 8 and 11) and to seed in stumbling and “abusive talk” in the anti-JW global context of controversy developing. All of it eclipsing the former Jehovah’s witnesses and anointed Christian ministry and true spiritual progress all in retrograde decline.

The entire nature and focus of the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry has now been morphed into the Governing Body Show diversion into scandal, confusions, contradictions and real criminal activity, as well as spiritual crimes piling clear to heaven.

In this case, the Bethel version of a Modern Neo-Papacy is nominally modified to install the same hierarchy under that wording cover. Then, further, uniquely prophetically couched to fit the modern WTBTS version of the same top down controlling entity ruling from the same generic authoritarian corporate and ministerial hierarchical basic structure now “created” for Jehovah’s witnesses by this overall GB Abomination.

Then came the obedience directives early on as the “organization” slips in beside and then over God and Christ as an “authority” Jehovah’s witnesses must be “in proper submission thereto” and “subject to” as a “refuge”:

*** Organizations Instructions For the Kingdom Publisher Effective October 1, 1945 ***

“”For dispensing this knowledge to the spiritually hungry ones Christ Jesus, on coming to the temple for judgment in 1918, appointed a tried “faithful and wise servant”. (Matt. 24: 45-47) This servant is “The Society”, that is to say, the association of all the remnant of Christ’s anointed body members, which association acts through its visible governing body under Christ Jesus, the Head of the “servant” or “Society”. The Society is Theocratic, because subject to its Head Christ Jesus and guided by the spirit which Jehovah God poured out upon it by Christ Jesus, and also because it acts and decides through its visible governing body. (Col. 1:18; Acts 2: 17, 18) The Society is the visible part of Jehovah’s Theocratic organization under Christ Jesus, and the Lord’s “other sheep” take refuge under that Theocratic organization and are subject to it. They assist in the work of the visible part of the organization, in proper submission thereto. (Isa. 61: 5, 6) Recognizing the forward movement of Jehovah’s Theocratic organization, his faithful servants upon the earth want to keep apace with it by making greater proclamation of the glorious Kingdom by letting their light shine. — Matt. 5: 14-16, A.S.V.””

Which “glorious Kingdom” might that be? What Kingdom has this all morphed into? The “Organization” perhaps?

*** Watchtower 2015; 7/15 p. 9 par. 13 Work to Enhance the Spiritual Paradise ***

“”Regardless of how long we have been in the truth, we must tell others about Jehovah’s organization.””

And as we see in 1982-1999, they then fully aligned it all with Daniel 8:14, as if the “Theocracy Ruled by the Governing Body Illegal Priesthood” is now the Daniel 8:14 purified “right condition” met; when the exact opposite condition is what was forming at that time and since 1944 as the “Governing Body” concept and entity is actually the core cell of spreading profanation and “gradually given over” ministerial corruption. (Dan8:12; 2Thess2:3-4)

*** Watchtower 1982; 9/15 p. 17 par. 20 The Kingdom and “a Holy Place” ***

“”The Watchtower of October 15, 1944, took as its theme “Organized for Final Work.” This and other service-oriented articles of the same period showed that the “holy place” was again in its “right condition” from Jehovah’s viewpoint.””

And it is also now the “holy place”, everything spiritual and of actual Biblical and divine meaning has now converged into the mundane and profaned “Theocratic Organization” idol of faith diversion.

(Exodus 32:1) Meanwhile the people got to see that Moses was taking a long time about coming down from the mountain. So the people congregated themselves about Aaron and said to him: “Get up, make for us a god who will go ahead of us, because as regards this Moses, the man who led us up out of the land of Egypt, we certainly do not know what has happened to him.”

(Numbers 16:1-3) And Korah the son of Izhar, the son of Kohath, the son of Levi, proceeded to get up, together with Dathan and Abiram the sons of Eliab, and On the son of Peleth, the sons of Reuben. 2 And they proceeded to rise up before Moses, they and two hundred and fifty men of the sons of Israel, chieftains of the assembly, summoned ones of the meeting, men of fame. 3 So they congregated themselves against Moses and Aaron and said to them: “That is enough of you, because the whole assembly are all of them holy and Jehovah is in their midst. Why, then, should you lift yourselves up above the congregation of Jehovah?”

Well now the Korah Governing Body and their Bethel “Golden Calf” is “Organized for Final Work” alright, the work of foretold apostasy and “throwing the established place down”. (Dan11:41; Dan8:11) Might as well add one more centerpiece of idolatry to the Bethel pantheon: The UN NGO, before they go.

See also:

*** Watchtower 1971; 12/1 p. 711 Bringing the Holy Place into Right Condition ***
*** Watchtower 1971; 12/1 p. 717 What Its “Right Condition” Means for Us Today ***

4. 1990 UN NGO

And of course it did not take long after 1976, just 15 years, to get to Fred Franz’ death (1992), and the well timed 1991 UN NGO catastrophe, while concealing the meaning of that 1990 3rd United Nations event of Daniel 11:31b, Daniel 8:23a at the same time.

Now Daniel 8 and 11 continue to be bypassed by the context of the WW2 fictions used to form the above transformation to a Governing Body of Apostasy ruled, supposedly still anointed Christian, now fully derailed Jehovah’s witnesses and anointed Christian ministry.

This entire subversion was was then fully concreted in by the 1993 Jehovah’s Witnesses—Proclaimers of God’s Kingdom book of 1990 diversion; 750 pages of pure “Organizational Idolatry Bible” to distract Jehovah’s witnesses from the post 1990 global developments regarding the United Nations 3rd presentation.

Not to mention a fabrication of actual Jehovah’s witnesses ministerial history to fit this post 1944 agenda.

The 1999 “Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy” book finalization of the take over was then released so that Daniel prophecy would not be revisited as the fall of the USSR would dictate the need to do, as Jehovah’s witnesses fully IGNORE Daniel 8 and 11 reality as it merely continues the 1958 version of premature errors.

In reality Matthew 24:15 is present in this UN NGO “sighting” placed at Apostate Bethel in the 1990 period of the 3rd United Nations global presentation:

(Matthew 24:15-16) “Therefore, when you catch sight of the (UN NGO; Dan11:31) disgusting thing that causes desolation, as spoken of through Daniel the prophet (modern Dan11:31 “disgusting thing that causes desolation” as parallel of Dan8:13 “transgression causing desolation”), standing in a holy place (in the claimant anointed Christian “constant feature” ministry as UN NGO), (let the reader use discernment,) 16 then let those in Judea begin fleeing to the mountains. (Because the JW Bethel desolation judgment for that UN NGO “transgression causing desolation” is near; 1Pet4:17; Dan8:13-14; Rev8:3-5);

5. Final “Seating Themselves” as Lifted Up” Modern “Man of Lawlessness”

(2 Thessalonians 2:3-4) Let no one seduce you in any manner, because it will not come unless the apostasy comes first and the man of lawlessness gets revealed, the son of destruction. 4 He is set in opposition and lifts himself up over everyone who is called “god” or an object of reverence, so that he sits down in the temple of The God, publicly showing himself to be a god.

In October of 2012, at the WTBTS Annual Meeting, the “Governing Body is the “faithful and discreet slave”” pinnacle SIGNAL blasphemy of this whole folly finally emerged publicly, before the globe, as the modern “man of lawlessness” sign:

*** Watchtower 2013; 7/15 p. 22 par. 10 Who Really Is the Faithful and Discreet Slave? ***

“”Who, then, is the faithful and discreet slave? In keeping with Jesus’ pattern of feeding many through the hands of a few, that slave is made up of a small group of anointed brothers who are directly involved in preparing and dispensing spiritual food during Christ’s presence. Throughout the last days, the anointed brothers who make up the faithful slave have served together at headquarters. In recent decades, that slave has been closely identified with the Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses.””

This a noteworthy global public event “publicly showing himself” in self-glorification because every former “anointed class” from the apostles to 1919 is demoted for the Governing Body’s own self approving “judgment” of “lifting themselves over everyone”, premature of the final divine determination (Matt24:45-51; Matt25:1-13), which all of this subverting profanation is actually and logically leading to. (1Pet4:17; Dan8:13-14) The Governing Body are now “seated” on the “Throne” of their own “Bethel Kingdom”.

In reality this marks the final “lifting themselves over everyone” self glorification stunt to mark this modern apostate Bethel signal portion of what is a finalizing Governing Body “seated” global-public blasphemy among a claimant anointed Christian “Temple” “of the God” “locale” and ministry in globally public manner. It was so globally public, the world made the GB=FDS “big announcement” in October of 2012 from “another historic Annual Meeting” before the general Jehovah’s witnesses population was informed in July of 2013! JWs were the last to know of this “no light” sold as “new light”.

Thus for them to also cover up real UN prophecy in final stages of world government development is part of their overall subversion objective as the real apostasy to trigger a major prophetic temple judgment is in the leadership.
And to add to the suspense and smokescreen of distraction, Bethel also employs their own prelude “end of the world” deception of premature expectation, to cap this all off as undeniable:

(2 Thessalonians 2:1-2) However, brothers, respecting the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ and our being gathered together to him, we request of you 2 not to be quickly shaken from your reason nor to be excited either through an inspired expression or through a verbal message or through a letter as though from us, to the effect that the day of Jehovah is here. (premature of reality)

That is why their apostasy is what is revealed, judged and fully globally exposed well before even World Government, thus well before Christ arrival for final gathering purposes first and thus well before the real end. The premature “end” delusion is Bethel’s main JW delusion of modern usage.

(2 Thessalonians 2:3-4) 3 Let no one seduce you in any manner (such as apostate Bethel), because it will not come unless the (final) apostasy (Dan11:32a) comes first and the man of lawlessness gets revealed, the son of destruction. (now present at “disgusting thing” partnered Bethel) 4 He is set in opposition and lifts himself up over everyone who is called “god” or an object of reverence, so that he sits down in the temple of The God, publicly showing himself to be a god. (not only is the “Governing Body” 1976 coup a “lift up”; their current “we alone are the faithful slave” fiasco is the pinnacle of such “lifted up” blasphemy “in the temple” association.)

And that apostasy, is this apostasy parallel at “King North” led Bethel:

(Daniel 11:32) “And those who are acting wickedly against [the] covenant
(at Bethel), he (8th King/King North) will lead into apostasy by means of smooth words. (The Bethel “smooth words” 8th King cover-up in the JW publications is part of the smoothly justified apostasy, such as that shown here in this article);

====
Reality Check: Turn On the Bethel Apostasy Prophecy Radar

And now the Bethel “Governing Body” “all seeing eye” of “light” has the blasphemous audacity to claim all this subversion and illegal authority is what has “purified” the “sanctuary” to its “right condition” to cap of Daniel 8:13-14 for Jehovah’s witnesses, as if “all fulfilled brothers!”.

In addition to all the profaning, God, Christ and Christian demoting activities of a diversion that spotlights and gives service and ultimate authority to a pyramidal style “Governing Body” cascading over an enslaved “Egypt” style “nation of Jehovah’s witnesses”, as the WTBTS “Theocratic Organization” “JW Org Sphinx” idol has formed in the process; there is something worse, as built by this self same “Governing Body” Pharaoh Pyramid Architects—the United Nations of Non Governmental Organizations “non-kingdom” membership of the WTBTS Bethel system in that 1991 Capstone of Apostasy for the global record. (Matt24:15; Matt13:36-42)

Thus what Bethel claims is the “purified” “right condition” of Daniel 8:14 is the diametric opposite apostasy forming domination structure of the modern “UNright condition” (Dan11:32a) which is what is now required to be “cleansed” in a yet to come final divine action that will fulfill the real Daniel 8:13-14 decree and timed Temple Judgment of modern times in the future.

How God does the true “right condition” development is unknown in detail, but that He will is certain (Dan11:41; Zech3:1-5; Mal3:1-5; Dan8:13-14; Rev8:3-5). Why, is now getting more and more obvious to Jehovah’s witnesses paying close attention to especially the latest GB stunts and waffle jobs.

In reality the modern Temple Judgment of Daniel 8:13-14 is yet to come

This modern Temple Judgment phase (Rev8, final fulfillment) will be timed (Dan8:14) and phased (Dan8:26) for future full verification far more precise and of far greater shaking context (Dan11:41) than the supposed “purifications” Bethel and its Governing Body Sausage of Pyramidal “Theocracy”. It will be of truly “Prophetic Proportions”.


How the UN NGO is the Real Daniel 8:13 “Transgression Causing Desolation” to Bethel, Soon

The 1990 3rd United Nations post Cold War global presentation of the Daniel 11:31b “disgusting thing that causes desolation” is connected in more than wording to the “transgression causing desolation“, here, in the below section, is how it connects to Bethel’s UN NGO “disgusting thing” placement version. (Matt24:15)

(Daniel 8:13) And I got to hear a certain holy one speaking, and another holy one proceeded to say to the particular one who was speaking: “How long will the vision be of the (profaned) constant [feature] and of the transgression causing desolation (UN NGO alliance of Daniel 11:31b), to make both [the] holy place (temple “established place”; Dan8:11) and [the] (JW worldwide) army things to trample on?” (first 8th King “trampling” “attack” defining the spiritual meaning of the “tribulation of those days” beginning);

In reality, while “theocratic organization” was being set in stone as actually “rule by a powerful [Masonic] priesthood” forming since 1944, which was to in time be filled by the Governing Body title capitalization of 1971 to the assumed full Bethel Governing Body led dictatorship of 1976 first notable full “lift up”, that profanation would lead in time, just fifteen years, to the 1991 3rd United Nations “New World Order” sponsoring WTBTS UN NGO, sealing of the deal.

And now in hindsight, the changes that did occur actually were in time used to strengthen the Bethel iron fist grip as if “theocratic organization” upon the individual congregational hierarchical appointments in a “gradually given over” form of progressive steps to span the whole organizational control structure from the congregations, to the branches, to Bethel and the WTBTS Governing Body total control. (Which WTBTS “charter adjustments” (to aid the “Governing Body” parallel maturation), you can research in connection with the history of the Bethel attempt to “interpret” Daniel 8:13-14 to cloak the takeover steps.)

Now if we see what happened in 1976 as a third “board of directors” challenge of the authority of the president (1897, Russell; 1917, Rutherford; 1976, Knorr), as all Watchtower presidents up to and including Knorr were challenged for WTBTS and ministry control, successful against Knorr (1976), then the progressive dictatorial additions of those 1932 and 1944 “charter adjustments” were then used to further the eventual full top down parallel Governing Body dictatorial agenda, as finally the “board of directors”, aka the “governing body” to “Governing Body” (1971), seized control for good, in 1976.

That then led to the UN NGO of 1991. All coincidence?

Now the real UN NGO “transgression causing desolation” epicenter of judgment, and the real required “right condition” context (Dan11:41) of coming Daniel 8:13 “trampling” developments, can be met in final Governing Body coup events to come in the future on the “Worldwide Organization of Jehovah’s Witnesses”, that the GB and Bethel will play off to Jehovah’s witnesses, for the “trampling” and “invasion” phase, as “the end”, Gog and King North, as if Daniel 11:44, way too soon.

But in reality of that global JW organizational “trampling” activating Daniel 11:41 (Dan8:11) final phase beyond just infiltration, that will instead create the global temple judgment context of the true purification events, by the Daniel 8:13-14 “trampling” to come, for all this progressive to terminal apostasy at Bethel, now fully “installed in the congregations of Jehovah’s witnesses” from the apostate Bethel top tier of apostasy.

Bethel will be the visible target and epicenter of the judgment starting there. (1Pet4:17) But it is really an overall anointed Christian judgment en route to “8th King” world government in 7th King required downfall as well, which these visible high profile temple judgment events will aid the explanation of later.

King North’s Bethel Capstone Development

What all this Bethel control and JW subversion development is, is actually foretold King North implanted infiltration, from way back, to invent the modern Jehovah’s witnesses “Theocracy” which is now actually a Governing Body ruled total profaned abomination totally foreign to anything Christian before its 1944 first budding cell of cancer:

(Daniel 11:30-31) “And he (8th King/King North) will actually go back and hurl denunciations against the holy covenant and act effectively (produces a successful operation Dan8:12b active for quite some time in preparation); and he (8th King) will have to go back and will give consideration to those leaving the holy covenant. (anointed core defection at Bethel aids internal 8th King agent internal infiltration access in time) 31 (Bethel subversion:) And there will be arms that will stand up (inside of Bethel; Dan11:41 (Dan8:11) initial phase; Luke21:20), proceeding from him (8th King planners);  and they (collusion) will actually profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and remove the constant [feature]. (3rd UN placement 1990:) “And they (team effort) will certainly put in place the disgusting thing that is causing desolation. (3rd UN placement, 1990; UN NGO, 1991, at Bethel; Matt24:15; Dan8:13 “transgression causing desolation”);

(Daniel 11:32) “And those who are acting wickedly against [the] covenant (at Bethel), he (8th King/King North) will lead into apostasy by means of smooth words. (The Bethel “smooth words” 8th King cover-up in the JW publications is part of the smoothly justified apostasy);

These developments parallel Daniel 8:11-12 subversion developments inside of Bethel, for eventual WTBTS JW organization coming total coup. This is an “army” subversion prophecy:

(Daniel 8:11-12) . . .And all the way to the Prince of the army it put on great airs, and from him the constant [feature] was taken away, and the established place (Bethel JW worldwide organization) of his sanctuary was thrown down. 12 And an (JW worldwide) army itself was gradually given over (to 8th King infiltrative control), together with the constant [feature] (imbibed with disinformation), because of transgression; (UN NGO and other sins permits allowance of the compromise by removed divine blessing and discernment while fulfillment of prophecy is effected for greater future purpose); and it kept throwing truth to the earth (cover up, disinformation), and it acted and had success. (Dan11:30 “act effectively” parallel, completely successful unlike anything World War 2 produced in ultimate failure when compared to this post 1944 8th King engineered intelligence and subversion operation deployed through the eventual “Governing Body” and installed Bethel agents);


Daniel 8:13 Prelude to Daniel 8:14

And that is why Bethel tries, but fails to connect Daniel 8:13 real clues of TEMPLE TRANSGRESSION, that they are actually fulfilling, to the need for the Daniel 8:14 coming purification of the future:

(Daniel 8:13-14) And I got to hear a certain holy one speaking, and another holy one proceeded to say to the particular one who was speaking: “How long will the vision be of the constant [feature] and of the transgression causing desolation, to make both [the] holy place and [the] army things to trample on?” 14 So he said to me: “Until two thousand three hundred evenings [and] mornings; and [the] holy place will certainly be brought into its right condition.”

Watch how, in 1982, they shift that Daniel 8:13 prelude forward to a totally disconnected WW2 war persecution “transgression”, totally disconnected from the rationale of the then emerging 1944 GB ruled “theocratic organization” that purifies the “profanation”, in their following Daniel 8:14 total “spin” of “organizational adjustments” “fulfilling prophecy”. It is fulfilling prophecy alright, apostasy prophecy not anything “purified” about it, but the diametric opposite.

So then there is no real connection, in Bethel’s fictional version except to the needed 1944 year. The REAL reality between the real temple “transgression” of Daniel 8:13 and the COMING Daniel 8:14 temple purification is totally bypassed and severed and set in fossilization in Jehovah’s witnesses “theology”. This below, is Bethel’s strange new rationale, now shifted up in time to fit a nice WW2 scenario, to make it all “look real”, yet it is totally unconnectable to the following Daniel 8:14 Bethel claims.

So notice how Bethel shifts the “transgression” to the worldly powers during WW2, and the “right condition” to these modern Governing Body based abominations we have been outlining:

*** Watchtower 1982; 9/15 pp. 16-17 pars. 19-21 The Kingdom and “a Holy Place” ***

[It begins with a memorable persecution phase on some Christian Jehovah’s witnesses during WW2, applied to Daniel 8:13:]

“”Well, what was the experience of faithful Bible students—Jehovah’s Witnesses—during World War II? Intense persecution! This amounted to a “transgression,” an effort to desolate God’s “sanctuary” class, and so take away from Jehovah the “constant feature” of daily public worship. It started in Nazi-Fascist countries. But soon ‘truth was being thrown to the earth’ throughout the vast domain of the ‘small horn whose power became mighty.’ The “army” of kingdom proclaimers and their work of preaching kingdom truth was banned in almost all of the British Commonwealth. When these nations conscripted their manpower they refused to grant exemption as ministers to Jehovah’s Witnesses; they showed no respect for their theocratic appointment as ministers of God. Mob violence and other indignities were heaped upon Jehovah’s faithful servants in the United States.

[Then they shift Daniel 8:14 to the “Theocracy restored” and GB glorifying waffle they have since mixed and spun for modern Jehovah’s witnesses:]

20 However, according to Daniel 8:13, 14, after a period of ‘twenty-three hundred days’ (six years, four months and twenty days), the “holy place” would be brought again “into its right condition,” or would “emerge victorious” (New English Bible). Indeed, Jehovah’s Witnesses had been fiercely persecuted because of their insistence on ‘obeying God as ruler rather than men.’ (Acts 5:29) But during the closing months of World War II they reaffirmed their determination to magnify Jehovah’s rulership and to adhere to it within their organization. To that end, a rearrangement of the work and governing structure of Jehovah’s Witnesses was initiated in 1944. The Watchtower of October 15, 1944, took as its theme “Organized for Final Work.” This and other service-oriented articles of the same period showed that the “holy place” was again in its “right condition” from Jehovah’s viewpoint.

[Then they make this statement in outright contradiction of the prophecy of “acted and had success” (Dan8:12b) itself:]

21 The enemy’s vicious attempt to desolate and destroy the “holy place” completely had failed. The remaining “holy ones” on earth, along with their companions of the “great crowd,” had come off victorious. The kingdom of the Supreme One, Jehovah, and of his Christ, had triumphed! What would follow, according to Jehovah’s prophetic word? We shall now see.””

Previous to that Daniel 8:14 concoction to make the Governing Body of Theocracy look real, now the Daniel 8:13 “transgression” gets blamed on the worldly powers (when in reality it is a temple transgression and “unright” state (Zech3:3), “IN the temple” (2Thess2:1-4,11-12)). But in reality Daniel 8:13-14 are all totally connected to modern Bethel based temple transgression and its coming timed judgment verification of Daniel 8:14, and phasing of “evening” to “morning” of Daniel 8:14,26. 

Reality: 1944-1976 Governing Body of the 1990 UN NGO and UN Prophecy Cover Up

In reality the 1991 UN NGO is what that 1944 emergent-to 1976 “Governing Body” Dictatorship brought in as well, as the real “transgression causing desolation”:

(Daniel 8:13) And I got to hear a certain holy one speaking, and another holy one proceeded to say to the particular one who was speaking: “How long will the vision be of the ((profaned) constant [feature] and of the transgression causing desolation ((UN NGO alliance of Daniel 11:31b)), to make both [the] holy place ((temple “established place”; Dan8:11)) and [the] ((JW worldwide)) army things to trample on?” ((first 8th King “trampling” “attack” defining the spiritual meaning of the “tribulation of those days” beginning));

And those above temple profanation developments, and that above decree connects explicitly to the required future temple judgment purification yet to come:

(Daniel 8:14) So he said to me: “Until two thousand three hundred evenings [and] mornings; and [the] holy place will certainly be brought into its right condition.”
((Temple judgment purification completed in this timed period parallel Zechariah 3:4-5, Revelation 8:1-5));

Thus that is how it is actually connected, and how the truly illegal “Governing Body” is the main profaning instrument “in the temple” (2Thess2:1-4), ALSO connected in quite another manner, to actually the final apostasy, in that same overall development, now clearly seen active since 1944 in “gradually given over” manner.

And so after over 70 years of this “gradually given over” (Dan8:12) reality in Jehovah’s witnesses whole ministry since 1944, and 40 years under the 1976 Governing Body Tyranny foisted upon total fictions since 1944, the “operation of error” in modern form is the same development, but in generalized form here:

(2 Thessalonians 2:11-12) So that is why God lets an operation of error go to them, that they may get to believing the lie, 12 in order that they all may be judged because they did not believe the truth but took pleasure in unrighteousness.

Whereas Daniel 8:11-14 and its Daniel 11:30-35 parallel is the details of this “operation of error” “gradually” developing, that has now become a full blown lie and total ministerial “temple” “profanation. (Zech3:3) So in it being an “error” first, the 1944 developments that came after Rutherford had died, can be considered an error as some anointed Christians, at least all of those at Bethel in 1944, were in agreement with the “governing body” concept, the first “error”, not yet a total lie.

But later in 1971, the “error” is capitalized “Governing Body” and on to form today’s full blown “Theocratic Lie” of a UN NGO governing, Governing Body illegal entity and authority “in the temple”, a total dictatorship since 1976. That being the case, we have this symbolic character now “in the temple”, in its general form and principle, also still applicable to Christendom’s many “governing body” overridden ministries, which Bethel has also adjoined to for the same purposes:

(2 Thessalonians 2:3-5) Let no one seduce you in any manner, because it will not come unless the apostasy comes first and the man of lawlessness gets revealed, the son of destruction. 4 He is set in opposition and lifts himself up over everyone who is called “god” or an object of reverence, so that he sits down in the temple of The God, publicly showing himself to be a god. 5 Do you not remember that, while I was yet with you, I used to tell you these things?

And Bethel ALSO has a PREMATURE “end of the world” diversion to ALSO mesmerize and further distract the modern Jehovah’s witness’ mind from reality:

(2 Thessalonians 2:1-2) However, brothers, respecting the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ and our being gathered together to him, we request of you 2 not to be quickly shaken from your reason nor to be excited either through an inspired expression or through a verbal message or through a letter as though from us, to the effect that the day of Jehovah is here. (well premature of reality);

Daniel 8:13-14 Means The Modern Temple Judgment

Now the global “JW Organization”  “trampling” of Daniel 8:13, of the future, is the only way to account for this real “UNright condition” in a once valid anointed Christian ministry, and free Jehovah’s witnesses trapped in and by this totally mature error-to-lie, post 1944, development of full blown anti-Christian based apostasy inside the administration of the Jehovah’s witnesses worldwide ministry.

Soon the real Daniel 8:13-14 will begin, and it is timed in two phases for future verification, 3.19 years minimum, or 1150 days, but possibly the whole 2300 days as 6.38 years of judgment to purified recovery. (Dan8:14,26) That being the possibility, it may be an 1150 day “evening” darkness phase of temple “trampling” desolation and an 1150 day phase of “the morning” of enlightening recovery to full “right condition.

Daniel 8:14 cryptic wording means we need to pay attention to this prophecy when major notable actions come against Bethel and or the Jehovah’s witnesses profaned “constant feature”, such as the cancellation or illegal transformation of the Jehovah’s Witnesses ministry into a “hard hitting judgment message” of “the end” which will not manifest, but leave Jehovah’s witnesses in prophetic error and confusion for three years of “evening” darkness of judgment developments:
*** Watchtower 2015; 7/15  pg. 16, par. 9 Your Deliverance is Getting Near ***

9 This will not be the time to preach the “good news of the Kingdom.” That time will have passed. The time for “the end” will have come! (Matthew 24:14) No doubt God’s people will proclaim a hard-hitting judgment message. This may well involve a declaration announcing that Satan’s wicked world is about to come to its complete end.

And it is phased as reiterated here:

(Daniel 8:26) And the thing seen concerning the evening and the morning, which has been said, it is true. And you, for your part, keep secret the vision, because it is yet for many days.

Final Notes

Now if you per chance can ever ask a Jehovah’s witness elder to give the modern Jehovah’s witnesses interpretation for this complicated flip-flop of the “Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy” 1999 version (pgs 165-179), that slid up the events to match WW2 (aiding the Daniel 8:11-13 “interpretation” “details”), from the Fred Franz era “Your Will Be Done on Earth” Daniel book of 1958 (pgs 188-219), you will find out few of them, if any, can explain the thing.

(After you read both Daniel 8:13-14 sections, you will understand why, but that the prophecy has problems, and in reality has yet to fulfill, is also why no one can explain this properly at Bethel. They ARE the “unright condition” now present.)

This is because it is not a “cornerstone” teaching of Jehovah’s witnesses because it has major inconsistencies—but to Bethel’s apostate engineers it is the foundation and capstone developmental connection to prophecy as blasphemy. It implies WTBTS “charter adjustments” were what brought the “temple” into the “right condition” of “theocratic organization”. Which is of course ridiculous, when in hindsight it brought the whole under a complete Governing Body dictatorship called a “Theocracy”, a blasphemy, “gradually given over” from 1944 to today. (the real Dan8:12)

(Daniel 8:12) [a Jehovah’s witnesses] army itself was gradually given over [to the rival system by subversion].

Only divine temple judgment can now rectify the true condition of the Jehovah’s witnesses apostatized and stalled ministry, and those coming events will be the real Daniel 8:13-14 in the context of Daniel 11:41 gone full blown on the “JW Organization” central idol of distractions and error.

This Apostate “Jerusalem” Generation

That being the case, then the [apostate] “Jerusalem judgment” pattern in Matthew 24, Luke 21 and Mark 13 as seen here:

(Matthew 24:32-36) “Now learn from the fig tree as an illustration this point: Just as soon as its young branch grows tender and it puts forth leaves, you know that summer is near. 33 Likewise also you, when you see all these things, know that he is near at the doors. 34 Truly I say to you that this generation will by no means pass away until all these things occur. 35 Heaven and earth will pass away, but my words will by no means pass away. 36 “Concerning that day and hour nobody knows, neither the angels of the heavens nor the Son, but only the Father.

which Bethel has turned into a slippery banana peel of modern Bethel waffling Stumble Works, is really “this generation” that has seen all these post 1944 Governing Body takeover of Bethel, and its apostate developments from inception to maturity. Now the modern Temple Judgment Generation of anointed Christians, dispersed in the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry, cast out, out of action or stumbled, or fled outside of this modern “Jerusalem” apostate parallel are the overall generation in that prophecy.

And since the temple judgment comes first, well before “the end”, this prophecy is not intended to be an “hourglass” to track the health of old anointed Christians to know “how close” “the end” is. Instead apostate Bethel has used this diversion to instead hype the premature “the end” among Jehovah’s witnesses, and stumble people as they flip the “hour glass” yet again and again.

Another clue is the use of the “generation” word as a general meaning of the apostate Jerusalem generation that developed in the time of Christ and saw that phase of the prophecy of the judgment come true in all details applicable to that time. The examples in Matthew 11:16, Matthew 12:38, Matthew 12:45,Matthew 16:4, Matthew 17:17, Matthew 23:36, show that the “generation” of Matthew 24:34 is a general description of Christ’s overall mostly apostate Jerusalem population of Israelites and others who saw all those things applicable to the Jerusalem judgment culminating in 70 CE.

Hence the reason to now flee the Bethel “organizational” “apostate Jerusalem” global-locale when one “catches sight” of the general or specific context of Bethel’s UN NGO climax modern apostasy signal, because a heavy judgment, the one in Daniel 8:13-14 is coming soon on that “a system of things” (Matt13:36-42; Matt25:1-13):

(Matthew 24:15-16) “Therefore, when you catch sight of the (UN NGO; Dan11:31) disgusting thing that causes desolation, as spoken of through Daniel the prophet (modern Dan11:31 “disgusting thing that causes desolation” as parallel of Dan8:13 “transgression causing desolation”), standing in a holy place (in the claimant anointed Christian “constant feature” ministry as UN NGO), (let the reader use discernment,) 16 then let those in Judea begin fleeing to the mountains. (Because the JW Bethel desolation judgment for that UN NGO “transgression causing desolation” is near; 1Pet4:17; Dan8:13-14; Rev8:3-5);

The Question is Can Bethel Repent?

It certainly has real problems of terminal apostasy in its leadership, such as a UN NGO sponsoring deal. (Dan11:31; Matt24:15)

Unfortunately, the Governing Body Show has given some Christians actual valid reasons for leaving. (Matt24:15) Not all but some. There are GB based hypocrisies and truly anti-Christian policies and alliances that are dubious to the point God has to have also seen these MAJOR PROBLEMS, as some Christians with true Kingdom awareness have. For example, joining the United Nations of Organizations, is NOT in God’s approval, no matter how Bethel spins it, it IS Matthew 24:15 as Daniel 11:30-32a, and Daniel 8:12.

(The Daniel 8:13 Temple “TRANSGRESSION causing desolation” to the temple “established place” of Daniel 8:11.)

In fact men who claim infallibility between the lines, and set up a self protecting illegal Bethel Inquisition Judiciary to condemn men, brothers even in the GB and Bethel system for years, to a spiritual death of Gehenna in their own over-extension of well “beyond the things written” authority, are always exposed in time, BY GOD, just like the Pharisees.

This JW Reformer’s article is very telling in this matter, in a very simple manner:

Jehovah Blesses Obedience
by Meleti Vivlon  Sep 25, 2015

http://meletivivlon.com/2015/09/25/jehovah-blesses-obedience/

“”We are reaping what we have sown, and the reproach we were hoping to avoid has been magnified 100-fold by our failed hypocrisy.””

Contrary to Popular Belief, Bethel and its Governing Body are Subject to Divine Requirements and Judgment Like Anyone Else

Now the point is, to God, LEADERS are not given “Special License to Sin”, which they ALL claim between the lines, like the GB. The LEADERS are given TOP ATTENTION from God when He inspects a ministry. (Zech3:1-3; Isa1-12; Hosea; Micah; Amos)

And when God gets to exposing and judging REAL CRIMINAL ACTIVITY in a Christian LEADERSHIP, that itself is based on a Babel and Christendom “governing body” concept—as if divine, no questions asked— when it is not Biblical in the least, it will be completely revealed in time—as is the case of HOW Bethel devolved into an illegal idolatry. [1]

===
AND THIS IS BECAUSE JEHOVAH GOD AND JESUS CHRIST HAVE INDEED BEEN USING JEHOVAH’S WITNESSES MINISTRY SINCE 1914 BY DIVINE DECREE. THAT IS THE TRUTH!
===

So it is not that Jehovah’s witnesses “never had the truth”, it is that they DO have the truth, and so God WILL deal with the problem: The Governing Body of Apostasy and their UN NGO covenant with the UN, involving God’s people. (Daniel 8:13-14 as Daniel 11:41; Revelation 8:3-5)

It WILL get serious, it is no light matter, and it will PROVE this is Jehovah’s anointed Christian house (1Pet4:17), merely using a mundane ministerial resource “established place” (Dan8:11) “organized ministry”, that He WILL create ENORMOUS Judgment event upon FIRST, to wake up BOTH Jehovah’s witness and those paying attention.

“The Organization” and its so-called “Governing Body” have become one of these illegal idols in God’s eyes, and it does NOTHING to minimize, but only to promote, such a lofty place in Jehovah’s witnesses eyes. They even had the blasphemous audacity to declare themselves the “faithful slave”, playing seated “God’s”, in God’s temple arrangement by their OWN approval, rather than God and Christ’s by judgment first. (2Thess2:3-4)

And they have the premature “it can end any day brothers!” distraction well in place as well (2Thess2:1-2), to smokescreen final prophecy that can be explained in light of globalization development to culminate into 8th King World Government, to “ascend” and “heal”, upon the REQUIRED 7th King fall and “sword stroke” coming. (Rev13:3; Dan11:42-43; Isa41:1; Rev17:8-13; Rev11:7)

===
Most Everyone is in Denial in Their Own Way

Now true most JWs and most JW critics alike, do not want this to be the real reason why these Days of Jehovah’s Judgment are coming on Jehovah’s witnesses and the now idolized and UN profaned organization and ministry. (Zech3:1-5)

1. JWs want to think it is in the “right condition” since 1944. (Dan8:14)

2. Many JW critics want to excuse themselves from overall divine responsibility as Christians, so they want JWs to be invalid and the sovereign warning of 1914 off their backs, and to just do their ministry the way they want, particularly to its main sovereign message, getting lax on the UN reality as the Wildbeast forming to World Government—they want to deny that will come, and that that will trigger Christ.

And all of this is NORMAL for Adamic humans, especially when a Christian ministerial leadership becomes the hypocritical problem aiding the doubt!

And by the events Jehovah Almighty God by Christ will bring on this derailed ministry, and its GB Kings of Bethel, JWs can be freed and updated, and both groups can be awakened to the revived, updated and clarified final ministry that WILL form AFTER the Bethel Apostasy is dealt with in GLOBAL MANNER as decreed by God at Daniel 8:13-14.

Bethel CLAIMS the Daniel 8:14 “RIGHT CONDITION” of the anointed “Temple” has been present SINCE 1944 [3], by a historic process of “organizational adjustments” that brought the congregations, branches and all of Bethel under the dictatorial rule of a “Governing Body” that went into Rogue Tyranny in 1976, against Nathan Knorr’s and Fred Franz’s wishes and stern advice! ON THE RECORD at Bethel and elsewhere.

1. THEY REBELLED in 1976 against the God set INDIVIDUAL ministerial spearheads since 1870.

2. They first peeped the “governing body” term in 1944, to a title in 1971, to a full dictatorship in 1976, to UN NGO in 1991, to today’s major GB based apostate problem with UN ties.

3. NOW the process they claimed was instituted under the post 1944 “right condition” is actually what has formed the WRONG CONDITION in the anointed Christians ministry!

It IS what it IS: Foretold Christian Leadership Apostasy! The Daniel 8:14 diametric “Wrong Condition”.

===
Face the Music—The Temple Judgment

NOW the real Daniel 8:13-14 must come on Bethel, because it is PLAIN AS DAY what the Governing Body Experiment in so-called “Theocratic Organization” has led to: The DOWNFALL of the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry, temporarily, in apostasy, UN alliance and total spiritual drunken slumber. (Matt25:2)

And now, in time, Bethel AND Jehovah’s witnesses will have to face, and give an account of the real Daniel 8:13-14, and Bethel’s false claims it has all been already in the “right condition”, as engineered by historic “organizational adjustments”, culminating in that 1944 “right condition” claim, in the 1999 Pay No Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy book. [3]

The 1970s final changes brought the whole JW ministry and corporate complex under Governing Body dictatorial, no questions asked, infallible, unapologetic, rigid authority, to the point they found it advisable to even join the United nations of Non Governmental Organizations, rather than explain the Outreach UN NGO Division’s true UN objective: Get all global organizations acceptable and willing to adjoin to the UN as well!

NOW the REAL Daniel 8:13-14 is coming on Bethel’s head.

Will Bethel repent in public full disclosure?

Or will they continue in blind denial?

Will God even offer Bethel repentance at this point in the development after the accounting “trampling” is completed?

These are questions Bethel, Jehovah’s witnesses and others will ask in future days, as the real Daniel 8:13-14 manifests as Revelation 8:3-5, as Daniel 11:41 in the future FINAL Temple Judgment Cycle required to prepare the final Kingdom Proclamation and Salvation awareness opportunity and warning ministry in the RIGHT CONDITION.

=======

[1]

Governing Body Since Babel
http://www.topix.com/forum/religion/jehovahs-witness/TNAEHPJ85H01JEPSL

[2]

The Governing Body Experiment—1944 to Present
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/08/23/the-governing-body-experiment-1944-to-present/

1944 Governing Body Birthday—1914-1976 WTBTS Board of Directors Coup Finally Realized
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/bethel-final-apostasy/1944-governing-body-birthday-19144-1976-wtbts-board-of-directors-coup-finally-realized/

[3]

How Daniel 8:14 Wrong Condition Developed in Bethel Since 1944
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/dan8/how-daniel-812-14-unright-condition-has-been-developed-by-the-profane-governing-body-since-1944/

===

Global Open Salvation—How Christ Completes His Own Ministry
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/08/20/global-open-salvation-how-christ-completes-his-own-ministry/

Why TWO Witnesses?
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/07/07/why-two-witnesses
https://jwupdate.files.wordpress.com/2015/07/why_two_witnesses_revelation11.pdf

==
More Related Information

Daniel Prophecy and 8th King Globalists
Daniel 11:36-41 and Daniel 8:23-25 8th King Globalist Details and the Bethel Apostasy Co-Development
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/daniel-12/daniel-prophecy-and-8th-king-globalists/

Bethel Apostasy Foretold in Daniel 8 and 11
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/bethel-apostasy-foretold-in-daniel-8-and-11/

Connecting Bethel Lawlessness to Final Prophecy
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/connecting-bethel-lawlessness-to-final-prophecy/

Bethel Silence on the UN NGO: What the United Nations of Non-Governmental Organizations Global Expansion System Really Is
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/gb-8k-infiltration/un-jw-infiltration-notes/un-ngo-what-the-united-nations-of-non-governmental-organizations-global-expansion-system-really-is/

====

Daniel 8:13-14 Details the Coming Temple Judgment of Jehovah’s Witnesses
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/dan8/daniel-813-14-details-the-coming-temple-judgment-of-jehovahs-witnesses/

Repeating Cycles: The Whole Prophecy Repeats Starting With The Temple Judgment Portion
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/prophecy-repeats/what-we-know-now-the-whole-prophecy-repeats-starting-with-the-temple-judgment/

Temple Judgment to World Government to Christ Arrival
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/graphics-of-final-cycle/temple-judgment-to-world-government-to-christ-arrival-revelation-11-and-daniel-12/

8th King/King North World Government as Simple as Possible
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/un-fourth-cycle-soon/8th-kingking-north-world-government-as-simple-as-possible/

The 8th King World Government: Convergence of Global Sovereignty— Convergence of All Bible Prophecy Symbolisms
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2015/03/31/8th-king-world-government-convergence-of-global-sovereignty-convergence-of-all-bible-prophecy-symbolisms/

Bethel Delusional 1-2-3 Formula Versus Prophetic and Global Reality
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2015/04/30/bethel-delusional-formula-versus-prophetic-and-global-reality/

JW and Bethel UNfinished Suite

The JW and Bethel UNfinished Suite

JWs Stalling Prophecy Truncation—What JWs Do Not Understand and Will Not Finish Properly Due to Bethel Apostasy

Sovereign Symphony

The United Nations (UN) “image of the wildbeast” has four prophetically foretold presentations in its developmental trajectory to full 8th King World Government as the fourth and final UN presentation.

Three of the four UN “image” related presentations have occurred in 1919 (Rev13:11-15; Dan12:11), 1945 (Rev17:8-11) and 1990 (Dan11:31b). The fourth of these foretold presentations is in the future as world government (Dan11:45; Dan12:11), the completion of the rival sovereign symphony global orchestration opposed to God’s Kingdom.

Those four UN developments progress simultaneously with God’s Kingdom initial prophetic continuum developments since 1914-1919, since Christ was crowned the appointed temporary King in that Kingdom. But 1914 is not the end of the song, but just the beginning of the symphony.

Christ must also be placed permanent King of  the yet to complete Messianic Kingdom agency. 

Thus the 8th King World Government and the Messianic Kingdom of Christ must both concurrently co-complete for the Armageddon full global-sovereign symphony of the future.

If one notices, JWs do not track this required continuum of both the 8th King and Messianic Kingdom required final parallel completion developments of the future, outlined in the prophecy that JWs must now ignore in order to accomplish this truncation of the ministry.

Thus the main stalling subversion comes from Bethel’s point of derailed ministerial leadership by their total lack of modern commentary on modern UN and globalization prophecy fulfillment.

Unfinished Prophecy

8th Kingdom World Government

By the JW 1990 discontinuation of explaining all the major United Nations developments as prophecy, JWs are now not completing the United Nations “image” development in the Bible that eventually leads to world government, as they do not explain the marked prophetic milestones that track this future development—instead Bethel has fast forwarded JWs to “the end” expectation well premature of global developmental reality.

Related to this 1990 3rd United Nations global presentation fulfillment concealed by Bethel, Bethel instead became a UN NGO UN partnered co-promotional advertising agent for that 1990 3rd UN presentation “New World Order” initiative, instead of informing the public that the 3rd of 4 foretold UN developments had manifested in 1990. (Dan11:31b; Dan8:23)

The 1919 and 1945 UN related prophecies are the last “image of the wildbeast” prophecies JWs actually explained fully for the first two foretold UN presentations. Beginning in 1990, JWs now ignore and conceal the modern 3rd UN presentation actual significance in Bible prophecy and its third step to full global government development. Thus the UN 1-2-3 development is not explained as the continuum of prophecy it is.

Instead as UN NGO, JWs co-promoted the 3rd United Nations New World Order initiative, rather than explain its true prophetic and global developmental significance.

7th King Downfall

By this particular truncation, and its 1990 timing, the logical and prophetic required fall of the 7th King Anglo-American predominated national system is not understood as well, because the continuation of JW prophetic logic ended in 1945, as if the United Nations “image” alone is the full 8th King world government, which of course it cannot be at this time.

Thus the “7th” King falling to allow the “8th” King “ascension” fullest meaning as a final world government and the final global-sovereign rival entity, including but beyond the UN “image” scale and scope, is also not understood by JWs.

Now if JWs do not explain the sheer magnitude of the 7th King nation-state system required decline, they certainly can give no insight into the global stressing crisis period that downfall will initiate at truly global scale. Thus the true nature of the “tribulation of those days”, to be defined by 7th King downfall activity well before full 8th King “ascension”, thus well before the real “the end”, is also totally ignored by the stagnant JW ministry.

Messianic Kingdom Stall

In this process of JW truncation of prophecy and spiritual progress, the requirement of God’s Kingdom to complete the Messianic Kingdom entity in the future, over this same 7th King downfall period to ascend the final rival 8th King world government full system, is also not understood by JWs.

Thus by being an outdated prophecy development ministry, JWs are also concealing these required developments from their ministerial audience, as Bethel’s more obvious apostasy is also ignored or denied and is also swept under the JW rug with their UN NGO major prophetic transgression. (Dan8:13-14)

Anointing

Thus a major apostasy means the Christian anointing process cannot be complete at this time. And further, there will instead be a depletion of anointed Christians once Bethel’s apostasy has culminated and corrupted some anointed Christians as the final temple judgment cycle manifests. (Matt25:1-13; 2Thess2:11-12)

In reality Bethel is also attempting to abort the JW ministry prematurely as is already the case in this sort of spiritual truncation now in latent but progressive form.

(Daniel 8:12) And an (JW worldwide) army itself was gradually given over (to 8th King infiltrative control), together with the constant [feature], because of transgression; (UN NGO and other sins); and it kept throwing truth to the earth (cover up, disinformation), and it acted and had success. (Dan11:30 “act effectively” completely successful apostasy deployed through the Governing Body and Bethel);

And with that kind of internal Bethel subversion, more transgression develops progressively, such as that UN NGO abomination. (Matt24:15) Thus Bethel is also trying to corrupt current anointed Christian standing.

This causes an anointed Christian fall out (Matt25:1-13), as there will be a depletion in anointed Christian numbers as the Bethel apostasy culminates into Bethel’s desolation “trampling” as already outlined in the prophecy Bethel “throws to the earth”. (Dan8:13-14; Zech3:1-5)

The anointing process is thus incomplete, and Bethel is thereby attempting to abort the final anointing process as well, to keep the full required anointed Christian 144000 incomplete (Rev14:1), to attempt to obstruct the Messianic Kingdom completion. (Rev7:1-4; Matt24:31)

Messianic Kingdom Completion

Thus the ministry that is also supposed to announce the Messianic Kingdom completion as a “second witness” as each of the “two witnesses” makes a Kingdom proclamation, is not even aware of the requirement of completion (Rev10:5-11) due to this stall and truncation of prophetic progress.

The greatest Satanic goal of the Bethel apostasy is to attempt keep the anointing incomplete, to make the final affirmation sealing impossible at Revelation 7:1-4, to make Christ’s “four winds” arrival impossible as Matthew 24:31 and Revelation 11:11-12.

Final Apostasy

Thus the Bethel severing device is the culprit, and it too is fulfilling signal paostasy prophecy now, that must trigger the temple judgment first (1Pet4:17), that manifests Bethel downfall “trampling” events (Dan11:41; Dan8:13-14), that in time allow the apostate obstacle “in the temple” to be removed by God and Christ. (2Thess2:1-4, Isa66:6, Zech3:1-5)

Very conveniently, rather than explain the above necessary sovereign and prophetic ministerial completion REQUIREMENTS, Bethel is selling JWs the “it is simply the end brothers” delusional bypass “to the effect the day of Jehovah” and Christ’s “gathering” “is here”, well premature of reality.

That exact SIGNAL delusion at 2 Thessalonians 2:12, is what also marks Bethel’s apostasy (2Thess2:3; Dan11:32a), as they attempt to fully derail, cancel and destroy the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry.

Temple Judgment

Thus the prophetic temple judgment timing and events to purge the apostate Bethel system obstructions, are also unknown by JWs. (Dan8:13-14; Rev8:3-5) Instead Bethel just sells JWs “the end” (1Thess5:1-3) to bypass the whole temple judgment requirement, and the final cycle that the temple judgment activates and begins.

Revelation 8 is the temple judgment parallel portion of the whole Revelation 8-11 final progression to Christ’s arrival (Rev11:7-12), Messianic Kingdom completion by total sheep “gathering” (Rev11:11-12; Matt24:31), and final “7th Trumpet” Messianic Kingdom conquest. (Rev11:15-19).

The “two witnesses” required (Rev10:11) final warning (Rev10-11:1-7), that develops from the Revelation 9 final fulfillment cycle ministerial recovery, is also not understood by Jehovah’s witnesses.

Final Prophetic Replication

Thus as the unique Daniel 11:41-45 final portion fully fulfills in the future, it must merge into Daniel 12’s final fulfillment cycle. Thus Daniel 12 has a final fulfillment cycle “during that time” (Dan12:1), and it is a repeating fulfillment as unique “King North” 8th King world government producing events of Daniel 11:41-45 culminate and converge into Daniel 12’s final sovereign symphonic convergence at global scale. (Dan11:42-43 enables Rev13:15-18)

The true meaning of the unique Daniel 11:41-45 prophecy as 8th King world government developments is bypassed by the USSR error, so JWs do not understand the urgency of that prophecy and are over-advanced within it with the Bethel promoted delusion of Daniel 11:44 to fulfill next. In reality the Bethel “trampling” of the unique Daniel 8:13-14 temple judgment is to activate as Daniel 11:41 next, and that “attack” can be made to look like Daniel 11:44 to subverted JWs.

Thus all the repeating prophecies that parallel these unique prophecies are also unknown by JWs. The final 1260 days, that must eventually repeat in the future, cross links all the required final fulfillment cycle prophecies to manifest concurrently in Daniel 12:7, Revelation 11:2-3, Revelation 13:5, Revelation 12:14 and Daniel 7:25 as comprehensive simultaneous final 1260 day global events, that the temple judgment Daniel 8:14 timing must in time lead to.

JWs understand none of this. Instead JWs expect “the end any day now brothers!”. JWs are not only unaware of final cycle requirements their mindset is also being primed with a premature end delusion (2Thess2:1-2) which over excitation will further paralyze JW awareness when the JW delusion becomes a global JW hoax supported by this prophetic misapplication and major global developments starting the “tribulation of those days”.

World Government

World government complete, functional (Dan11:45, Rev17:8-18) and stated (1Thess5:1-3), triggers Christ’s arrival, not before, but AFTER it completes. That takes several more years, and all of it is outlined in the final prophecy framework to Christ’s arrival. Revelation 16:13-16 enables Revelation 17:11-18 in the complete globalized basis of world government.

Thus guaranteed final world government 8th King required completion is fully unknown to JWs. The final fulfillment cycle is what outlines all the milestones that lead to 8th King world government by the temple judgment (Dan8:13-14) starting with the “tribulation of those days” to unfold all the way (Matt24:29-31) to 8th King world government (Matt24:29) completion and final global presentation. (Rev17:12, Dan11:45, Dan8:25, 1Thess5:1-3)

Second Witness Final Warning

Thus what all these incompletions equate to is JWs not understanding the final warning of 1260 days to precede that 8th King World Government is a requirement of the future. That being the case the commission assignment of that final warning will be required to attain to the final affirmation sealing finality at that time, so that mission being aborted is part of the current anti-Christian objective that Bethel is aiding.

The final accounting of Bethel reproaches, real lawlessness and their UN NGO treason in the temple judgment and the final prophecy and truth clarification to emerge from that rectification are the realities that aid also the final anointings that must complete before the affirmation sealing can be given. Thus apostate Bethel diverting JW awareness away from all these requirements aids the attempt to keep the entire final completion requirements and prophetic fulfillment in a truncated and disapproved state which aids this goal.

Watchtower July 15, 2015 “Your Deliverance is Getting Near!”—The Question is: Deliverance to What?

Your Deliverance is Getting Near!—The Question is: Deliverance to What?

A Look at the Modern Jehovah’s Witnesses Premature “End of the World” Delusion Complex Promoted by Modern Apostate Bethel as Per 2 Thessalonians 2:1-2

(Commentary on The Watchtower July 15, 2015 “Your Deliverance is Getting Near” Article. Download PDF Version 7.0)

Background Reality

This “deliverance to what?” question is asked, because in reality an entire world government producing final great global cycle must fully run to world government completion (Dan11:41-45), well before the actual arrival of Christ. Thus “the end”, for real, is several years away at this time. So, that being the case, we really need to examine what Bethel is trying to accomplish contrary to that final cycle certainty and final warning truth that must eventually come forth (Rev10-11), with this article’s delusional forecasts and well engineered JW illusions.

In addition, given Bethel UN NGO and cover up of the 1990 3rd United Nations presentation “placement” as a third step of four in prophecy toward full world government, suspecting Bethel of pinnacle modern apostasy guided in their “Governing Body” headed leadership, is not out of the question. Further, Bethel’s pre-approved “faithful” delusions are also equally as suspect and required to ply and support their main premature “end of the world” delusion among Jehovah’s witnesses buying the overall grand deception.

Thus we can rightly wonder overall, what is Bethel really up to?

But we can also know they do not fool God, and He has long ago fully foretold Bethel’s modern apostasy, and their UN NGO fornications that just so happened to emerge with that well concealed, also fully foretold, 3rd UN presentation of 1990 as it was the main event of the soon following UN NGO Bethel global-endorsement. The same prophecy Bethel diverts in Daniel 8 and 11, already foretells their apostasy is in connection with that 1990 3rd UN presentation and their UN NGO partnership with it is also part of the same prophecy.

The period Jehovah’s witnesses are actually about to enter, is the foretold final temple judgment cycle that develops and runs its course before 8th King world government completes, which global-milestone triggers Christ arrival—thus there is more than just the 3rd UN presentation and Bethel’s UN NGO apostasy being covered up by Bethel and the premature end delusion is also an earmark of modern apostasy.

(2 Thessalonians 2:1-2) However, brothers, respecting the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ and our being gathered together to him, we request of you 2 not to be quickly shaken from your reason nor to be excited either through an inspired expression or through a verbal message or through a letter as though from us, to the effect that the day of Jehovah is here.

Now what is that saying?

Don’t get hyped up by a fake premature end delusion by claimant “anointed” “apostles”!

(Revelation 2:2) ‘I know your deeds, and your labor and endurance, and that you cannot bear bad men, and that you put those to the test who say they are apostles, but they are not, and you found them liars.

Now what is that Christ first commendation saying?

Put the claimant lying “apostles” to the scriptural test!

Now if Jehovah’s witnesses really “Stand up straight and lift up their heads, because” they think their “deliverance is getting near” they are going to be standing out there for several years in Daniel 8:14 timing, well before even world government completes, until eventually they figure out something is wrong here. (And since this is what will happen to many JWs, please be patient with them, it will take time for them to wake up fully. (Matt25:1-13; Dan8:14,26))

Background: How and Why to Mislead and Delude Modern Jehovah’s Witnesses

There are several key anti-Christian objectives that make Jehovah’s witnesses a known target for organized ministerial subversion:

  • To end the anointed Christian ministry now apostatized at Bethel prematurely by deception and illegal Bethel presumed “divine authority”. (Dan11:41; 2Thess2:1-4,11-12)
  • To continue to ignore, cover-up, and truncate modern 8th King UN related prophecy progress and globalization expansion to help implement world government. (Dan8:12)
  • To throw Jehovah’s witnesses into a global-hoax while the Bethel organization is taken over undercover of the “prophecy is fulfilling” delusional cover. (2Thess2:1-2,11-12)
  • To trap as many Jehovah’s witnesses as possible by use of the compromised apostate and infiltrated Jehovah’s witnesses organization. (Dan8:12-13)
  • To delay, bewilder and scatter Jehovah’s witnesses with falsely applied premature prophetic delusions so as not to make the concluding connections and summary, in an attempt to abort the final anointing (Rev12:17), final sealing (Rev7:1-4) and final “second witness” warning (Rev10-11:1-7), and thus abort the required Messianic Kingdom completion.
  • To attempt a complete divine rejection of Jehovah’s witnesses (Zech3:2) by the introduction of progressive transgression (Zech3:1) and serious UN UN NGO alliance. (Dan8:13, Dan11:30-32a)
  • To undermine the Jehovah’s witnesses organization as much as possible in attempted corporate deposition, global legal entanglements and global-seizure of assets and properties.
  • To sever the final United Nations continuum to the final “place the disgusting thing” as world government over this final cycle as a UN 1-2-3-4 continuous development since the first 1914-1919 cycle of prophecy. (Dan11:44-45; Dan12:11; Dan8:25; Rev17:8-18)

These anti-JW organization developments will instead fulfill apostate signal prophecy and the final temple judgment cycle marker of the final prophetic cycle just beginning. (Dan8:13-14; Rev8:3-5; Zech3:1-9)

What must occur before the real “conclusion of the system of things”:

  • The foretold Bethel apostasy must climax (Dan11:41, Dan8:13), in global JW “established place” anti-ministerial coup (Dan8:11), be judged, accounted and exposed in the temple judgment process (Dan8:13-14), for anointed Christian recovery and purification (Zech3:4-5; Mal3:1-5), as first in that process. (1Pet4:17; Rev8:3-5)
  • The 7th King nation-state “old world order” system must fall in the “tribulation of those days” as the transition that expires before Christ arrives (Matt24:29-31), into 8th King “ascension” of the “new world order” into world government. (Dan11:45; Dan12:11; Dan8:25; Rev17:8-18)
  • During that period anointed Christians are recovered (Matt25:1-13; Zech3:4-9; Rev9-10), and the final 1260 days “little scroll” warning of the “second witness” of the “two witnesses” must deploy and be completed (Rev11:1-7), as the anointing and affirmation sealing completes in that required final warning commission being carried out. (Matt24:45-51; Rev10:5-11; Zech3:6-8; Zech4:6-9; Isa6:6-8; Matt25:1-13)
  • The “tribulation of those days” final cycle 8th King world government prelude fully expires, and resolves, first into full world government prior to Christ’s arrival. (Matt24:29-31; Dan11:41-43)
  • 8th King “World Government” must complete (Rev16:13-16), be full “scarlet wildbeast” globally functional (Dan11:45, Rev17:8-18) and “world peace” stated (1Thess5:1-3; Dan8:25a). This is because that final global-milestone “one hour” of 8th King global reign (Rev17:12) in full world government, and its final defiance to God’s Kingdom (Rev11:7-10) triggers Christ’s arrival (Rev11:11-12; Matt24:29-31) and final sovereign response of God Almighty (Zeph3:8). That final Armageddon full divine confrontation occurs not before, but AFTER, that final “8th King” “King North” world government completion requirement has culminated globally.

That takes several more years and all of it is outlined fully in the prophecy Bethel is now diverting. 

Therefore a final cycle of global developments are yet to complete before “the end”, as in reality Bethel is deluding Jehovah’s witnesses so as to misperceive events to begin that final cycle (Dan11:41-43) as if it is the end well premature of reality. This JW grand delusion, aided by premature expectations and prophetic claims (2Thess2:1-2) will make Jehovah’s witnesses globally vulnerable for further misleading coup objectives.

In reality 8th King world government must complete and that milestone development will help many people globally, understand the true nature of this developments for they will in time, when fully completed, trigger Christ’s arrival and the Bible actually does map the whole process. Thus entering the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry to conceal these truths is a top oppositional system priority:

(Daniel 11:30) And he will actually go back and hurl denunciations against the holy covenant and act effectively; and he will have to go back and will give consideration to those leaving the holy covenant. 

Since judgment for serious sins in the unfaithful fallen Bethel ministry (Rev8:10-11) will manifest “trampling” and “desolation” events upon Bethel for a grandly marked temple judgment phase marker (Dan8:13), Bethel wants to misrepresent those Bethel judgment epicenter events with an entirely deceptive false-prophetic and misapplied cover.

The massive potential financial, military and religious instability in the world, climaxing in a final cycle of ramifications on the national sovereignties massive sovereign debt, will provide the needed global impressions to support this Bethel delusion among Jehovah’s witnesses.

The Jehovah’s Witnesses Judgment as a Precursor Teaching Pattern for Coming World Judgment

So that people are not fully bewildered by this massive JW organizational downfall, now being covered up by Bethel by a grand delusion and eventual future full JW global hoax the delusion will empower, for a period of time (Dan8:14), the overall salvation purpose is to use this Revelation 8 parallel temple judgment to picture the final global judgment (Rev8-11) that it will be but beginning, and to highlight, by Jehovah’s witnesses eventual clarification recovery, the larger final global call of a final open salvation period and invitation in full form to all the world. (Matt25:1-13, Rev9-11)

Thus there will be a recovery to shed the final Christ welcoming light and Bethel’s apostasy fully explained along with everything they are covering up will aid that final enlightenment.

(Matthew 25:6-7) Right in the middle of the night there arose a cry, ‘Here is the bridegroom! Be on your way out to meet him.’ Then all those virgins rose and put their lamps in order. (all will be trying scrambling to get the “lamps”, and thus “light”, in order at the same time) 

(Hosea 6:1-3) “Come, you people, and do let us return to Jehovah, for he himself has torn in pieces (temple desolation) but he will heal us. He kept striking, but he will bind us up. 2 He will make us alive after two days. On the third day he will make us get up, (relating to the Daniel 8:14 “evening” of desolation ending) and we shall live before him. 3 And we will know, we will pursue to know Jehovah. Like dawn, his going forth is firmly established. (temple recovery cannot be reversed) And he will come in like a pouring rain to us; like a spring rain that saturates [the] earth.” (temple recovery);

Thus what is daunting now and to come, will indeed produce the whole of the book of Lamentations upon Jehovah’s witnesses and eventually “suit up” the whole final ministry in “dressed in sackcloth” total humiliation and awareness of the real grander judgment reality coming as repentance and admission is motivated first in Jehovah’s witnesses. But at the very same time, a great “morning” of final enlightenment (Dan8:14,26) will also come in, and the great certainty of what has actually activated will also bring in the “robes of state” (Zech3:4-9) of the guaranteed anointed completion that will enable the Messianic Kingdom completion ultimate milestone in tangent with Christ’s arrival for final coronation.

(Zechariah 14:5) And Jehovah my God will certainly come, all the holy ones being with him.

So now wonder one cannot find the sun in the sky come that time:

(Zechariah 14:6-7) “And it must occur in that day [that] there will prove to be no precious light—things will be congealed. 7 And it must become one day that is known as belonging to Jehovah. It will not be day, neither will it be night; and it must occur [that] at evening time it will become light. 

And though Christ will be coming with God and the whole Kingdom of God in billions upon billions of holy angels, he will be completing the open salvation mission of Revelation 14 first.

(Revelation 14:6-7) And I saw another angel flying in midheaven, and he had everlasting good news to declare as glad tidings to those who dwell on the earth, and to every nation and tribe and tongue and people, 7 saying in a loud voice: “Fear God and give him glory, because the hour of the judgment by him has arrived, and so worship the One who made the heaven and the earth and sea and fountains of waters.”

But in the meantime…

7th King National System Downfall Will Offer Great Opportunity for Mass Global Delusions

Because the 7th King “fall” in  “King South” national sovereign required deposition (Dan11:42-43) will be a massive set of global events that take time, yet cannot actually be “the end” yet, but are prophetic requirements to complete, those global scale events of Daniel 11:41-43 initial global developments, well before world government “ascension” (Dan11:44-45; Rev17:8-18), can manifest global turmoil—the “tribulation of those days”. The initiating events of that period, as long as these apostates are in the JW house, can be then fully presented to Jehovah’s witnesses to reinforce “the end” impression prematurely, as the central smokescreen delusion will in time get a JW “self fulfilling prophecy” “global fulfillment” as the delusion becomes the global JW hoax for the Daniel 8:14 “evening” period.

The “King South” nation-state system global national sovereign debt and financial implosion (Dan11:42-43), and final global-“sword-stroke” and “healing” cycle (Rev13),to enable the final 8th King “abyss plunge” and final “ascension” into world government (Rev17:8-18) will be globally “rocking” developments (Hag2:7) that many will try to be interpreting correctly (Matt25:8)—but instead many will be influenced by premature “the end” delusions and expectations, not just Jehovah’s witnesses.

Thus in reality this final world government producing cycle will give great opportunity to mislead many globally by use of premature expectations and engineered deceptions.

(Matthew 24:23-25) “Then if anyone says to you, ‘Look! Here is the Christ,’ or, ‘There!’ do not believe it. 24 For false Christs and false prophets will arise and will give great signs and wonders so as to mislead, if possible, even the chosen ones. 25 Look! I have forewarned you

(Daniel 8:25) And according to his insight he will also certainly cause deception to succeed in his hand.

(Daniel 8:12) And an army itself was gradually given over, together with the constant [feature], because of transgression; and it kept throwing truth to the earth, and it acted and had success.

(Daniel 11:30) And he will actually go back and hurl denunciations against the holy covenant and act effectively

Although this kind of deceptive world development has been active, there comes times in history when the opportunity to climax the deception is presented: we are reaching such a time, and Jehovah’s witnesses are the main truth target, already now well subverted as foretold. All that remains is to complete that terminal spiritual profanation coup to the premature actual cessation of the JW ministry. (Dan8:11, Dan11:41)

Premature Prophetic Fulfillment Claims and Jehovah’s Witnesses Expectations

We have to understand a fundamental reality of how Satan and leading apostates and impostors at Bethel can mislead Jehovah’s witnesses. There is one technique of extreme usefulness available: Premature application of very real prophecy way too soon (2Thess2:1-2), to be used for other anti-ministerial purposes. Such prematurity is the only option because every element in prophecy will fulfill, is believed by Jehovah’s witnesses, and can thus only be hijacked and applied too soon for other goals.

Thus the ONLY thing the subverting opposition can do is take those prophecies and apply them prematurely for other purposes, and introduce error to cover up prophetic reality—but premature delusions are the most effective means of deception, hence 2 Thessalonians 2:1-2.

Though they can maintain errors in the prophecies to divert and bypass Jehovah’s witnesses, the ultimate use is to create a delusion of prophetic fulfillment, backed by real events, that are not actually the prophecy they claim is fulfilling, nor is it at the actual position in time the prophecy must really fulfill.

Then they take those events coming “soon, very soon”, and make them look like the prophecy of “the end” is truly activating—by use of pre-programmed expectations in the JW collective psychology by hijacked and rearranged prophecy. By that kind of deception, when these events actually manifest, hopped up Jehovah’s witnesses are then vulnerable to “life saving direction” from “Jehovah’s organization” which is now just a front of subversion of the oppositional world government camp now working inside of Bethel. (Dan11:32a,41; Dan8:12)

Now such a development as this just described, has required Jehovah’s witnesses to be made progressively out of date and retarded, not just in prophecy, but in world and prophetic progress as a whole, up to this point, over the last thirty years. (WT 3/15/15) This requires Bethel to have bypassed modern global developments that are forming 8th King world government for real, as a global maturing process, and ignore these signal global developments (Luke21:25-26) that are now active significant prophecies in progress, so that Jehovah’s witnesses also ignore the true global progress of the world government objective, and do not recognize the final cycle requirement and meaning. (Rev16:13-16; Joel3:9-12; Dan11:36-40)

This has been accomplished by bypassing JWs past the 1990 post Cold War United Nations presentation, the 3rd United Nations prophetic fulfillment of four, as if it was insignificant, not in prophecy, and advisable to join with as UN NGO global co-promoters.

That was the key prophetic and global UN event bypass in 1990, that has allowed Bethel to continue to deceive Jehovah’s witnesses to continue to ignore such monumental world government indications. In addition, Bethel’s apostasy with their global UN NGO partnership, and this prophecy cover up, also marks their “unrestrained” apostate emergence as conveniently Fred Franz also fell off the scene in 1992. (Dan11:30-32, Dan8:11-12, 2Thess2:1-12)

Along with ignoring a 3rd UN presentation actually in prophecy, all post 1990 globalization expansions of 8th King supporting globalist “two horned wildbeast” administered financial, technocratic and military systems, and major global military and financial events, are also ignored as policy by Bethel. Thus globalization (Rev16:13-16 main “gathering” global force) and its elite Anglo-American leading globalist proponents of world government, and its very real global development are also not described by Bethel in the detail modern research and global events allow.

Thus, after 30 years of such “simplification” as stated “In recent years, the spiritual instruction provided by Jehovah’s organization has reflected an increased emphasis on simplicity and clarity”, Jehovah’s witnesses now also have a totally outdated world view of globalization progress and its main world government objective. It is not “Jehovah’s organization”, it is a UN organization, and its emphasis is JW retardation, diversion and corruption.

In short, by now, Jehovah’s witnesses have no idea what is going on in the world, or the world government development—they live in an endless 1976. Jehovah’s witnesses have also ceased tracking all four UN presentations at the 1945 2nd UN presentation. Thus the 3rd (1990) and 4th UN (future) presentations, the last of which is to be full world government, UN 1-2-3-4, is not known by Jehovah’s witnesses. Thus JWs, by such prophetic and global developmental truncation, are ripe for expecting “the end” and that Bethel grand delusion—1945-1975 was the end all for JW spiritual progress.

At the same time, the true state of the nation-state “old world order” system’s financial condition is also ignored by Bethel, when in fact the 7th King sovereign downfall debt setup (Dan11:42-43) can also be demonstrated by global research pertaining to the final removal of national sovereign financial barriers now separating all the nations from true world government.

Thus the epic global scale of instability in global national politics, military expansion and unrest, severe debt entrapment and religious conflict underpinnings is totally uncommented on by Bethel, and unknown to Jehovah’s witnesses in the level of detail modern research affords in volumes. The so-called “conspiracy theorists” and globalism researchers are now light years ahead of Jehovah’s blind witnesses as far as explaining world government progress.

Now when the nation-state system is heading for a global financial and military disruption at a scale and potential never experienced in human history hitherto, that “7th King” synonymous “King South” national system required downfall, to allow “8th King”/”King North” final sovereign ascension into global sovereignty as world government (Rev17:8-18), that prelude 7th King nation-state system fall development coming up can now be presented to Jehovah’s witnesses as “the end of the world” prematurely.

This is because it is an “end”, it is the end of the nation-state era of global sovereign predominance, but not “the end” of the world system as a whole. It will indeed by a “tribulation of those days” (Matt24:29 in Daniel 11:41-43 developments), but that first phase of the “great tribulation” is not the final period of time, but a marked Biblical transition period into world government and thus Christ’s soon following arrival, hence Matthew 24:29-31’s detailed arrival sequence.

As unique as the “tribulation of those days” is, the “four winds” ending phase, under world government, as the real final phase of the “great tribulation”, will even top the initiating “tribulation of those days” starting phase. (Matt24:21-22; Dan11:44-45; Dan8:25)

Thus the fourth global war cycle of the future, including the Cold War in that count, to run its full course and foretold milestone events into another foretold United Nations “disgusting thing placement” (Dan12:11), prior to Christ’s arrival, with great global developments progressively gauging that arrival, is now fully BYPASSED by apostate Bethel as also foretold in UN NGO Bethel’s UN aligned condition. (Dan8:12, Dan11:32a)

This is exactly what this latest Watchtower article is doing, over-advancing Jehovah’s witnesses too far into prophecy with a delusional expectation to manifest with huge global events to make Jehovah’s witnesses subject to manipulation by these expectations and their misled obedience to the JW organization which is a tool of the subversion opposition, that can and will be used to attempt to suppress and capture Jehovah’s witnesses during this coming peak betrayal phase for the initial opening period of the “tribulation of those days”. (2Thess2:3-4)

What is Being Bypassed

Thus the coming global-power key transitional period marked in prophecy that fully transpires and expires, BEFORE Christ arrives, as explicitly described in the prophecy itself…:

(Matthew 24:29-31) “Immediately after the tribulation of those days (That tribulation “transition phase” ends, the 1260 days ends; Rev11:7-10 conclusion timing just prior to Revelation 11:11-12 event parallels) the sun will be darkened, and the moon will not give its light, and the stars will fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens will be shaken. (Rev6:12-17 parallel) 30 And then the sign of the Son of man will appear in heaven, and then all the tribes of the earth will beat themselves in lamentation, and they will see the Son of man coming on the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. 31 And he will send forth his angels with a great trumpet sound (7th trumpet related immediate prelude of Messianic Kingdom completion), and they will gather his chosen ones together from the four winds (“great tribulation” final phase), from one extremity of the heavens to their other extremity. (both “sheep” groups heavenly and earthly);

…can now be presented to Jehovah’s witnesses in oversimplified, over advanced, and premature form as the terminal full “the end” phase, when in reality that “tribulation of those days” phase leads to 8th King full world government completion first:

(Daniel 11:44-45) . . .“But there will be reports (Rev10-11 “little scroll” recovered ministry messages) that will disturb him (8th King going into world government totality), out of the sunrising and out of the north, and he will certainly go forth in a great rage (Dan8:25; Rev11:7) in order to annihilate and to devote many to destruction. (Dan8:25 “bring many to ruin during a freedom from care” parallel with 1Thess5:1-3 world “peace and security” period of 8th King world government placement (Dan12:11 final fulfillment); And he will plant his palatial tents between [the] grand sea and the holy mountain of Decoration; (plural palatial “tents” as earthly symbolism of UN distributed world government in 4th UN placement; parallel Daniel 12:11 final fulfillment) and he will have to come all the way to his end (Armageddon denunciation of Dan11:36), and there will be no helper for him. (King North as 8th King deposed (Dan7:26; 8:25);

Thus in reality the “tribulation of those days” is that critical transition phase from the “old world order” downfall, to the “new world order” implementation of full 8th King world government that must complete just prior to Christ’s arrival. Those “lights” in “sun, moon and stars” being “dimmed”, is the “old world order” system being systematically deposed.

The full “lights out” application is that even “good news” (Rev10:5-8) Christ’s Messianic Kingdom completion certainty, will in time then also “darken” (Rev16:10-11) the 8th King “new world order” system, to finalize that foreboding parallel at Christ’s arrival (Rev6:12-17) as the ultimate parallel that Christ’s puts all their lights out. But even Christ’s arrival itself (Rev11:7-12), and his Messianic Kingdom and “sheep” “gathering” completion period in Daniel 12:11 (Dan7:26), is not the immediate end. (Ps110:2; Rev14; Matt10:23)

That knowledge of prophetic truth of open salvation during that entire global system rocking period (Hag2:7), is of course of extreme importance for the preservation of human life in the message of open salvation to anyone willing (Rev14:6-8), and that Christ himself completes his own final ministry and judgment assessment of every human on earth, with salvation as his first priority. (Rev14:14-16, Rev25:31-40)

Thus rather than the “it’s all done, you’re screwed” impression that Bethel hypes as the lead gloomsayers of delusion and doom, open salvation is available for the whole progression leading to Christ’s arrival, and even after his arrival as per Revelation 14.

Thus the present JW delusion, empowered by over advancement of prophecy among Jehovah’s witnesses, can conceal the true meaning of this “tribulation of those days” phase as long as the Bethel apostates are able to do so. Plus, coming world events of 7th King system downfall, can create global events that can seem to affirm “the end” belief: it will be severe, the “tribulation of those days” will indeed have begun, but even in such developments it is not “the end”. (Matt24:6, Luke 21:9, Hag2:7)

Thus for a period, hence Daniel 8:14 timing and Daniel 8:26 verification phasing, Jehovah’s witnesses will be in a true delusional empowered global hoax for a period of darkness so severe, it will be as if in a pitch-black “abyss” (Rev9:1-4) in that temple judgment “evening” desolation “trampling” phase due to the “transgression causing desolation” in that UN NGO partnership. That is the “sign of Jonah” temple judgment desolation parallel to come upon Jehovah’s witnesses for three years in Daniel 8:14, Isaiah 37:30 and Hosea 6:1-3.

That period of divinely permitted apostate-to-impostor override of the full prophetic truth (Dan8:12), now present at apostate Bethel, to proceed to worse conditions of spiritual darkness in the future (Dan11:41), is governed by God as part of the temple judgment process. (1Pet4:17) It is permitted by God, even required by Him, to fulfill Daniel 8:13-14 signal judgment events and timing in globally notable manner upon the apostatized JW organizational epicenter of “trampling” in divine judgment accounting first. (1Pet4:17; Rev8:3-5; Zech3:4-5)

(Daniel 8:13-14) And I got to hear a certain holy one speaking, and another holy one proceeded to say to the particular one who was speaking: “How long will the vision be of the (profaned) constant [feature] and of the transgression causing desolation (UN NGO alliance of Daniel 11:31b), to make both [the] holy place (temple “established place”; Dan8:11) and [the] (JW worldwide) army things to trample on?” (first 8th King “trampling” “attack” defining the spiritual meaning of the “tribulation of those days” beginning); 14 So he said to me: “Until two thousand three hundred evenings [and] mornings; and [the] holy place will certainly be brought into its right condition.” (Temple judgment purification completed in this timed period parallel Zechariah 3:4-5, Revelation 8:1-5);

Thus that is the severe divinely permitted “trampling” coming on Bethel next and first in the order (2Thess2:11-12), that they will try to sell to Jehovah’s witnesses as the terminal end phase of the world system altogether, when in reality it is the 7th King/King South national sovereign system that is the only thing being phased out over this coming “tribulation of those days” cycle, and that into final 8th King world government ascension culmination, first.

Thus what is coming on Bethel is divine temple judgment justice using their UN associate instigators and masters of intrigue (Dan8:25a) to bring the divinely permitted and required desolation on the JW organization, that they will sell to JWs as “persecution” in an approved spiritual state as if “the end”, “well done!” “prophecy is fulfilling” “its all over!” “Gog attack!” “Daniel 11:44 King North attack!”.

But it is way way too soon and premature and in a profaned UN aligned spiritual state, and that is the perfect hijacked prophecy empowered smokescreen covering delusion to enable the ultimate cover deception and exit strategy for the JW billion dollar Bethel downfall impostors to vanish into, leaving bewildered JWs holding the empty bag.

Foretold apostasy always precedes a global epic transition in world power, and a divine judgment for that apostasy always marks that cycle’s beginning; this will be the fifth time this judgment-to-new-global-power-system has occurred—and this time the global power transition is heading into world government with a Bethel bang to kick off that final cycle just beginning, far from its end.

THIS IS THE MOST IMPORTANT POINT: LET THE READER USE DISCERNMENT

DISCERNMENT noun

1. the ability to judge well.

2. (in Christian contexts) perception in the absence of judgment with a view to obtaining spiritual direction and understanding. 

And logically exactly what DISCERNMENT understanding is most important to comprehend NOW, at this time, in this SIGNAL now present in the “holy place”? What is the “disgusting thing” prophecy Daniel “spoke of”, where is the “holy place” now to see and flee from, and how is it seen “standing”?

The reason this is so important to discern now, is because this prophetic truth indicates where and why this judgment is coming, and what the that coming judgment of the temple system is to mean in an identifiable process in prophecy:

(Luke 21:20-24) “Furthermore, when you see Jerusalem surrounded by encamped armies, then know that the desolating of her has drawn near. 21 Then let those in Judea begin fleeing to the mountains, and let those in the midst of her withdraw, and let those in the country places not enter into her; 22 because these are days for meting out justice, that all the things written may be fulfilled. 23 Woe to the pregnant women and the ones suckling a baby in those days! For there will be great necessity upon the land and wrath on this people; 24 and they will fall by the edge of the sword and be led captive into all the nations; and Jerusalem will be trampled on by the nations, until the appointed times of the nations are fulfilled. (That “trampling” extends into Daniel 8:13 and then eventually Revelation 11:2 meaning, for modern times.*)

(Matthew 24:15-16) “Therefore, when you catch sight of the disgusting thing that causes desolation, as spoken of through Daniel the prophet, standing in a holy place, (let the reader use discernment,) 16 then let those in Judea begin fleeing to the mountains.  

(Mark 13:14) “However, when you catch sight of the disgusting thing that causes desolation standing where it ought not (let the reader use discernment), then let those in Judea begin fleeing to the mountains. 

(Matthew 24:15-16) “Therefore, when you catch sight of the (UN NGO; Dan11:31) disgusting thing that causes desolation, as spoken of through Daniel the prophet (modern Dan11:31 “disgusting thing that causes desolation” as parallel of Dan8:13 “transgression causing desolation”), standing in a holy place (in the JW “constant feature” ministry as UN NGO), (let the reader use discernment,) 16 then let those in Judea begin fleeing to the mountains. (Because the JW Bethel desolation judgment for that UN NGO “transgression causing desolation” is near; 1Pet4:17; Dan8:13-14; Rev8:3-5);

Thus there is far greater meaning in what is coming on apostate Bethel’s visible representation of that claimant “holy city” of the anointed Christian “holy place” temple ministry, now apostatized as foretold here.

What to “Discern”

1. We need to “discern” the “holy place” now, to even know where to be looking for “disgusting thing”  developments and events within and around that spiritual “location”.

2. We need to “discern” the “disgusting thing” in direct relation to Daniel ‘s prophecy, which contains three “disgusting thing” prophecies—thus which Daniel “disgusting thing” NOW applies, Daniel 9:26-27, Daniel 11:31b, or Daniel 12:11?

3. And we need to discern just how it is “standing” in that “holy place” in direct prophetic connection with that “disgusting thing” in a specific Daniel prophecy.

We know the “disgusting thing” is the United Nations “image” based “8th King” rival “world government” entity and its related prophetic developments. But what NOW is the “disgusting thing” signal of this “standing in a holy place” connected to a specific Daniel prophecy of modern note?

Though this will be explained below, the (1) “holy place” to discern is anointed Christians as a body still on earth. But that “body” has the globally visible “Jerusalem” symbol “city”, in the anointed Christian global ministry among Jehovah’s witnesses and their claimant visible global organization. And that visible Jehovah’s witnesses “Jerusalem” (2) has now “stood up”, by Bethel and Governing Body official sanction, the UN NGO “disgusting thing” UN partnership inside of the Bethel ministry and Jehovah’s witnesses spiritual environment. Thus we have the same “apostate Jerusalem” system symbol to “see” now as represented by the Bethel organization—now we can know what to flee from and why.

THAT very serious 1991 UN NGO sin, which involves UN endorsement, 3rd UN prophecy cover-up since 1990 (Dan11:30-32), and strategic prophetic error to enable the prophetic delusion of 2 Thessalonians 2:1-2, is NOW present inside the Jehovah’s witnesses global ministry, at Bethel, and as promoted by Bethel by its illegal and fraudulent Governing Body leadership: thus we also have our modern day “Pharisees” and their Bethel based lawless “Sanhedrin” system as well. (2Thess2:3-4; Zech3:1-3)

Thus the 1991 UN NGO, that developed with that covered up 1990 3rd UN presentation of Daniel 11:31b (Dan8:23 parallel), is the “disgusting thing that causes desolation” of most modern note. And that “disgusting thing that causes desolation” is also cross  related to the Daniel 8:13 signal expression in the “holy place” “TRANSGRESSION causing desolation” in that UN NGO apostate “holy place” sin that will, in the near future, “make both [the] holy place and [the] (JW worldwide) army things to trample on”.

Thus we have a direct connection to a specific modern Daniel “disgusting thing” prophecy and its cross-connection of Daniel 11:30-32a and Daniel 8:11-13 3rd UN presentation and apostate spiritual developments. Bethel has engaged a once valid and approved anointed Christian ministry to that 3rd UN entity and its 1990 global presentation, in modern signal apostate prophetic co-development. in that same prophecy, in relations with the United Nations Non-Governmental Organization global partner and promotional “public information” network.

And that is the coming temple judgment “trampling” event, “locale” and specific prophecy, that apostate Bethel is now concealing with purposeful error to support this modern JW premature end delusion by over-advanced and misapplied covering prophecy error.

Now the coming “attack” on the JW organization of Daniel 8:13 “trampling”, is to be presented to Jehovah’s witnesses as an entirely different and well over advanced prophecy altogether  of misapplied Daniel 11:44, Daniel 8:25, and Ezekiel 38-39, way too soon in the 8th King world government progress and reality. And “attack” features in those over-advanced prophecies, applied too soon to the Bethel temple judgment “trampling” which will be developing soon, will now support the premature end delusion with very real global anti-JW-org events and a major 7th King global prophetic downfall phase as the global context. (Dan11:41-43; Rev16:1-9)

Modern Ambiguous “Jerusalem” and “Holy Place” Discernment

The other convenient diversion, is that although this “attack” is to include Bethel and Jehovah’s witnesses in the “Gog of Magog” premature element in this delusion formula, “holy place” “Jerusalem” is applied to Christendom in the “UN attack on Babylon the Great” global context, so the “attack” actual location is also ambiguous. And it gets more ambiguous, as will be shown.

The main questions here are if Jehovah’s witnesses already have “been liberated” and “fled” from Christendom “apostate Jerusalem” and “Babylon the Great” then why is another “flee” directive from Christ, now a  commandment at Matthew 24:15, being issued for Jehovah’s witnesses now?

Where are Jehovah’s witnesses spiritually located right now? If Jehovah’s witnesses are by implication already in the “mountains”, then what is the “Jerusalem” location significance if there is nowhere to flee from anyways?

And worse, why is the thing to flee from also ambiguous in Bethel teachings? Sometimes “Jerusalem” is Christendom, sometimes “Jerusalem” is the spiritual “Jews” of anointed Christians, as Bethel regularly oscillates between the two as needed:

“”… Christendom (which is holy in the eyes of nominal Christians)…”” (Watchtower 7/15/2013 Study Edition; pgs. 4-5, par.6)

“”Today the remaining ones of the 144,000 are earthly representatives of the “heavenly Jerusalem”—the citylike Kingdom of God—and its temple arrangement. (Hebrews 12:22, 28; 13:14) In this sense they occupy a “holy place” that the seventh world power tries to trample on and make desolate.”” (Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy chap. 10 p. 175 par. 21 Who Can Stand Against the Prince of Princes?)

So, to add to the ambiguity and confusion, the “holy place” is taught in the ‘Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy’ book, as always in reference to true anointed Christians. The point being, the actual “holy place” meaning, and thus the actual location to actually flee from is also then ambiguous, as can be perceptions of Jehovah’s witnesses when Bethel undergoes its required sacking.

Thus a formula of confusion is also already well programmed into this Bethel tale as Bethel also sweeps their UN NGO under the rug, not informing Jehovah’s witnesses of their partnership with the UN, so many JWs have not “caught sight” of this UN NGO “disgusting thing” “stand” right in their own ministry, which is pure Bethel treachery.

Thus Jehovah’s witnesses have the perfect hoax being setup in their misled minds while the perfect judgment UN crime is also present to empower the whole “trampling” context.

Those final phase ending prophecies of Daniel 11:44-45, Daniel 8:25, and Ezekiel 38, will indeed have a final global attack phase, as foretold, just not at this time in the prophetic progression, but later under the full 8th King world government true “one hour” finale period of Revelation 17:12. And that is why Jehovah’s witnesses accept this delusion now, it is using premature application of real prophecy to ply its delusion and deception too soon, so Jehovah’s witnesses accept the downfall of Bethel as if it is “prophecy of the end fulfilling brothers!”, which it cannot actually be, this soon.

Thus using truthful prophecy, rearranged in error and prematurity to instead support other objectives (Dan11:32a, Dan8:11-12), is how this delusion is taken in so deeply into Jehovah’s witnesses faith, mind and heart. All those prophecies are the truth and will fulfill to the “last particle of a letter”. (Matt5:18) And this is why the enemy system inside of Bethel (Dan11:32a,41, Dan8:12), can take advantage of that faith, and misdirect it into a premature expectation, too soon, to use that “overly excited” JW atmosphere, for other purposes. And they do this, by hijacking known Jehovah’s witnesses accepted Bible prophecy.

Thus the deception even now programs JWs for the future requirement, “for salvation”, that Jehovah’s witnesses must follow more Bethel Pied Piper direction, as if their very life and salvation depended on it, by this deceptive association. Thus the JW trust is also misdirected to the “life saving direction” from the “JW organization”, by use of the “prove your loyalty to God” and “obey Christ” and “support Christ’s brothers” bait, and then switch, to the profaned enemy controlled JW organization as the fraudulent claimed “Jehovah’s organization”, as good as equal to God and Christ, and thus the earthly thing also requiring that key obedience—and therein, in that deception, lies the well disguised trap.

Thus the JW organization can then be used to lead Jehovah’s witnesses wherever the enemy system using that organization from within, may desire and dictate while Jehovah’s witnesses are in a “the end” fully amped psychological adrenaline frenzy. And like the proverbial “lemmings”, JWs fully buying this hype and delusion, will follow such “life saving direction” from the enemy Bethel “Pied Pipers” as even now their flute strains echo in the pre-programmed JW mind.

“Let The Reader Use Discernment” Daniel Prophecy Proof

1. The Holy Place

No one unauthorized nor any “disgusting thing” is going to “stand” in this ultimate “holy place”:

(Hebrews 8:1-2) Now as to the things being discussed this is the main point: We have such a high priest as this, and he has sat down at the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens, 2 a public servant of the holy place and of the true tent, which Jehovah put up, and not man. 

So that heavenly Temple of God, the “tent” yet to complete into a full “temple” (Rev11:19; Zech4:6-9), in which Christ is the High Priest, is not the “holy place” in question at Matthew 24:15.
===

And neither is physical Jerusalem any longer relevant to the “holy place”:

(Hebrews 9:1) For its part, then, the former [covenant] used to have ordinances of sacred service and [its] mundane holy place. 

(Matthew 23:38) Look! your house is abandoned to you.

===

But there is an earthly present extension of the “holy place”, which cannot be in the Christendom decoy collective institution as already exposed as an old apostasy, but it is a “holy place” among true anointed Christians who have truly obtained this hope while still on earth:

(Hebrews 9:11-12) However, when Christ came as a high priest of the good things that have come to pass, through the greater and more perfect tent not made with hands, that is, not of this creation, 12 he entered, no, not with the blood of goats and of young bulls, but with his own blood, once for all time into the holy place and obtained an everlasting deliverance [for us]. 

That ” everlasting deliverance” potential of Christ’s sacrificial provision, based on maintaining faithfulness to the “holy covenant” (Luke28:22-30), provides the human temple completion “stones” with the accessibility for that eventual full temple completion, as yet incomplete, but “being built up” from human anointed Christians while still on earth:

(1 Peter 2:5) you yourselves also as living stones are being built up a spiritual house for the purpose of a holy priesthood, to offer up spiritual sacrifices acceptable to God through Jesus Christ.

And it is anointed Christians as a “body” and a “temple”, an earthly “holy place” in spiritual terms:

(1 Corinthians 3:16-17) Do you not know that you people are God’s temple, and that the spirit of God dwells in you? 17 If anyone destroys the temple of God, God will destroy him; for the temple of God is holy, which [temple] you people are.

(Revelation 3:12) “‘The one that conquersI will make him a pillar in the temple of my God

(1 Corinthians 6:19) What! Do you not know that the body of you people is [the] temple of the holy spirit within you, which you have from God? 

(2 Corinthians 6:16) For we are a temple of a living God; just as God said: “I shall reside among them and walk among [them], and I shall be their God, and they will be my people.”

(Ephesians 2:21-22) 21 In union with him the whole building, being harmoniously joined together, is growing into a holy temple for Jehovah. 22 In union with him you, too, are being built up together into a place for God to inhabit by spirit.

===

Now that “temple” and “holy place” component on earth (Rev12:17), which must remain faithful to remain approved by God, can be, and has been compromised. And that is where a “disgusting thing” can now be found standing “in the temple” among anointed Christians, subverting the Kingdom ministry for another purpose, and corrupting them by apostasy (Dan11:32a), here on earth in this principle:

(2 Thessalonians 2:3-5) Let no one seduce you in any manner, because it will not come unless the apostasy comes first and the man of lawlessness gets revealed, the son of destruction. 4 He is set in opposition and lifts himself up over everyone who is called “god” or an object of reverence, so that he sits down in the temple of The God, publicly showing himself to be a god. 5 Do you not remember that, while I was yet with you, I used to tell you these things?

And God by Daniel also already foretold and nailed this exact modern apostasy location and source:

(Daniel 11:32) “And those who are acting wickedly against [the] covenant (at Bethel), he (8th King/King North) will lead into apostasy by means of smooth words. (The Bethel “smooth words” 8th King cover-up in the JW publications is part of the smoothly justified apostasy);

===

Now that we know the “holy place” is earthly anointed Christian related, then the other “discernment” to make here…:

(Matthew 24:15-16) “Therefore, when you catch sight of the disgusting thing that causes desolation, as spoken of through Daniel the prophet, standing in a holy place, (let the reader use discernment,) 16 then let those in Judea begin fleeing to the mountains. 

…is which Daniel “disgusting thing” of the three (Dan9:26-27; Dan11:31b; Dan12:11) is Christ talking about for our times now? If we do not know which Daniel prophecy Christ is referring to “as spoken of through Daniel”, to use discernment to ascertain, then we cannot understand the prophecy for discerning use now:

(Matthew 24:15-16) “Therefore, when you catch sight of the (UN NGO; Dan11:31) disgusting thing that causes desolation, as spoken of through Daniel the prophet (modern Dan11:31 “disgusting thing that causes desolation” as parallel of Dan8:13 “transgression causing desolation”), standing in a holy place (in the JW “constant feature” ministry as UN NGO), (let the reader use discernment,)

16 then let those in Judea begin fleeing to the mountains. (Because the JW Bethel desolation judgment for that UN NGO “transgression causing desolation” is near; 1Pet4:17; Dan8:13-14; Rev8:3-5);

But as per Daniel 11:32a cited above, we do have the specific Daniel 11:30-32 “disgusting thing” prophecy to discern as active now, and being stood up at UN NGO Bethel inside a claimant anointed Christian ministry now terminal in apostasy and headed for that exact judgment desolation Christ is warning of in Matthew 24:15-16 to “discern” NOW for those with eyes to “see” it!

2. The “Disgusting Thing”—Daniel 11:31b; The 1990 3rd United Nations Presentation “Disgusting Thing” and the Bethel UN NGO “Disgusting Thing” Counterpart

But we do know now, and have “caught sight” of the Bethel UN NGO made public by secular press in 2001. And that 1990 3rd United Nations global presentation after the Cold War, and its “New World Order” initiative, is that Daniel 11:30-32a signal modern “disgusting thing” fulfillment now covered up by UN partnered Bethel.

(Daniel 11:30-31) “And he will actually go back and hurl denunciations against the holy covenant and act effectively; and he will have to go back and will give consideration to those leaving the holy covenant. 31 And there will be arms that will stand up, proceeding from him; and they will actually profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and remove the constant [feature]. “And they (team effort) will certainly put in place the disgusting thing that is causing desolation. (3rd UN placement, 1990; UN NGO, 1991, at Bethel; Matt24:15; Dan8:13 “transgression causing desolation”);

THAT is the specific Daniel “disgusting thing” prophecy to discern now.

The “disgusting thing” is now “standing in a holy place” since 1991, right within the Jehovah’s witnesses anointed Christian apostatized “holy place” ministry by UN NGO Bethel’s UN endorsements, global co-promotions, prophetic cover ups, rampant apostasy and treason, and official public UN partnership—fully UNaddressed and swept UNder the rug at Bethel. Daniel 11:30a “those leaving the holy covenant”, is signaled at Bethel by their UN NGO covenant. (Isa28)

(Isaiah 28:14-15) Therefore hear the word of Jehovah, you braggarts, you rulers of this people who are in Jerusalem: 15 Because you men have said: “We have concluded a covenant with Death; and with Sheol we have effected a vision; the overflowing flash flood, in case it should pass through, will not come to us, for we have made a lie our refuge and in falsehood we have concealed ourselves”

(Isaiah 28:18) And your covenant with Death will certainly be dissolved, and that vision of yours with Sheol will not stand.

That “vision of yours” is present in the false prophetic applications in this Watchtower article example we are now exposing as a sham delusion that also develops with this modern apostasy signal. (2Thess2:1-4; Zech3:1-3); It is part of the Bethel apostate wordsmith “smooth words” here that have been fully deluding Jehovah’s witnesses since 1990 with this cover up, UN developmental concealment, and Bethel’s “UN library card” lying justification of their UN NGO apostasy:

(Daniel 11:32) “And those who are acting wickedly against [the] covenant (at Bethel), he (8th King/King North) will lead into apostasy by means of smooth words. (Bethel uses deceptive rationalizing “smooth words” to aid 8th King cover-up in the JW publications is part of the smoothly justified apostasy);

This is so effective, for example, Jehovah’s witnesses cannot even perceive “King North” must be the 8th King final developments in Daniel 11:30-45!

And that apostasy is this apostasy below, that also must be fully globally revealed in the coming temple judgment, well before Christ arrives:

(2 Thessalonians 2:3-4) 3 Let no one seduce you in any manner (such as apostate Bethel), because it will not come unless the (final) apostasy (Dan11:32a) comes first and the man of lawlessness gets revealed, the son of destruction. (now present at “disgusting thing” partnered Bethel) 4 He is set in opposition and lifts himself up over everyone who is called “god” or an object of reverence, so that he sits down in the temple of The God, publicly showing himself to be a god. (not only is the “Governing Body” 1976 coup a “lift up”; their current “we alone are the faithful slave” fiasco is the pinnacle of such “lifted up” blasphemy “in the temple” association.)

Jehovah’s witnesses are fully subverted in this modern overall prophetic cover up “throwing truth to the earth” with Bethel:

(Daniel 8:12) And an (JW worldwide) army itself was gradually given over (to 8th King infiltrative control), together with the constant [feature] (profaned and imbibed with disinformation), because of transgression; (UN NGO and other sins permits allowance of the compromise by removed divine blessing and discernment); and it kept throwing truth to the earth (cover up, disinformation), and it acted and had success. (Dan11:30 “act effectively” in this modern 8th King engineered intelligence and subversion operation deployed through the Governing Body and installed Bethel agents, allowed by Bethel apostates, and aided by JWs);

Thus when we “catch sight” that this modern “disgusting thing” is Daniel 11:31 of 1990 UN 3rd presentation “place the disgusting thing” third global UN presentation, and Bethel is the UN NGO transgressors “standing up” the UN NGO “disgusting thing” right among a formerly anointed Christian “holy place” ministry, by endorsing the UN and partnering with it, then we know the Bethel JW org “apostate Jerusalem” symbol parallel is now applicable as the “location” of coming desolation—and that is why getting out of the JW organization, fleeing it now, is a commandment of Christ once we “discern” this critical modern signal connection.

Bethel and their UN NGO tryst is what to “catch sight of” in this UN compromised state.

And the whole point of the “discernment”, when made, is for people to flee from the JW organization, because a hell on earth is coming on that doomed apostate “weed” patch. (Mat13:36-42; Matt25:1-13; Matt22:1-14) Getting OUT of the Jehovah’s witnesses organization fully, is what it means, for God will judge that sin in time upon the modern apostate Jerusalem connected locale noted as the now apostatized “holy place” judgment of 1 Peter 4:17.

This particular judgment it is going to be BIG, and THAT is why Jesus said to FLEE that compromised “city” of the global JW organization—it is going to be “trampled”. (Dan8:13)

Not all have this key “discernment” at this time, most Jehovah’s witnesses are misled:

(Daniel 11:30-31) “And he will actually go back and hurl denunciations against the holy covenant and act effectively; and he will have to go back and will give consideration to those leaving the holy covenant. 31 And there will be arms that will stand up, proceeding from him; and they will actually profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and remove the constant [feature].

(Daniel 11:30) “And he (8th King/King North) will actually go back and hurl denunciations against the holy covenant and act effectively (produces a successful operation Dan8:12b); and he (8th King) will have to go back and will give consideration to those leaving the holy covenant. (anointed core defection at Bethel aids internal 8th King access)

(Daniel 11:31a) (Bethel subversion:) And there will be arms that will stand up (at Bethel; Dan11:41; Luke21:20), proceeding from him (8th King planners);  and they (collusion) will actually profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and remove the constant [feature]. (3rd UN placement 1990:)

(Daniel 11:31b) “And they (team effort) will certainly put in place the disgusting thing that is causing desolation. (3rd UN placement, 1990; UN NGO, 1991, at Bethel; Matt24:15; Dan8:13 “transgression causing desolation”);

The Temple Judgment “Trampling” Coming on The JW Organization for Prophetic Marking Visible Notoriety

Thus Bethel going UN NGO “transgression causing desolation”, in time to Bethel’s apostate “locale”, and concealing the truth “King North” is synonymous with the 8th King world government modern progress and prophecy since 1990 in marked modern form, is all part of this modern illegal Bethel disgusting activity, signal apostasy and very serious UN partnership right in and among misled and duped Jehovah’s witnesses.

Even Bethel’s apostasy complex, co-developing with that specific UN “disgusting thing” modern 1990 manifestation of that prophecy, is also a Bethel related “disgusting thing” in their own UNfaithfulness and organization based JW idolatry distracting anti-Kingdom promotions further noted at Daniel 11:31a “profanations”, and Daniel 11:32a King North internal guided apostasy. Thus the whole of Bethel’s modern “operation of error”-to-“the lie” terminal full maturity (2Thess2:11-12) is actually a “disgusting thing” related abomination as a whole.

But we do have to note, the ultimate “disgusting thing” connection is that specific 3rd United Nation “New World Order” initiative presentation of 1990 that is indeed a fulfilling Daniel prophecy of special important note, that Bethel’s King North allied GB vipers also conceal as well.

The Bethel UN NGO is the parallel temple “transgression causing desolation” of the Daniel 8:13 temple desolation divine indictment sentence coming to eventually fully define the final temple judgment cycle:

(Daniel 8:13) And I got to hear a certain holy one speaking, and another holy one proceeded to say to the particular one who was speaking: “How long will the vision be of the (profaned) constant [feature] and of the transgression causing desolation (UN NGO alliance of Daniel 11:31b), to make both [the] holy place (temple “established place”; Dan8:11) and [the] (JW worldwide) army things to trample on?” (first 8th King “trampling” “attack” defining the spiritual meaning of the “tribulation of those days” beginning);

(Daniel 8:14) So he said to me: “Until two thousand three hundred evenings [and] mornings; and [the] holy place will certainly be brought into its right condition.” (Temple judgment purification completed in this timed period parallel Zechariah 3:4-5, Revelation 8:1-5);

The “holy place” “right condition” is the temple purification from this profaned modern state. The “right condition” of spiritual clarification is the judgment accounting, total removal, and full exposure of this “disgusting thing” apostasy and its transgression, in the temple judgment “holy place” purification of parallel Malachi 3:1-5, and Zechariah 3:1-5 parallel cleansing actions by Christ. (Also Rev8:3-5; Isa6:6-7)

The whole temple judgment is timed and phased in Daniel 8:14,26 to fully verify this temple judgment prophecy after the “desolation” comes on Bethel, for which Christ warned discerning Christians to flee from for that very reason. Get out of the JW organization NOW, it is set for desolation for UN NGO fornications among an anointed Christian globally known ministry.

That is why the desolation starts, not with Babylon the Great, but with “the house of God”, next:

(1 Peter 4:17) For it is the appointed time for the judgment to start with the house of God.

And when we know all this from prophecy and lawless Bethel UN and apostate evidence, then we can ask:

Exactly what are the planning to “deliver” Jehovah’s witnesses to when all this delusion turns to a global JW hoax of that premature “end of the world”?

“Your deliverance is getting near”—but deliverance to what?

Where are they planning to send Jehovah’s witnesses, for it certainly is NOT “the end” yet?

The 1976 Governing Body of JW Subversion

In reality we now have the luxury of a little hindsight to understand the orifice of apostasy and “gradually given over” ministerial subversion is none other than the “Governing Body” “board of directors”—the JW trusted “governors” and “directors” of the JW apostasy it turns out.

And we know their dictatorial 1976 Bethel coup anomaly, just 15 years prior to that 1991 UN NGO, is now the suspect core authoritative development that allowed, guided and “faithfully” oversees these subsequent deceptive developments and major UN related transgressions later, for their 8th King “King North” main apostate opposition camp leaders as per Daniel 11:32. 

Thus it is all connected to the 1976 Governing Body illegal control device and its 1976 dictatorship that ensured such control would be effected internal to the Bethel system to proceed to the ministerial ruination they are now fully guiding to terminal coup and judgment.

Thus a little more cover up and delusion can be expected to complete this apostate and impostor operation right from within Bethel, to be aided externally by Bethel’s true UN world government allies who can produce future global events to match the JW well expected delusion and give that Governing Body of Pied Vipers final credibility as “JW prophets” so when they run the final coup directives, Jehovah’s witnesses will be misled in the peak of possible delusional control and trust in that Bethel enemy system allied viper nest.

What This Pied Piper “Your Deliverance Is Getting Near” Watchtower Article is Actually Doing

30 Pieces of Apostate Bethel Silver

(Zechariah 11:4-5) “This is what Jehovah my God has said, ‘Shepherd the flock [meant] for the killing, 5 the buyers of which proceed to kill [them] although they are not held guilty. And those who are selling them say: “May Jehovah be blessed, while I shall gain riches.” And their own shepherds do not show any compassion upon them.’

(2 Thessalonians 2:3) …the apostasy comes first and the man of lawlessness gets revealed, the son of destruction.

(Zechariah 11:12-13) Then I said to them: “If it is good in your eyes, give [me] my wages; but if not, refrain.” And they proceeded to pay my wages, thirty pieces of silver. 13 At that, Jehovah said to me: “Throw it to the treasury—the majestic value with which I have been valued from their standpoint.” Accordingly I took the thirty pieces of silver and threw it into the treasury at the house of Jehovah.

Thus Bethel’s profit for 8th King purposes will turn into the same “son of destruction” curse that finished off Judas Iscariot, and it will come to Bethel’s operatives as well.

(Hosea 1:4-7) And Jehovah went on to say to him: “Call his name Jezreel (pictures “man of lawlessness” sinning at Bethel of modern “King Ahab” Governing Body), for yet a little while and I must hold an accounting for the acts of bloodshed of Jezreel against the house of Jehu (Governing Body “man of lawlessness” sins against anointed “house”), and I must cause the royal rule of the house of Israel to cease. (“Man of lawlessness” “King Ahab” GB and JW “Jezebel” Bethel Organizational “throw down”; Dan8:11-14); 5 And it must occur in that day that I must break the bow (Bethel) of Israel in the low plain (judgment) of Jezreel.” (Temple judgment marked by Bethel event); 6 And she proceeded to become pregnant another time and to give birth to a daughter. And He went on to say to him: “Call her name Lo-ruhamah, for I shall no more show mercy again to the house of Israel (JW worldwide Organizational Jezebel Bethel “mother”; Hos2:1,5; 4:5; 10:14), because I shall positively take them away. (In Dan8:14 temple purification); ( Worldwide Jehovah’s Witnesses Anointed and Earthlings Spared Complete Annihilation in First 8th King Attack Temple Attack) 7 But to the house of Judah (worldwide approved JWs) I shall show mercy, and I will save them by Jehovah their God; but I shall not save them by a bow or by a sword or by war, by horses or by horsemen.”; (Isaiah 37:36; Mic5:6; Zech3:4; Isa66:6);

Apostate Bethel is the modern “a system of things” about to end to mark the final temple judgment:

(Matthew 13:36-42) 36 Then after dismissing the crowds he went into the house. And his disciples came to him and said: “Explain to us the illustration of the weeds in the field.” 37 In response he said: “The sower of the fine seed is the Son of man; 38 the field is the world (as JW “earth” system now defined more precisely); as for the fine seed, these are the sons of the kingdom; but the weeds are the sons of the wicked one, 39 and the enemy that sowed them is the Devil. (these have been “sowed” into the Bethel system) The harvest is a conclusion of a system of things (the Bethel “a” “system of things”, not “the” “system of things” of the overall world system yet), and the reapers are angels. 40 Therefore, just as the weeds are collected (this collection is first, a removal process) and burned with fire (at a later time of temple judgment or world judgment), so it will be in the conclusion of the system of things. (and that “a system of things” pictures, “so it will be in” the overall world “system of things”) 41 The Son of man will send forth his angels, and they will collect out from his kingdom all things that cause stumbling and persons who are doing lawlessness, 42 and they will pitch them into the fiery furnace. There is where [their] weeping and the gnashing of [their] teeth will be. (The Bethel judgment is the first wave of this judgment in intimate focus among anointed Christians to extend out to all Jehovah’s witnesses and further to the whole world to collect in those responding to the real meaning of this judgment signal);

Thus in reality Jehovah’s witnesses, the modern “flock meant for the killing”, are being setup by the modern-day “son of destruction” apostate Bethel “valueless shepherd” betrayers with a handy “self fulfilling prophecy” of predictively programmed “attack” expectations, to be fully hyped beforehand, so that when global events start to manifest this “prophecy”, that actual “attack” (Dan8:13, Dan11:41) can be sold to Jehovah’s witnesses with a totally over advanced portion of future prophecy now being applied by Bethel, well premature of its reality, as the smokescreen for the JW organization required desolation of Daniel 8:13 as Daniel 11:41 that must progress to a Bethel representative “Decoration” actual invasion.

This is what will actually be activating in the coming Bethel “attack” being hyped by Bethel, while Bethel ignores and already has bypassed this point in Daniel 11 that the prophecy is actually at, even now, in Bethel’s infiltration:

(Daniel 11:41) He (8th King) will also actually enter into the land of the Decoration (infiltrates the Bethel ministry internally), and there will be many [people] that will be made to stumble. (Matt24:15; Luke21:20 signal development present now at Bethel; Stumbling people is also the lawless Bethel subversion goal. Parallels Daniel 8:11-13 and Daniel 11:30-35 events and meaning);

The point being that prophecy will become very literal upon the JW organization globally come this Daniel 8:13 “trampling” attack.

It will be prophecy fulfilling, but not the prophecy Jehovah’s witnesses will be misled to think is fulfilling.

They are selling Jehovah’s witnesses the covering delusion to conceal the temple judgment “trampling” (Dan8:13; Dan11:41) and the beginning of 7th King downfall global-cycle (Dan11:42-43) as if “the end”, but it is being prematurely applied, to cover up the greater meaning of this required final phase which instead will continue to 8th King world government “ascension” as this whole cycle runs its full course. (Rev17:8-18; Dan11:41-45)

Instead, in such a delusion turned into a very real JW global-hoax, Jehovah’s witnesses can then be led along in the same deception’s next steps requiring that “JW organizational obedience”, but for another purpose. Thus Bethel is setting themselves up to become a modern day betraying “son of destruction” in this delusional process that must run its true full prophetic course. (Dan8:13-14; 2Thess2:1-4,8-12) Bethel is that “valueless shepherd” of the modern day “flock meant for the killing”.

(Zechariah 11:15-17) And Jehovah went on to say to me: “Take yet for yourself the implements of a useless shepherd. 16 For here I am letting a shepherd rise up in the land. To the [sheep] being effaced he will give no attention. The young one he will not seek, and the broken [sheep] he will not heal. The one stationing herself he will not supply [with food], and the flesh of the fat one he will eat, and the hoofs of the [sheep] he will tear off. 17 Woe to my valueless shepherd, who is leaving the flock! A sword (Zech13:7; Dan8:13-14) will be upon his arm and upon his right eye. His own arm will without fail dry up, and his own right eye will without fail grow dim.”

Thus the “Your Deliverance Is Getting Near” article actually provides the Jehovah’s witnesses mindset with:

  • A Formulaic Setup
  • The Premature End Delusion
  • The Required Attack Expectations
  • The Call to Action JW Obedience Directives
  • A Trap Outlined Formula

Basically the first ten paragraphs layout the latest Bethel predictive programming to support the larger overall premature end delusion being fully created in the compromised Jehovah’s witnesses ministry, but this one has added a detail of an interval break in the “great tribulation” as the identifiable period for special Jehovah’s witnesses instructions, participatory action and obedience.

Thus a Bethel attack “foretold” break period, which they are telling Jehovah’s witnesses about now with that detail added, for which special anti-JW events are planned requiring Jehovah’s witnesses to obey Bethel commands without question, is the intended programming this article all boils down to.

This article includes the “Bible based” formulaic setup using the prophetic pattern of Luke 21:20 and Matthew 24:15, the premature end delusion reinforcement, the required JW organizational “attack” expectations hyped and reprised, the Babylon the Great attack diversion and the JW organizational obedience directives. All this JW organizational “obedience”, “support”, “action” and “sacrifice” is attributed for “our very salvation”, “loyalty” and “faithfulness” for a specific “brief respite” period for Jehovah’s witnesses to perceive “at that time”. (WT 11/15/2013, pg. 20, par. 17, #3)

Further, in this “attack” “interval”, Jehovah’s witnesses are to be given the “opportunity to obey”. Now the introspective judgment “time of testing” will come “to reveal what is really in our heart” in this hyped personal motivation and amped-up urgency in this “time for action and obedience” “to prove [our] love for Jehovah” and to “give [our] support to Christ’s brothers” as then “obediently” “God’s people will flee to the refuge that Jehovah provides”  to “remain faithful, will we be willing” “to do whatever is required of us” in order “to prove our loyalty to Jehovah?”

Flee Into the Doomed JW Organization

Repeated here:

The main problems here are if Jehovah’s witnesses already have “been liberated” and “fled” from Christendom “apostate Jerusalem” and “Babylon the Great” then why is another “flee” directive from Christ, now a  commandment at Matthew 24:15, being issued for Jehovah’s witnesses now?

Where are Jehovah’s witnesses spiritually located right now? If Jehovah’s witnesses are by implication already in the “mountains”, then what is the “Jerusalem” location significance if there is nowhere to flee from now?

And worse, why is the thing to flee from also ambiguous in Bethel teachings? Sometimes “Jerusalem” is Christendom, sometimes “Jerusalem” is the spiritual “Jews” of anointed Christians, as Bethel regularly oscillates between the two as needed.

“”Today the remaining ones of the 144,000 are earthly representatives of the “heavenly Jerusalem”—the citylike Kingdom of God—and its temple arrangement. (Hebrews 12:22, 28; 13:14) In this sense they occupy a “holy place” that the seventh world power tries to trample on and make desolate.”” (Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy; chap. 10 p. 175 par. 21 Who Can Stand Against the Prince of Princes?)

In addition to the basic illogic already laid, Bethel now expects and directs Jehovah’s witnesses to fully expect and then fully support the JW organizational deposition process as “prophecy fulfilling brothers!”, and to do whatever and go wherever Bethel directs “at that time”, “as crazy as it sounds”. Since Bethel falsely identifies Christendom as the modern “holy place”, and thus the “Jerusalem” to flee from in Matthew 24:15, in the Babylon the Great greater global context of “attack”:

“”In the larger fulfillment, the “standing” will occur when the United Nations (the modern-day “disgusting thing”) attacks Christendom (which is holy in the eyes of nominal Christians) and the rest of Babylon the Great.”” (Watchtower 7/15/2013 Study Edition; pgs. 4-5, par.6)

Thus amidst such ambiguity, Jehovah’s witnesses will be directed to “flee into” the JW org, the “virginlike” “refuge that God provides”, into the very apostate JW organization, the real “apostate Jerusalem” modern counterpart slated for deposition in Matthew 24:15 modern day application, as we actually call to mind this sinister directive connection to a previous Watchtower Pied Piper note, setup by this latest reminder:

“”God’s people will flee to the refuge that Jehovah provides.””

And what is that “refuge” that “Jehovah provides”? The Watchtower of November 15, 2013 has given Jehovah’s witnesses the answer already:

“Elders who are reading this article can draw some useful conclusions from the account we have just considered”:…

[And sandwiched into the admonishment:]

“(3) At that time, the lifesaving direction that we receive from Jehovah’s organization may not appear practical from a human standpoint. All of us must be ready to obey any instructions we may receive, whether these appear sound from a strategic or human standpoint or not.”

(Watchtower 11/15/2013 Study Edition “Seven Shepherds, Eight Dukes—What They Mean for Us Today” article, pg. 20, par. 17, #3):

Thus the well matured Jehovah’s witnesses delusion “JW org trap” complex merely continues this already “unsound” and “impractical” directive in this latest amplification of Jehovah’s witnesses hype as now a basic formulaic trap scheduling is being further detailed, that includes a handy break in the “great tribulation”, a “brief respite”, “the future interruption”, an “interval” of “opportunity” for Jehovah’s witnesses action, flight, sacrifice and obedience—and incarceration.

This “interval”, now with these added details, was already being set up in this Watchtower 7/15/2013 issue article:

“”7. Jesus also foretold: “Those days will be cut short.” In the initial fulfillment, this happened in 66 C.E. when the Roman army “cut short” its attack. Then, anointed Christians in Jerusalem and Judea fled, allowing for their ‘flesh, or life, to be saved.’ (Read Matthew 24:22; Mal. 3:17) So, what can we expect will happen during the coming great tribulation? Jehovah will “cut short” the attack of the United Nations on false religion, not allowing true religion to be destroyed with the false. This will ensure that God’s people will be saved.””

“”8 What happens after the initial part of the great tribulation has passed? Jesus’ words indicate that there will be a period of time that will last until the start of Armageddon. What events will occur during that interval? The answer is recorded at Ezekiel 38:14-16 and Matthew 24:29-31. After that, we will witness Armageddon, the climax of the great tribulation, which parallels Jerusalem’s destruction in 70 C.E.””  

(Watchtower 7/15/2013 Study Edition; “Tell Us, When Will These Things Be” article; pgs. 5, par.7-8)

Then the cherry on top: “This will not be the time to preach the “good news of the Kingdom.””—might as well cancel the whole Jehovah’s witnesses ministry as well at the same time. Because “The time for “the end” will have come!”, well premature of reality, but it will look close enough for Jehovah’s witnesses to buy and aid the deposition of their own “organization” and ministry as “prophecy fulfilling”.

In reality “The time for “the end”” [of the Bethel apostasy] is what “will have come!”

Jehovah’s Witnesses Delusion Programming in a Nutshell

Main Pattern and Obey, Obey, Obey Directive For Salvation 

“”1-2 Imagine that you are a Christian living in Jerusalem in 66 C.E. … The soldiers… entered the suburbs of Jerusalem… Panic is spreading throughout the city… you…wonder, ‘How can I obey…? …Roman troops start to retreat!…attack is being “cut short.”… you have the opportunity to obey Immediately you flee your life is spared because you obeyed Jesus’ instructions.”” 

Thus the simple formula is an “attack” is coming, it will be “cut short” so Jehovah’s witnesses can flee to wherever the JW organization directs them to be “saved”.

“Soon” Salvation is Involved, “Very Soon”

“”3 Soon, very soon, each of us will face a similar situation. Jesus…used…first-century events to parallel what will occur when the “great tribulation” suddenly breaks out…our very salvation is involvedthese future events will affect us personally.””

Apply Pattern to Future

“”4-6 How will the great tribulation begin?…the destruction of “Babylon the Great.”…the initial part of the future great tribulation will be “cut short”…there will be a brief respite.””

Jehovah’s Witnesses Must Sacrifice and Obey, Obey, Obey

“”7-8 It will be a time to reveal what is really in our heart…mankind will seek refuge in human organizations…God’s people will flee to the refuge that Jehovah provides…the interval…was a time for action and obedience on the part of…Christians…the future interruption…will be an opportunity for…believers to prove their love for Jehovah and give their support to Christ’s brothers…it will involve some measure of sacrifice…leave behind…possessions…to remain faithful, will we be willing to experience material loss? Will we be ready to do whatever is required of us to prove our loyalty to Jehovah?””

End the Jehovah’s witnesses Ministry

“”9 This will not be the time to preach the “good news of the Kingdom.” That time will have passed…God’s people will proclaim a hard-hitting judgment message…a declaration announcing that Satan’s wicked world is about to come to its complete end.””

Expect the Big “Foretold” Attack

“”10 None of this will go unnoticed by our enemies…a coalition of nations…will devise an evil plan…will invade the land of unprotected settlements…will come against those living in security… to take much spoil and plunder, to attack the devastated places…they will be eager to attack Jehovah’s anointed ones as well as their associates.””

Temple Judgment—8th King Judgment Overextension

Though the 8th King designate is not yet world government, it is the main anti-ministerial force actually active. As per specific apostasy development truth in Daniel 11:32a, and Daniel 8:12 that is ultimately the system that “hurls denunciations against the holy covenant” which Bethel has aided by fully “leaving the holy covenant”. (Dan11:30b-35) Thus everything inside of Bethel aids world government development secrecy, and absence of prophetic commentary that describes this development in more detail after the 1990 3rd UN presentation, which is the central 8th King related prophecy Bethel conceals.

Thus effecting a transgression related to that 3rd UN presentation as UN NGO, while covering up the real prophetic meaning, is a strategy to introduce massive transgression in the former anointed Christian guided ministry, to effect a permitted divine judgment, the one specifically tied to the 3rd UN event at Daniel 8:11-14. The transgression and apostasy leaders in Bethel know the UN NGO will effect a coming divinely permitted temple judgment, it is the core “unright condition” now in the anointed Christian ministry, along with terminal Governing Body led supporting lawlessness.

From former judgment overextension principles, this visible Bethel judgment period will also see an attempted anti-ministerial overextension to proceed globally against Jehovah’s witnesses as the Bethel corporate takeover and or deposition phase upon the Jehovah’s witnesses global organization proceeds and completes as the Daniel 8:14 “evening” phase of “trampling” that is divinely required and thus permitted as per Daniel 8:13 for the UN NGO “transgression causing desolation”.

Thus with such false prophetic prematurely misapplied hype and the JW organizational directives accompanying the over excitation of Jehovah’s witnesses it is easier to command Jehovah’s witnesses to come in to the trap, than to go out and physically find and capture Jehovah’s witnesses, when the apostates and impostors start their final phase of attempted anti-ministerial operation intended for Jehovah’s witnesses globally, which over extension is not in the divine judgment decree of Daniel 8:13-14.

And thus that period of attempted over extension will meet with covert angelic anti-8th King interference to end their anti-JW operation by terminating its global anti-ministerial allowance, to counter this overextension while still preserving the then incomplete 8th King permitted global government development continuation. God and Christ will only be delaying and obstructing 8th King global anti-JW operations (Isa66:6) to the degree necessary to ensure the temple purification (Mal3:1-4), recovery (Rev9:1-4) so that the eventual final warning proceeds as foretold into the “morning” phase of Daniel 8:14,26 initial recovery and enlightenment period. (Zech3:1-5; Dan8:13-14; Rev8:1-12)

Thus the 8th King system desired early termination of the now profaned and apostatized anointed Christian JW ministry will be ceased. Instead another three year parallel of the Daniel 8:14 minimum 3.19 year timing is being made preceding the divine cessation and reversal of the “Assyrian” 8th King anti-JW progress.

(Isaiah 37:30-32) “‘And this will be the sign for you: There will be an eating this year of the growth from spilled kernels, and in the second year grain that shoots up of itself; but in the third year sow seed, you people, and reap, and plant vineyards and eat their fruitage. 31 And those who escape of the house of Judah, those who are left remaining, will certainly take root downward and produce fruitage upward. 32 For out of Jerusalem a remnant will go forth and those who escape out of Mount Zion. The very zeal of Jehovah of armies will do this.

(Hosea 6:1-3) “Come, you people, and do let us return to Jehovah, for he himself has torn in pieces but he will heal us. He kept striking, but he will bind us up. 2 He will make us alive after two days. On the third day he will make us get up, and we shall live before him. 3 And we will know, we will pursue to know Jehovah. Like dawn, his going forth is firmly established. And he will come in like a pouring rain to us; like a spring rain that saturates [the] earth.”

This 8th King “sun” symbol is thus delayed and reversed from their original intent for the “revival” of the purified anointed Christian ministry:

(Isaiah 38:8) Here I am making the shadow of the steps that had gone down on the steps [of the stairs] of Ahaz by the sun retrace backward ten steps.”’” And the sun gradually went back ten steps on the steps [of the stairs] that it had gone down.

It is not until Revelation 11:1-7, under “ascending”-to-full 8th King world government, that God permits the full cessation of the anointed Christian “two witnesses” recovered final warning, a number of years after the initial Bethel sacking coming up. By that true final period, under world government completed, the final warning will have been also fully completed (Rev10:5-11) by the events and divine guidance of this temple judgment period.

Thus anointed Christians in the Jehovah’s witnesses global ministerial context do have a “deliverance” “interval” to manifest when the Daniel 8:14 “evening” phase of “desolation” expires, but it will be a deliverance (Rev9:11:1-7) for the final warning “little scroll” ministerial mission to emerge before world government is fully implemented and stated as such, to give full warning of its divine ramifications as the global-trigger of God and Christ’s full sovereign counter arrival.

The Potential Trap

What may be developing by the use of this premature and misapplied prophetic “attack-interval-obey” pattern, is that the initial signal anti-ministerial events on the Bethel corporate system are the first part of the anti-ministerial operation to parallel this delusional “attack” position first. In the interim, that JW expected “interval” of that Bethel corporate sacking “attack” of the JW organization, actually Daniel 8:13 “trampling”, they are planning to then extend and widen the anti-ministerial attack to Jehovah’s witnesses scattered about globally after Bethel is fully in terminal “desolation”.

That is now presented to JWs as the premature “Gog of Magog” delusional broader global “attack” expectation to go out for scattered Jehovah’s witnesses. It is “at that time”, in that “interval”, that they intend to bring in JWs to various locales from “life saving organization” Bethel directives, to aid this anti-JW operation beyond the Bethel corporate judgment and “trampling” epicenter.

This pattern was also present in the Assyrian attack of 740 BCE on Israel. After the initial judgment on Israel (Isa28) was given by God, as is the Bethel parallel sacking of Daniel 8:13-14, Assyria decided to also try to take all of Jerusalem (Isa36:10) later—to over extend their authority and judgment decree of God:

(Isaiah 36:10) And now is it without authorization from Jehovah that I have come up against this land to bring it to ruin? Jehovah himself said to me, ‘Go up against this land, and you must bring it to ruin.’”

Except at that time, Jerusalem was not to be given to Assyria also as per the same judgment prophecy, and neither will Jehovah’s witnesses in global “Judah” be fully given over to 8th King termination, only the JW organization will be allowed the full “Assyrian” 8th King system sacking:

(Isaiah 37:29) Because your exciting yourself against me and your roaring have come up into my ears. And I shall certainly put my hook in your nose and my bridle between your lips, And I shall indeed lead you back by the way by which you have come.” (See Isa31:8-9; Mic5:5-6)

(Isaiah 37:33) “‘Therefore this is what Jehovah has said concerning the king of Assyria: “He will not come into this city, nor will he shoot an arrow there, nor confront it with a shield, nor cast up a siege rampart against it.”’

(Hosea 1:4-7) And Jehovah went on to say to him: “Call his name Jezreel, for yet a little while and I must hold an accounting for the acts of bloodshed of Jezreel against the house of Jehu, and I must cause the royal rule of the house of Israel to cease. 5 And it must occur in that day that I must break the bow (Bethel) of Israel in the low plain (judgment) of Jezreel.” 6 And she proceeded to become pregnant another time and to give birth to a daughter. And He went on to say to him: “Call her name Lo-ruhamah, for I shall no more show mercy again to the house of Israel (JW worldwide organizational judgment; Hos2:1,5; 4:5; 10:14), because I shall positively take them away. ( worldwide Jehovah’s witnesses anointed and earthlings spared complete annihilation in first 8th King attack temple attack of Daniel 8:13; See Zech3:2) 7 But to the house of Judah (worldwide JWs) I shall show mercy, and I will save them by Jehovah their God; but I shall not save them by a bow or by a sword or by war, by horses or by horsemen.; (Thus angels are involved in the real JW deliverance for the final warning recovery. Isaiah 37:36; Mic5:6; Isa31:8-9; Mal3:1-4; Zech3:4-5; Isa66:6);

And that is exactly what Jehovah did by the hand of the angelic “Destroyer” in the time of their over extended attempted attack on Jerusalem:

(Isaiah 37:36-37) And the angel of Jehovah proceeded to go forth and strike down a hundred and eighty-five thousand in the camp of the Assyrians. When people rose up early in the morning, why, there all of them were dead carcasses. 37 Hence Sennacherib the king of Assyria pulled away and went and returned and took up dwelling in Nineveh. 

And that is exactly how Jehovah, by the same Destroyer, will also not allow the 8th King attack to go out globally to all anointed Christians and Jehovah’s witnesses. (Rev9:1-4)

It is the same pattern, as the transitional interval in the “the evening” and “the morning” of Daniel 8:13-14,26 temple judgment (Rev8), to allow the ministerial “morning” of recovery as the parallel recovery of Revelation 9, now replicating in final form upon the final anointed Christian ministerial recovery. That is the real initial “cutting short” of that initial 8th King “trampling” of Daniel 8:13 (Zech3:2), to allow the final warning recovery to come forth (Rev9-11:1-7), with also great prophetic global evidence of fulfillment then active in the final cycle—and the position in prophecy and global development time that anointed Christians and Jehovah’s witnesses are actually at.

In the meantime Jehovah’s witnesses will continue to be deluded by the false-prophetic and premature end hoax pattern and with new “end of the world” hype. (2Thess2:1-2) And so we know why the handy “new Gog of Magog understanding” programming has now been summed up for Jehovah’s witnesses, recently emerged in 2015, to keep this “attack” expectation fresh, summed up as a “coalition of nations” and thus now very well simplified in this 1-2-3 program, 1-2-The End, for the well programmed and deluded Jehovah’s witnesses mindset:

Image and over-simplified formula from Watchtower 5/15/2015 Study Edition.

Mark Daniel 8:14 Starting on a Calendar

Now we can observe how this all plays out “soon, very soon”, according to these latest details of formulaic programmed expectations. Of course an awake Christian will flee the JW organization now (Matt24:25), ignore all directives or calls to go back which may arise in the “interval”. Instead one will test the temple judgment prophecy of Daniel 8:13-14, and merely observe developments that must produce an event or events that clearly mark Daniel 8:13-14 activating.

Mark Daniel 8:14 temple judgment timing by noting the date that significant anti JW organizational sacking development. This can be a corporate attack, or seizure that gives the impression of anti-ministerial meaning, or the fully marked removal of the JW “constant feature”, as in a formal cancellation of the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry, or any combination of these kinds of events. Any event of special notability of the “trampling” of the JW organizational initiating, or all of these developments or possible developments of this nature, come upon Jehovah’s witnesses will begin the timing and “evening” phasing of this prophecy:

(Daniel 8:13-14) And I got to hear a certain holy one speaking, and another holy one proceeded to say to the particular one who was speaking: “How long will the vision be of the (profaned) constant [feature] and of the transgression causing desolation (UN NGO alliance of Daniel 11:31b), to make both [the] holy place (temple “established place”; Dan8:11) and [the] (JW worldwide) army things to trample on?” (first 8th King “trampling” “attack” defining the spiritual meaning of the “tribulation of those days” beginning); 14 So he said to me: “Until two thousand three hundred evenings [and] mornings; and [the] holy place will certainly be brought into its right condition.” (Temple judgment purification completed in this timed period parallel Zechariah 3:4-5, Revelation 8:1-5);

And this is a phased development, the darkness “the evening” phase period comes upon Jehovah’s witnesses first., for a minimum 1150 days, 3.19 years:

(Daniel 8:26) “And the thing seen concerning the evening and the morning, which has been said, it is true. And you, for your part, keep secret the vision, because it is yet for many days.”

If 2300 “evenings and mornings” is 2300 days, then we may see three years of “the evening” phase (1150 days) and three years of the recovering “the morning” phase (1150 days) period. In any case the cryptic nature of the prophecy is there for us to pay attention to how Daniel 8:14 actually transpires as it can have only two timing possibilities, and 1150 days (3.19 years), is the minimum that must transpire.

The real significance of the unique Daniel 8:13-14 events, timing and phasing is that it begins the final prophetic and global development cycle heading to guaranteed world government, not the end yet, because the “tribulation of those days” resolves into the full “healing” of the Revelation 13 final phase “sword stroke” phase.

As a whole global development cycle, that “problem” to world government “solution” development will parallel the final “abyss plunge” and “abyss ascension” of 8th King world government (Rev17:8-11) to also present itself fully (Rev17:11-18) in the course of the global “healing” phase fully in global swing as per Isaiah 41:1 to reinforce global government admiration and acceptance. (Rev13:3, Rev17:8, Rev13:15-18, Dan11:42-45)

Thus Daniel 8:13-14 activating is also Revelation 8:3-5 beginning the whole final “seven trumpets” of Revelation 8-11 and the “seven plagues” of Revelation 15-16 as full prophetic replication upon the original prophetic meanings of the first cycle of 1914-1919.

Thus in reality a whole set of global milestones are set to manifest and eventually be identified as part of the final warning and open salvation invitational process that precedes Christ arrival, and clearly marks the progress of development leading to his arrival in their sovereign and spiritual milestone marking meanings.

Bethel’s premature end central JW delusion is promoted to cover up the meaning of this cycle as long as possible for them to do so, which is divinely limited to be neutralized after the UN NGO “transgression causing desolation” “trampling” and accounting is complete—that is the “evening” phase that must run its full timed course upon the “Worldwide Organization of Jehovah’s Witnesses”, and it will be an action intended to come against all Jehovah’s witnesses, but that ceased by God and Christ (Hos1:4-7), by covert means (Rev9:1-4; Zech3:4-7), for the final warning period to fully emerge. (Rev9-11)

Watchtower Magazine Study Edition July 15, 2015 Article—

“Your Deliverance Is Getting Near”!

“Stand up straight and lift up your heads, because your deliverance is getting near.”—Luke 21:28.
SONGS: 133, 43

(The selected songs “Stay Awake, Stand Firm, Grow Mighty” is the obey directive and “Seek God for Your Deliverance” is the intended deliverance misdirected faith, all actually subverted for Jehovah’s witnesses to obey the Bethel organization and its corrupt UN allied Governing Body.)

HOW WOULD YOU ANSWER?

What events similar to those in 66 C.E. will we soon face?
What time of testing will follow the destruction of “Babylon the Great”?
What gathering work is referred to at Matthew 24:31?

The Main Pattern for the Future Jehovah’s witnesses Premature End Delusion Formula

There will be an attack, it will have a break, in that interval Jehovah’s witnesses will receive a special call to action and obedience.

What we have in this article is the reinforcement of a premature delusion composed of a required “attack” along with the premature “the end” central Bethel delusion and expectation re-hyped, to fully impress this compound delusion in Jehovah’s witnesses as an expected continuum to “the end” to begin once this “attack” initiates. Basically in the JW brain, it is as good as “the end”, so their psychology will be all hopped up “at that time”, opening them up for various controlling directives.

But unique to this article, we now have an identified “brief respite”, which intervallic purpose is not known yet. But it appears the “break” can be used to issue these now expected JW capture directives, “as unsound as they may appear”, to possibly attempt to fill the JW org trap as full as possible in this prepared JW chaos period.

This article uses a known prophetic formulaic pattern of this expected attack and respite from the Jerusalem partial siege and withdrawal of the Romans in 66 C.E. with its “brief respite” as that siege was “cut short” (Matt24:21-22; Matt24:29-31) which allowed the urgent escape opportunity prior to the 70 C.E. total Roman siege and destruction of Jerusalem.

The urgency has been previously impressed into the JW brain in this manner, regarding this break in the 66 C.E. Jerusalem attack:

“15 For no apparent reason, Cestius Gallus and his troops withdrew from Jerusalem and began retreating. The Zealots gave chase. With the warring parties away, Jesus’ followers suddenly had an opportunity to flee. Jesus had specifically instructed them to leave their material possessions behind and depart without delay. (Read Matthew 24:17, 18.) Was prompt action really necessary? The answer soon became clear. Within days, the Zealots returned and began forcing the inhabitants of Jerusalem and Judea to join the rebellion. Conditions within the city rapidly deteriorated as rival Jewish factions struggled for control. Flight became increasingly difficult. When the Romans returned in 70 C.E., flight became impossible. (Luke 19:43)Any who had lingered were trapped! For the Christians who had fled to the mountains, heeding Jesus’ instructions meant saving their lives. They saw firsthand that Jehovah knows how to deliver his people. What lesson can we learn from this account?”

“16 As events unfold during the great tribulation, Christians will need to heed instructions from God’s Word and organization. For example, Jesus’ command to “begin fleeing to the mountains” has a modern-day application. Just what form our flight will take remains to be seen. However, we can be sure that Jehovah will make clear the meaning of those instructions when the time comes for us to follow them. Since our deliverance will depend on obedience, we do well to ask ourselves: ‘Howdo I respond to instructions that Jehovah provides for his people now? Am I quick to respond, or do I hesitate to obey?’—Jas. 3:17.”

Watchtower 4/15/2012 Study Edition; pg. 26, par 15-16.

So “your deliverance is getting near” is because “the end” is getting near, “to the effect the day of Jehovah is here” “soon, very soon”.

Now that account of Jerusalem in 66 C.E. is the truth, but what Bethel is doing is hyping a delusion by misapplied prophecy for a future hoax to direct Jehovah’s witnesses for other purposes, for it is not the actual application time coming up, and it is premature in global development and in the prophetic sequence that forecasts the entire final cycle accurately.

Bypassing the future cycle meaning, and the prophecy and details that fully forecasts it, is what Bethel is actually up to. Rather than tell Jehovah’s witnesses, and those they preach to, that an 8th King world government is foretold to come in, in a final prophetic cycle, Bethel says “the Anglo-American World Power will not be replaced by some future world power”, so King 7 is the end all according to Bethel:

“10 In the 21st century, Britain and the United States have continued their special partnership, often acting together in world affairs. The prophecies about the immense image and the wild beast confirm that the Anglo-American World Power will not be replaced by some future world power. This last world power may be weaker than that represented by the legs of iron, but it will not disintegrate on its own.” 

Well what about King 8—world government?

In prophecy, in reality, there is an “8th” “King”. It comes after the 7th King, rather obviously and sequential in prophecy—1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8—for that very reason. (Rev17:8-18) Its finality must be a full world government to define the “8th” and final “King” meaning. So to Jehovah’s witnesses Bethel just tells them “the prophecies of Daniel and John have been fulfilled to the smallest detail” as in past tense “fulfilled”, and that the prophecy has been completed, no reason to look any deeper or any further into modern prophecy, which is a complete lie:

“19 We are living in the days of the seventh head. No more heads will appear on this beast before it is annihilated. The Anglo-American World Power will be the dominant world power when false religion is eradicated. The prophecies of Daniel and John have been fulfilled to the smallest detail. We can be confident that the destruction of false religion and the battle of Armageddon will soon come. God has revealed these details in advance. Will we pay attention to the prophetic warnings? (2 Pet. 1:19) Now is the time to take sides with Jehovah and to support his Kingdom.—Rev. 14:6, 7.” 

Watchtower 6/15/2012 Study Edition; pg. 9,11, par 10,19

Thus Bethel is just continuing their 2 Thessalonians 2:1-2 fulfilling premature “end of the world” delusion “to the effect the day of Jehovah is here” well premature of prophetic and global developmental reality—they simply bypass the 8th King as id the UN is already a true world government, which it is not. Instead of it being “simply the end brothers”, it is the greatest global cycle to eventually produce final full 8th King world government in all human history about to begin!

The United Nations “image” will be the nucleus of 8th King world government but it will not be, nor is it now, its totality of true “scarlet wildbeast” and true global ruling 8th King world government. The “one hour” (Rev17:12) of the final Revelation 17:8-12 process is that reign of full world government.

Thus this article is Bethel “smooth” wordsmithed (Dan11:32a) with the main intended programming and delusional set-up for the future JW hoax, and then the typical sandwiching of general teachings, and a couple sugary positive shills are weaved in to complete the “epistle to JWs” to down the whole delusional JW sleeping pill as valid, based on prophecy, and that from claimant anointed Christian leaders, which “sandwich” and “tossed salad” of “teachings” then completes the deceptive, deluding and toxic “spiritual meal”. (Rev8:10-11)

This is all nicely outlined in a very simple “formula for the future” composed of future “prophetically backed” expectations of an “attack”, and a miraculous and convenient divine “interval”/”respite”, as a time for special Jehovah’s witnesses action, obedience and support assistance, then the end. It is a JW self fulfilling prophecy, 1-2-3.

Of course the JW organization, not actually God and Christ, is what must obeyed faithfully for “your very salvation”, and those corrupted apostate Bethel UN allies are to receive all necessary Jehovah’s witnesses support and resources—not your family, not your brothers and sisters, not you, not anointed Christians, not your neighbor, but ONLY the Worldwide Organization of Jehovah’s Witnesses—the “JW organization”, and its Governing Body of Pied Vipers are to be the recipients of all Jehovah’s witnesses participation, resources, obedience and faith.

Not even God and Christ are actually in the picture, they are merely props placed there to give credibility to the JW organization and its rogue Governing Body which has assumed and will continue to assume actual command over Jehovah’s witnesses by this deceptive technique of control by misplaced trust and faith.

The Main Pattern to Hijack for Future Delusion

question1. What events took place in 66 C.E.? (See opening image.)

1 Imagine that you are a Christian living in Jerusalem in 66 C.E. A lot has been happening around you. First, the Roman procurator Florus seized 17 talents from the sacred temple treasury. Immediately, Jews rose in revolt, slaughtering the Roman forces in Jerusalem and asserting their independence from Rome. But Rome reacted swiftly. Within three months, 30,000 troops appeared on the scene, led by the Roman governor of Syria, Cestius Gallus. The soldiers quickly entered the suburbs of Jerusalem, and the Jewish rebels retreated to the safety of the temple fortress. Next, the Roman soldiers started to undermine the outer wall of the temple area! Panic is spreading throughout the city. How do you feel as you see all of this happening?



The Setup of the Formula of Future Expectations

The main obey, obey, obey directive and the attack-interval-flight/action = “the end” formula, for future delusional application for misled Jehovah’s witnesses:

question2. What action did Christians in 66 C.E. need to take, and how was this made possible?

2 No doubt you remember the words of Jesus as recorded by the Gospel writer Luke: “When you see Jerusalem surrounded by encamped armies, then know that the desolating of her has drawn near.” (Luke 21:20) However, you may wonder, ‘How can I obey the instructions given along with that warning?’ Jesus also said: “Then let those in Judea begin fleeing to the mountains, let those in the midst of her leave, and let those in the countryside not enter into her.” (Luke 21:21) How can you possibly leave Jerusalem with so many troops surrounding it?

(1) Then, an amazing thing happens. Right before your very eyes, the Roman troops start to retreat! As foretold, their attack is being “cut short.” (Matthew 24:22) 

(2) Now you have the opportunity to obey Jesus’ instructions. 

(3) Immediately you flee to the mountains across the Jordan River, along with all the other faithful Christians in the city and its surroundings. *

[Footnote.] * See The Watchtower, April 15, 2012, pages 25-26. [End of Footnote.]

Then, in 70 C.E., a new Roman army heads for Jerusalem and destroys the city. But your life is spared because you obeyed Jesus’ instructions.

The Application to Future Events Coming “Soon, Very Soon”

Thus that above attack-interval-action formula is to be used later on Jehovah’s witnesses:

question3. What similar situation will Christians soon face, and what will we consider in this article?

3 Soon, very soon, each of us will face a similar situation.

Right here we may rightly ask how is Bethel so certain this is all “very soon”? If this is the case, why build a “New World Order Headquarters” up in Wallkill at the same time to also complete “soon” as well? Why such blatant contradiction of purposes and signals?

It is because Bethel knows the 8th King world government producing “two horned wildbeast” globalizing system has a final global-cycle to begin soon because they have been working in tangent with it—Bethel’s apostasy and internals are part of that globalist “false prophet” now. That is how Bethel knows this “similar situation” is as “soon, very soon” as it is, and why they state it so certainly. Thus the entire delusional complex, and external 8th King supporting aids, work together from within, and outside of, compromised Bethel, to fully hoodwink Jehovah’s witnesses.

1. In 1990, when the globalists set up the 3rd United Nations presentation in the “New World Order” initiative after the Cold War and with the fall of the USSR, Bethel was there for them to cover up the meaning and prophecy of that 3rd UN event and to join them as UN NGO.

2. In the World Trade Center 911 events of 2001, the Bethel provided UN NGO went public in the secular press in October 2001, just a month after 911, as a Bethel provided scandal to emerge publicly in tangent with another globalist world development phase. Then Bethel covered up the meanings of the Global War on Terror.

3. Now when the final great global cycle of final world government development and the prophecy that forecasts it is set to begin, Bethel also covers it all up and instead promotes the “end of the world” delusion to aid the whole process now and for when it begins. Now when logically and prophetically and in the world sovereign system the 7th King nation-state system must “fall” (Dan11:42-43), to allow the true 8th King to rise (Rev17:8-18; Rev11:7), Bethel covers up that simple, numeric, sequential prophetic truth.

Thus Bethel already has worked fully in synchronized tangency and collusion with 8th King producing globalist global phases directly since 1990, just as Daniel 11:32a and Daniel 8:12 foretold of this modern apostasy.

The Latest Red Flags

So with that “soon, very soon” certainty from Bethel we can understand these last few years of waving Bethel red flags more clearly.

1. Now we understand that 2012-2013 Governing Body, “Number 1”, global-debacle “we alone are the faithful slave everyone!” purposeful blasphemy “in the temple” actually marks this Bethel downfall period in a great prophetic signal in literal form. That globally public stellar Governing Body “lifting themselves over everyone” fully, including over God and Christ as the latest “man of lawlessness” portion literally fully emerged at Bethel is so blatant as to be hidden in plain sight.

That brazen self-glorification stunt by Bethel’s foretold apostatized and infiltrated “Governing Body of Lawlessness”, the leading “body of lawlessness” in Jehovah’s witnesses, is actually the “man of lawlessness” prophecy manifesting more fully in tangent with all these other final coup red flags.

2. Now we understand why the JW organization has been reorganized to tighten the global JW herding chain of command. Now we know why they have recently stripped the local congregations of all their insulative liquid assets and administer a new more generic “Kingdom Hall” design with greater post Bethel crash marketability.

3. Now we know why they are milking JWs for every last drop of wealth and resources in also shameless brazen manner of literal organized begging and extortion by guilt fanning in Bethel publications while already pulling in hundreds of millions in JW donations for the King North (8th King) system every year.

4. Now we know why they want JWs all of a sudden online at hyped and rebranded “JW dot org”, so in the event of congregational collapse, more Pied Piper Bethel directives can be fluted out over the Web to the scattered misled JW lemmings all over the world who have an internet connection.

5. Now the “disaster preparedness plan” aligns the Bethel global logistics system of already operational JW herding and management devices, in the JW org, with agencies such as the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) in the US, which become the funneling arms of the national security complex in the time of emergency or martial law in far more ominous manner in recent “Police State” research note.

Thus the Jehovah’s witnesses system is already fully aligned and hyped for such “preparedness” by use of beneficial planning and good intentions of being prepared for emergencies, that can just as easily become a JW herding mechanism facilitated by JW “organizational obedience” directives as “impractical and unsound” as they may appear, “all must be willing to obey”. Thus the JW global-spider-web is well placed, well trusted and well concealed in what would normally be well intentioned preparedness, but not in the case of enemy compromised Bethel internals now operating in the JW organization.

Now we know why this has been networked fully, hyped in JWs, and is ready for the JW herding process globally “at that time” in tangent with delusional Watchtower supporting articles such as this one.

6. Now all the organizational anomalies and strange and ludicrous appeals to mindless obedience to a human organization composed of sinners, apostates, imposters and many well meaning but misled Jehovah’s witnesses, all makes sense when we see what has really developed inside of “son of destruction” Bethel—they are preparing for a full blown anti-JW organization coup—and they want JWs to lend a helping hand, go where they are told to go, and witness it all while “standing up straight” with “uplifted heads” in great hope Christ will soon arrive thinking it is all guaranteed prophecy fulfilling that they are witnessing.

It will be prophecy fulfilling, apostasy prophecy culminating with the “tribulation of those days” beginning, not the “the end” prophecy JWs are misled to think is “fulfilling”.

7. Now we know why Bethel has collected nearly a billion dollars in known New York state real estate asset liquidations in just a few years, to get that JW loot out of the doomed JW “city” before the JW organizational chaos and attack initiates fully. (Eze7:22) And we know the Bethel “New World Order Headquarters” is not going to Jehovah’s witnesses, it is going to Bethel’s 8th King Masters, as it too completes “soon, very soon”.

Thus all these whacked out mixed signals and red flag anomalies flapping at pre-storm Bethel are due to Bethel’s collusive understanding of what is really coming on the JW organization in Bethel’s 8th King collusion provided insights into the final cycle. The external enemy system is fully focused on Jehovah’s witnesses, to end that ministry prematurely and attempt to ensure it never does reform by seizure of its corporate resource base.

(Hosea 7:1-3) “At the time that I would bring healing to Israel, the error of Ephraim is also actually uncovered, and the bad things of Samaria; for they have practiced falsehood, and a thief himself comes in; a marauder band actually makes a dash on the outside. (upon Bethel) 2 And they do not say to their own heart that all their badness I will remember. Now their dealings have surrounded them. In front of my face they have come to be. 3 By their badness they make [the] (8th King/King North) king rejoice, and, by their deceptions, princes. (Bethel is pleasing their enemy system masters they are in direct collusion with, as per prophecy; Dan11:30-32, Dan8:12)

(Nahum 1:10-11) Although they are being interwoven even as thorns and they are drunken as with their wheat beer, they will certainly be devoured like stubble fully dry. 11 Out of you there will actually go forth one who is thinking up against Jehovah what is bad, counseling what is not worth while.

(Ezekiel 7:22) And I shall have to turn away my face from them, and they will actually profane my concealed place, and into it robbers will really come and profane it.

(Isaiah 29:19-21) And the meek ones will certainly increase their rejoicing in Jehovah himself, and even the poor ones of mankind will be joyful in the Holy One of Israel himself, 20 because the tyrant must reach his end, and the bragger must come to his finish, and all those keeping alert to do harm must be cut off, 21 those bringing a man into sin by [his] word, and those who lay bait even for the one reproving in the gate, and those who push aside the righteous one with empty arguments.

(Isaiah 49:24-25) Can those already taken be taken from a mighty man himself, or can the body of captives of the tyrant make their escape? 25 But this is what Jehovah has said: “Even the body of captives of the mighty man will be taken away, and those already taken by the tyrant himself will make their escape. And against anyone contending against you I myself shall contend, and your own sons I myself shall save. 

With all that apostate and lawless activity, then no wonder the judgment must start with the “house of God” first, not Babylon the Great!

(1 Peter 4:17) For it is the appointed time for the judgment to start with the house of God. Now if it starts first with us, what will the end be of those who are not obedient to the good news of God?

The modern UN allied criminal sindicate Bethel; the brothel Madame “mother” “Jezebel” and the deceiving and illegal “Governing Body of UN Pimps” makes long erred Babylon the Great look like a “holy virgin” “girl scout” gleaming in sinless snow white brilliant raiment—that is how actually severe Bethel’s true apostate and impostor ridden state has become—Bethel even out sins Christendom due to the level of accurate knowledge and spiritual responsibility Bethel formerly had entrusted to their oversight. (Luke12:48b)

(Acts 1:20) For it is written in the book of Psalms (109:8), ‘Let his (son of destruction) lodging place become desolate, and let there be no dweller in it,’ and, ‘His office of oversight let someone else take.’

(Revelation 2:20-23) “‘Nevertheless, I do hold [this] against you, that you tolerate that woman Jezebel, who calls herself a prophetess, and she teaches and misleads my slaves to commit fornication and to eat things sacrificed to idols. 21 And I gave her time to repent, but she is not willing to repent of her fornication. 22 Look! I am about to throw her into a sickbed, and those committing adultery with her into great tribulation, unless they repent of her deeds. 23 And her children I will kill with deadly plague, so that all the congregations will know that I am he who searches the kidneys and hearts, and I will give to you individually according to your deeds.

And this temple inspection is that inspection parallel above:

(Zechariah 3:1-3) And he proceeded to show me Joshua the high priest standing before the angel of Jehovah, and Satan standing at his right hand in order to resist him. 2 Then [the angel of] Jehovah said to Satan: “Jehovah rebuke you, O Satan, yes, Jehovah rebuke you, he who is choosing Jerusalem! Is this one not a log snatched out of the fire?” 3 Now as for Joshua, he happened to be clothed in befouled garments and standing before the angel. 

Now the full paragraph:

3 Soon, very soon, each of us will face a similar situation. Jesus not only warned Christians about the destruction of Jerusalem but also used those first-century events to parallel what will occur when the “great tribulation” suddenly breaks out. (Matthew 24:3, 21, 29)

In fact, the good news is that “a great crowd” of people will survive this worldwide catastrophe. (Read Revelation 7:9, 13, 14.) What does the Bible tell us about these upcoming events? 

We should be keenly interested in the answer, for our very salvation is involved. Let us now examine in detail how these future events will affect us personally.

[“Read” scriptures.] Revelation 7:9: After this I saw, and look! a great crowd, which no man was able to number, out of all nations and tribes and peoples and tongues, standing before the throne and before the Lamb, dressed in white robes; and there were palm branches in their hands.

Revelation 7:13, 14: In response one of the elders said to me: “These who are dressed in the white robes, who are they and where did they come from?” So right away I said to him: “My lord, you are the one who knows.” And he said to me: “These are the ones who come out of the great tribulation, and they have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. [End of “Read” scriptures.]

Angels Visit Bethel

This is why when Christ comes into the temple for the purification, after the desolation phase on the Bethel epicenter has completed:

(Malachi 3:1-3) “Look! I am sending my messenger, and he must clear up a way before me. And suddenly there will come to His temple the [true] Lord, whom you people are seeking, and the messenger of the covenant in whom you are delighting. Look! He will certainly come,” Jehovah of armies has said. 2 “But who will be putting up with the day of his coming, and who will be the one standing when he appears? For he will be like the fire of a refiner and like the lye of laundrymen. 3 And he must sit as a refiner and cleanser of silver and must cleanse the sons of Levi; and he must clarify them like gold and like silver…

Christ has found the exact same thing inside of Bethel, and as before in the temple arrival parallel he will deal with them:

(Luke 19:45-46) And he entered into the temple and started to throw out those who were selling, 46 saying to them: “It is written, ‘And my house will be a house of prayer,’ but you made it a cave of robbers.”

(2 Thessalonians 2:8) Then, indeed, the lawless one will be revealed, whom the Lord Jesus will do away with by the spirit of his mouth and bring to nothing by the manifestation of his presence.

And a similar final clean out will be completed, as these “befouled garments” are not laundered, they are fully replaced in the temple judgment:

(Zechariah 3:3-5) Now as for Joshua, he happened to be clothed in befouled garments and standing before the angel. 4 Then he answered and said to those standing before him: “Remove the befouled garments from upon him.” And he went on to say to him: “See, I have caused your error to pass away from upon you, and there is a clothing of you with robes of state.” 5 At that I said: “Let them put a clean turban upon his head.” And they proceeded to put the clean turban upon his head and to clothe him with garments; and the angel of Jehovah was standing by. 

Christ “the messenger of the covenant” as “the angel of Jehovah” oversees that process by angelic means, not human. Another error will not overtake the recovered anointed Christian ministry.

Thus once the divinely permitted action comes on Bethel, angels will become directly involved in the recovery and the removal of the Bethel illegal trespassers and lawless apostate associates.

(Isaiah 66:6) There is a sound of uproar out of the city, a sound out of the temple! It is the sound of Jehovah repaying what is deserved to his enemies.

And all that long before the end, as preparation for the final warning of it. That is the divine purging activity that eventually emerges in the Bethel desolation period running its course as the Daniel 8:14 “evening”. The Bethel coup “attack” context coming up will afford the deployment of these cleansing actions by angels, upon the enemy trespassers and terminal apostates inside the Bethel ministry.

That is why all the detailed temple judgment prophecies at Zechariah 3, Malachi 3, Revelation 8-9, Daniel 8:12-14 and Hosea 1:4-7 are all holy angel loaded to the brim in the details of their purifying outworking information.

Bethel better put that 8th King “all-seeing-eye” in the back of their head, or get ready to be looking over their shoulder the rest of their abbreviated period in this rebellion climax, because they will in time meet covert angelic purges well before the end, to ensure the final warning period will come forth fully as foretold.

(Isaiah 37:36-37) And the angel of Jehovah proceeded to go forth and strike down a hundred and eighty-five thousand in the camp of the Assyrians. When people rose up early in the morning, why, there all of them were dead carcasses. 37 Hence Sennacherib the king of Assyria pulled away and went and returned and took up dwelling in Nineveh. 

(Revelation 9:11) They have over them a king, the angel of the abyss. In Hebrew his name is Abaddon, but in Greek he has the name Apollyon.

There is only one “Destroyer” in the Bible (1Cor10:10, Heb11:28), the “Angel of the Covenant” Jesus Christ, now the “King” and “the Mighty God”, and that is the same purging power that will come upon the Bethel trespassers and follow them home to their “dwelling in Nineveh” to complete it all in time in world judgment. One way or another the whole Bethel apostasy and their internal supporting matrix will be neutralized when the timed desolation phase has ended. (See “Nineveh” apostate Bethel and 8th King world government symbols in Nahum, Zephaniah, and Habakkuk)

(Jonah 2:6b-7,9-10) But out of [the] pit you proceeded to bring up my life, O Jehovah my God.  7 When my soul fainted away within me, Jehovah was the One whom I remembered. Then my prayer came in to you, into your holy temple.9 But as for me, with the voice of thanksgiving I will sacrifice to you. What I have vowed, I will pay. Salvation belongs to Jehovah.” 10 In time Jehovah commanded the fish, so that it vomited out Jonah onto the dry land.

(Revelation 9:1-4) And the fifth angel blew his trumpet. And I saw a star that had fallen from heaven to the earth, and the key of the pit of the abyss was given him. 2 And he opened the pit of the abyss, and smoke ascended out of the pit as the smoke of a great furnace, and the sun was darkened, also the air, by the smoke of the pit. 3 And out of the smoke locusts came forth upon the earth; and authority was given them, the same authority as the scorpions of the earth have. 4 And they were told to harm no vegetation of the earth nor any green thing nor any tree, but only those men who do not have the seal of God on their foreheads.

(Isaiah 12:1-6) And in that day you will be sure to say: “I shall thank you, O Jehovah, for [although] you got incensed at me, your anger gradually turned back, and you proceeded to comfort me. 2 Look! God is my salvation. I shall trust and be in no dread; for Jah Jehovah is my strength and [my] might, and he came to be the salvation of me.” 3 With exultation you people will be certain to draw water out of the springs of salvation. 4 And in that day you will certainly say: “Give thanks to Jehovah, you people! Call upon his name. Make known among the peoples his dealings. Make mention that his name is put on high. 5 Make melody to Jehovah, for he has done surpassingly. This is made known in all the earth. 6 “Cry out shrilly and shout for joy, O you inhabitress of Zion, for great in the midst of you is the Holy One of Israel.”

The Bethel Abrupt Visitation (Malachi 3:1-5)

Now what Bethel possibly would like to do is guide Jehovah’s witnesses through this 7th King downfall period “problem”, and into 8th King “New World Order” world government “solution” whole, while just continuing to morph what is left of Jehovah’s witnesses to accept that development as God’s Kingdom “recovering” the nations. We do not know the whole strategy at this time, so we speculate what would occur had God not stepped in to end the “evening” phase of Daniel 8:13-14. Had Christ not “arrive at the temple” to clean out the vipers, Jehovah’s witnesses would be done, one way, or another, that much is clear:

(Zechariah 3:2) Then [the angel of] Jehovah said to Satan: “Jehovah rebuke you, O Satan, yes, Jehovah rebuke you, he who is choosing Jerusalem! Is this one not a log snatched out of the fire?”

It is not a man that snatches the Jehovah’s witnesses and anointed Christian collective “log” from that very real “fire” of permitted purification developments. (Hos1:4-7)

And had God not acted, as He will when the desolation accounting period has completed (Dan8:13-14, Zech3:4-5), Bethel could do just such a JW mental transformation, because Jehovah’s witnesses are unaware of this final cycle requirement and that the UN system goes into the “abyss” in this 7th King “sword-stroke” downfall, to emerge in final form, as world government. (Rev17:8-18)

Thus the whole final process of 7th-King-to-8th-King world government transition, has a final “abyss plunge” to “abyss ascension” phasing, and a final global “sword stroke” to global “healing” parallel pattern that could be further presented to Jehovah’s witnesses in just such a deceptive manner. In reality, JWs are now being groomed for “New World Order” allegiance and obedience.

That being the case, at the same time UN NGO Bethel has already been morphing the JW collective mind for “New World Order” obedience as exemplified in their mini “King North” protégé in the Governing Body of Sellouts and apostasy guides and the whole morphology of the Jehovah’s witnesses organization over the last 40 years.

And that is why, come the three year approximate point into this divinely permitted JW “trampling” (Dan8:13-14), the 8th King engineers will instead get a visit from things beyond human (Hos1:4-7, Isa31:8-9, Mic5:5-6; Matt25:6), with the divine express intent of neutralizing their specific anti-JW operations globally (Rev9:1-4; Isa66:6), delaying them (Isa38:8), so the final warning period can emerge fully into Daniel 8:14,26 “morning” (Rev9:1-4; Mal3:1-5, Zech3:3-9) for the full final warning recovery; guaranteed. (Rev9-11:1-7)

This JW recovery point is also for them to know Christ is then in the “temple” (Mal3:1-3, 2Thess2:8), and they need to go fully prepare and complete their 8th King world government for Armageddon, the place* they are headed to, for final sovereign confrontation with the Kingdom of God. What comes after the Daniel 8:14 “evening” of desolation ends, is a “private message” to the 8th King (King North) boys from God and Christ, to the 8th King elites and Gog, to “be ready”, their “one hour” has arrived after they complete world government. (Rev17:12-14)

They got mail coming:

(Ezekiel 38:7) Be ready, and let there be preparation on your part, you with all your congregation, those congregated alongside you, and you must become their guard.

(Joel 3:9-11) “Proclaim this, you people, among the nations, ‘Sanctify war! Arouse the powerful men! Let them draw near! Let them come up, all the men of war! 10 Beat your plowshares into swords and your pruning shears into lances. As for the weak one, let him say: “I am a powerful man.” 11 Lend your aid and come, all you nations round about, and collect yourselves together.’” *To that place, O Jehovah, bring your powerful ones down.

By that time, it will very soon be the real time for war with God Almighty, by that time of post temple judgment (Rev8) anointed Christian recovery (Rev9) to also fully announce that Messianic Kingdom completion message globally (Rev10), the “second witness”, the final “two witnesses” open salvation invitation and final global warning (Rev11:1-7) prior to 8th King world government completion and God and Christ’s arrival to also complete the Messianic Kingdom final universal sovereign divinely appointed agency for the final head-on epic sovereign confrontation of the end of the Adamic age. (Rev19:11-21, 2Thess1:6-10; Dan2:31-45; Zeph3:8-9; Rev16:13-19; Rev11:11-19; Amos9:1-3; Isa41; Ps110; Ps2; Joel3:9-17; Zech12:6-9; Zech2:5; Eze38-39; Dan8:25; Dan11:45)

The Diversion to Babylon the Great “Attack” and the Delusion of Approval

Obviously given the UN NGO, the concealment of that 1990 3rd United Nations prophetic “placement” presentation event, the silence on “New World Order” world government progress and intent, an illegal ruling “Governing Body of Slick Tyrants”, and the rampant Bethel organizational lawlessness and global reproach aided stumbling campaign (2Pet2:1-3), Bethel and Jehovah’s witnesses and anointed Christians among them are NOT in a true “clean, virginlike anointed ones of God” standing.

(Isaiah 1:9-12) Unless Jehovah of armies himself had left remaining to us just a few survivors, we should have become just like Sodom, we should have resembled Gomorrah itself. 10 Hear the word of Jehovah, you dictators of Sodom. Give ear to the law of our God, you people of Gomorrah. 11 “Of what benefit to me is the multitude of your sacrifices?” says Jehovah. “I have had enough of whole burnt offerings of rams and the fat of well-fed animals; and in the blood of young bulls and male lambs and he-goats I have taken no delight. 12 When you people keep coming in to see my face, who is it that has required this from your hand, to trample my courtyards?

THAT is the true state of Bethel and the “bad association” corrupting effects now endangering all Jehovah’s witnesses. This is what UN NGO Madame “Mother Bethel” has actually been up to:

(Hosea 2:5) For their mother has committed fornication. She that was pregnant with them has acted shamefully, for she has said, ‘I want to go after those passionately loving me, those giving my bread and my water, my wool and my linen, my oil and my drink.’

(Hosea 4:5-6) And you will certainly stumble in the daytime, and even a prophet must stumble with you, as at night. And I will put your mother to silence. 6 My people will certainly be silenced, because there is no knowledge. Because the knowledge is what you yourself have rejected, I shall also reject you from serving as a priest to me…

Rather, the UN street walking UN NGO pushing JW harlots and the Bethel UN brothel are what we have in reality—but we also keep in mind most Jehovah’s witnesses are totally deceived into this UN NGO promotional campaign. This myth in paragraph 4 below, is all just the modern self deception operation of Bethel for Jehovah’s witnesses (2Thess2:11-12), energized by mere ear tickling to set the delusional air of pre-approval, as if all is said and done by now, for Jehovah’s witnesses to well expect “the end any day now brothers”, for “all is well”, “all is done”, “yes it is the end”.

Thus this whole self approved delusion of a JW ministerial “mission accomplished” that reinforces the impression “the end” is next.

The Beginning of the Great Tribulation

question4. What will mark the start of the great tribulation, and how will this happen?

4 How will the great tribulation begin? The book of Revelation answers by describing the destruction of “Babylon the Great.” (Revelation 17:5-7) How appropriate that all false religion is likened to a prostitute! The clergy have prostituted themselves with the leaders of this wicked world. Instead of loyally supporting Jesus and his Kingdom, they have given their support to human rulers and have compromised godly principles just to gain political influence. They stand in stark contrast with the clean, virginlike anointed ones of God. (2 Corinthians 11:2; James 1:27; Revelation 14:4)

But who will destroy the harlotlike organization? Jehovah God will put “his thought” into the hearts of “the ten horns” of the “scarlet-colored wild beast.” These horns represent all the present political powers that give support to the United Nations, an organization pictured by the “scarlet-colored wild beast.”—

Read Revelation 17:3, 16-18.

[“Read” scriptures.] Revelation 17:3: And he carried me away in the power of the spirit into a wilderness. And I saw a woman sitting on a scarlet-colored wild beast that was full of blasphemous names and that had seven heads and ten horns.

Revelation 17:16-18: And the ten horns that you saw and the wild beast, these will hate the prostitute and will make her devastated and naked, and they will eat up her flesh and completely burn her with fire. For God put it into their hearts to carry out his thought, yes, to carry out their one thought by giving their kingdom to the wild beast, until the words of God will have been accomplished. And the woman whom you saw means the great city that has a kingdom over the kings of the earth.” [End of “Read” scriptures.]

Thus in reality “The clergy” of Christendom and now UN-NGO Bethel “have prostituted themselves with the leaders of this wicked world”. With Bethel, their UN NGO UN partnership, trust in, and obsession with, money, traditions, self righteousness, organizational and “Governing Body” idol worship and “rich man” Bethel materialism, it is now more obvious to many people as the true state of this foretold modern Bethel religious “lawless one” abomination and “harlotry” becomes more publicly realized by mass evidence.

Bethel has both “two horned wildbeast” “false prophet” and Babylon the Great “daughter harlot” developments inside of the Bethel system “transforming” Bethel’s ministry from a “ministry of righteousness” into a Satanic “ministry of deception” “light”. (2Cor11:13-15)

That being the true Bethel internal state, “instead of loyally supporting Jesus and his Kingdom, they have given their support to human rulers and have compromised godly principles just to gain political influence”—it is UN NGO Bethel and that central treason, “those leaving the holy covenant”, that defines that statement in most recent note and apostate significance.

And while fulfilling the apostasy prophecy Bethel simultaneously conceals it, as the signal apostasy of our time is foretold, with also this required premature end delusion cover. (2Thess2:1-4; Dan8:12; Dan11:30-35,41; and all that signal apostasy development being with that 3rd UN presentation also in those prophecies, also co-developing and also being covered up in lieu of the Bethel UN NGO instead.)

Thus Bethel’s “ruling class” has “compromised godly principles just to gain political influence” in the internal Jehovah’s witnesses spiritual politics they play for their own “lifting themselves over everyone” credibility as Bethel’s recognized and feared “kings” ruling now. Actual political harlotry is in the manner in which their protected racket is, for now, permitted by also global “political influence” and financial alignments.

Thus the allowed methods in “legal” non-profit and religious veneered operations to facilitate JW provided asset storage, hedge funds and other non-religious secular wealth and investment stores, in a couple billion dollars assumable, for 8th King aiding managerial embezzlement now, and in the future the legal full seizure of the whole Bethel multi-billion dollar global JW “nest egg”, is all permitted for the Bethel billion dollar “daughter harlot”. The Bethel conduit and the 8th King system tier bankers all aid the process with the incentive of the billions they are having funneled into their system by their latest JW “escorting” “girl” aid.

All of this “cave of robbery” is empowered by compromised Bethel itself, also now milking JWs in accelerated “dairy duty” overtime manner, as of late, to squeeze every last potential drop, draining JWs, during the whole process, of every last possible penny by recently amplified Bethel begging directives.

Thus like their father figure Judas the first “son of destruction”, the modern “son of destruction” Governing Body and Bethel thieves also reveal latent signals of theft as indications of who they are before God fully judges and exposes them:

(John 12:6) He said this, though, not because he was concerned about the poor, but because he was a thief and had the money box and used to carry off the monies put in it.

Bethel is doing the exact same thing.

In addition to the love of money, the Judas “son destruction” betrayal pattern (Zech11) must also manifest from that Governing Body and Bethel den of vipers and thieves to fully fulfill that prophecy in the events they are now predictively programming for Jehovah’s witnesses ministerial deposition. (2Thess2:3-4)

Thus in reality, Bethel is a spiritual-fronted global-racketeering operation, a well veneered organized crime sin-dicate, with substantial billions in investments and modern liquidations now in action, to the tune of at least a billion dollars transferred in some form in public record in part, in just the last five years in New York state real estate assets alone. Who knows the true scale of the Bethel JW treasure trove to be given to King North operations when this coup fully completes—it will be substantial if not total.

(Hosea 7:9) Strangers have eaten up his power, and he himself has not come to know [it].

(Isaiah 1:23) Your princes are stubborn and partners with thieves. 

In fact Bethel scandal is so severe in evidence of their actual lawless dealings and reproaches, the entire nature of the formerly scriptural dialogue of those with questions and criticisms has now devolved into a sifting of Bethel dirty laUNdry all over the Web based global record. Bethel has totally distracted the focus away from the original “Kingdom message”, to a denial of, defense of, and or distraction into, their own actual global scale lawlessness especially emerging under the Governing Body illegal dictatorial tenure since 1976 when the JW ministry was totally hijacked by those rogues.

Thus in reality, the question, “But who will destroy the harlotlike organization?” can actually, and does actually, apply to apostate Bethel. At this time, they are who are the most significant apostasy, “the harlotlike organization”—this is a well placed question indicating insider understanding. Overall that section is a total fantasy of the Jehovah’s witnesses past approval and former up-to-date prophetic validity, when they were exposing the UN as prophecy properly, live and real-time, in 1919 and 1945, and remained unattached to the UN in any way, shape or form.

Such divine approval is no longer the case with modern UN NGO Bethel and their modern foretold apostate JW subversion and diversion campaign. (Zech3:1-3; Dan11:31a)

Now when Bethel says this:

4 “How will the great tribulation begin? The book of Revelation answers by describing the destruction of “Babylon the Great.””

In fact the Bible states the end period begins with Revelation 8’s first four trumpets of the temple judgment. As a parallel it is not until6th to 7th plague developments that actually see Babylon the Great’s deposition under world government. And as Revelation 8 replicates for now the Bethel judgment, we find the 3rd trumpet describes the Bethel fallen “Wormwood Star” of apostasy, well before Babylon the Great goes down:

(Revelation 8:10-11) And the third angel blew his trumpet. (temple judgment alarm explanations) And a great star burning as a lamp fell from heaven (those leaving the holy covenant at Bethel. Dan11:30-32), and it fell upon a third of the rivers and upon the fountains of waters. (Bethel’s teachings are polluted, profanation of Daniel 11:31a, Dan8:12, Zech3:1-3) 11 And the name of the star is called Wormwood. (the whole “evil slave” “man of lawlessness” Bethel and Governing Body misled JW “earth” system and ministry) And a third of the waters turned into wormwood, and many of the men died from the waters, because these had been made bitter. (the effects of the Bethel apostasy are spiritually toxic);

Proof of Babylon the Great deposition under full world government completion, is explained in more detail later, below, for paragraph 7.

Positive Shill 1

In reality Bethel has to go down to allow the final global open salvation offer to go forth fully by the end of the “tribulation of those days:” final 1260 day finale portion heading into world government. So actually, this below is true as per Revelation 14:1-8, so it is a hopeful and positive shill to mix into the overall lie and delusion Bethel is promoting overall, and of course this is all Bethel has to say about that open salvation certainty for those willing at this implied time:

question5,6. Why do we conclude that the destruction of Babylon the Great does not mean the death of all religious people?

5 Should we conclude, though, that the destruction of the religions of Babylon the Great results in the death of all the former members of those religions? Apparently not. The prophet Zechariah was inspired to write about that time. Speaking of someone who was previously part of false religion, the account states: “He will say, ‘I am no prophet. I am a man cultivating the soil, because a man bought me when I was young.’ And if someone asks him, ‘What are these wounds between your shoulders?’ he will answer, ‘Wounds I received in the house of my friends.’” (Zechariah 13:4-6) So, apparently, even some of the clergy will abandon their religious course and deny that they were ever part of those false religions.

Though that is all true in concept (Rev11:13, Rev14:6-8,14-16), it too is misapplied in Zechariah, which is a book that details the modern apostasy and final temple judgment cycle upon the “house of God”, not “Babylon the Great”.

Thus Zechariah 13:4-6 is a repentance development state, not a lying denial, of the whole Zechariah 13 temple purification meaning. And it is in connection with Zechariah 13:7-9 temple judgment 8th King “sword” scattering parallels coming on Jehovah’s witnesses as the modern Daniel 8:13 “trampling” parallel leading to the Zechariah 13:8-9 “1/3” purification parallels of Revelation 8-9 at which time such repentance develops in some among the true temple.

All of Zechariah 13, as per Zechariah 13:1 “a well opened to the house of David and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem for sin and for an abhorrent thing” is the parallel of the coming temple purification (1Pet4:17) in the “take the error of that land away in one day” of Zechariah 3:9 temple judgment and purification to come on Bethel and anointed Christians recoverable. (Matt25:1-13)

(Zechariah13:1-3) 1 “In that day there will come to be a well (spring, fountain) opened to the house of David and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem for sin and for an abhorrent thing. (that spring washes away the Governing Body and “man of lawlessness” Bethel networks and their “wormwood waters”; (Rev8:10-11))

Zechariah is a temple completion revelation that applies to the modern Bethel apostasy and the coming temple judgment, so it is some from among their own house who are to be wounded in the UN NGO “house of my friends”, who repent in the future as the temple judgment is for such purpose as well. But of course Bethel will not admit their own apostasy and true lawless UN aligned and concealing state at this time, they deny this involvement at this time.

(Zechariah13:4-5) 4 “And it must occur in that day [that] the prophets will become ashamed, each one of his vision when he prophesies; and they will not wear an official garment of hair for the purpose of deceiving. 5 And he will certainly say, ‘I am no prophet. I am a man cultivating [the] soil, because an earthling man himself acquired me from my youth on.’ 6 And one must say to him, ‘What are these wounds [on your person] between your hands?’ And he will have to say, ‘Those with which I was struck in the (UN NGO Bethel) house of my intense lovers.’”

This above “shame” is as Bethel is exposed as traitor system in the coming temple judgment as Bethel is a UN NGO allied, controlled, and overrun system, to be exposed in the temple judgment period and after, in the purification, by removal of the apostate parties to enable the final warning producing recovery and full purification by God. The removal of the modern “evil slave”, “man of lawlessness”, “five foolish virgins“; (Zech3:4-5) and others perpetuating the profaned Bethel illusions are all temple judgment parallels.

And this divine “temple” locale purge and eventual full exposition of actual truth, now foreign to Bethel (Hosea10), is carried out during the temple judgment desolation that provides the 8th King “sword” first attack context “awoken” “against my shepherd” of the sheep scattering coming up on anointed Christians and all associated with them in the Bethel abomination, as this below is the coming parallel of the Daniel 8:13 “trampling” that Bethel is now concealing by over advanced “attack” delusions:

Sheep Scattering at Temple Judgment Desolation

(Zechariah13:7) 7 “O sword (8th King; GB aided first temple attack; Dan8:13-14), awake against my shepherd (Christian anointed, but ineffective due to GB “man of lawlessness” override in Bethel systems), even against the able-bodied man who is my associate,” (“Joshua the high priest” Christian anointed class of Zech3:1,3) is the utterance of Jehovah of armies. “Strike the shepherd (attack context of temple judgment), and let those of the flock (JW “sheep”) be scattered; (Selective filtration:) and I shall certainly turn my hand back upon those who are insignificant.” (purification);

We can know this is the temple judgment desolation JW “scattering” coming up, because both the temple recovery preliminary regathering of the sheep from “abyss” of temple desolation (Rev9:1-21) is what occurs first. The final manifestation of Christ for the final separation and gathering of the final anointed and the “great crowd” (Rev7:9-17; Matt24:29-31; Rev14:14-16) in final world judgment are all collection and gathering processes of the complete end, several years after Bethel is judged as a wake up signal (Matt25:1-13; Hag2:7), not the coming initial “scattering” coming up in the divinely permitted temple judgment and “trampling” desolation.

The temple judgment effects the accounting and purification to be able to fully warn of final world judgment well before it arrives as a significant signal upon Jehovah’s witnesses apostasy effects just such a wake up call event of global notoriety and convertibility to future prophetic explanations. (Rev8:6-12)

Thus Bethel is just feeding in an out of context scripture as a positive salvation shill to sell this article, when in fact Zechariah 13 comes on them first. Isaiah, Hosea, Joel, Micah, Amos, Zechariah, and Malachi contain detailed information on this coming initial “trampling” of Daniel 8:13 and the modern temple judgment meaning.

The Trap Setup

Now a little new detail is being setup now by application to coming premature, but very real, events to be used on Jehovah’s witnesses later:



6 How will God’s people fare at that time? Jesus explains: “In fact, unless those days were cut short, no flesh would be saved; but on account of the chosen ones those days will be cut short.” (Matthew 24:22) As we considered, in 66 C.E. the tribulation was “cut short.” This allowed “the chosen ones,” anointed Christians, to flee the city and its environs. Likewise, the initial part of the future great tribulation will be “cut short” because of “the chosen ones.” The political “ten horns” will not be allowed to annihilate God’s people. Rather, there will be a brief respite.

The Introspective Motivation and Call to Action

Thus the implication of “fleeing into the organization”, and the “you very salvation is involved” guilt-hype-program for motivating Jehovah’s witnesses future “obedience”, “faithfulness”, “support” reactions is all jam packed into this “logical” summary:

A Time of Testing and Judgment

question7,8. What opportunity will present itself after the destruction of false religious organizations, and how will God’s faithful people stand out as different at that time?

7 What will happen after the destruction of false religious organizations? It will be a time to reveal what is really in our heart. The majority of mankind will seek refuge in human organizations that are likened to “the rocks of the mountains.” (Revelation 6:15-17) Figuratively speaking, however, God’s people will flee to the refuge that Jehovah provides. In the first century, the interval was not a time for a mass conversion of Jews to Christianity. It was a time for action and obedience on the part of those who were already Christians. Similarly, we cannot expect that the future interruption in the great tribulation will result in an influx of new believers. Rather, it will be an opportunity for all true believers to prove their love for Jehovah and give their support to Christ’s brothers.—Matthew 25:34-40.

Now that statement of a JW call to obedience action above, now logically cross relates with this “obey as crazy as it may sound” JW directive of November, 2013: “at that time, the lifesaving direction that we receive from Jehovah’s organization may not appear practical from a human standpoint” “All of us must be ready to obey any instructions we may receive, whether these appear sound from a strategic or human standpoint or not” which JW directive has already been covered in the Watchtower 11/15/2013 issue previously.

Even at this time NOW, these crazy Bethel directives are already “impractical” and “unsound”! We know why that Watchtower 11/15/2013 article set off some red flags for some Jehovah’s witnesses, it already sounds suspicious to the wary person.

But now we know why more fully. Now is revealed in print in more detail the nature of some of the implied crazy demands Bethel will make “very soon”, now predictively programmed in more detail in the very “interval” it is to be expected to peak in, in more ludicrous details of total JW abandonment of all reason, reality, self and resources, and the general manner in which Jehovah’s witnesses will be deceived to fully support Bethel’s sacking while it is going on:

8 Although we do not fully understand all that will happen during that time of test, we can expect that it will involve some measure of sacrifice. In the first century, Christians had to leave behind their possessions and endure hardships in order to survive. (Mark 13:15-18) To remain faithful, will we be willing to experience material loss? Will we be ready to do whatever is required of us to prove our loyalty to Jehovah? Just think! At that time, we will be the only ones following the example of the ancient prophet Daniel by continuing to worship our God no matter what.—Daniel 6:10, 11.

Now we can assume rather than flee UN NGO Bethel “apostate Jerusalem”, Bethel will funnel and herd JWs into the doomed city in accelerated manner, by the use of the JW organization and its “disaster preparedness” network they have recently fully installed over the whole JW logistics system.

Thus we may also wonder: Will Bethel use that “interval” to also try to fill the JW organizational trap with as many JWs as possible by inviting back ex-JWs, and Bible studies, and all interested to come to the “the refuge that Jehovah provides”? We will have to wait and see, but it is possible and likely they will try to funnel in all the people they can into this well laid JW organizational spider web “at that time”.

Babylon The Great Diversion

Of course this below, is a total bypass of a huge global anti-religion event set to complete under 8th King full “one world government” and their final “one world religion” Babylon the Great purges (Rev17:15-18) at the end (rev16:12,19) of the whole coming cycle of several years:


7 What will happen after the destruction of false religious organizations? 

So for Bethel to make such a premature claim, with ZERO secular evidence, is just a handy total bypass of modern nation-state reality. As fully backed by global research indications, the global deposition of religious institutions is the last priority at this time, for global researchers are revealing, instead, a massive global cycle is what is forming in the true peril of the sovereignty of national governments themselves!

The US and EU national systems are in the worse fiscal and debt shape of them all! Their own ship is on a precipice of global financial storm and collapse that can conservatively be 100s of times more severe than the tremor of 2008.

So what Bethel is doing, is just foisting up a diversion in the true Babylon the Great deposition prophecy (Rev16:12-19), to develop at the end of this great global cycle and its globalization culmination, with the national sovereign transference into world government (Rev17:15-18), that will fulfill then under full “ascended” world government, as if JWs should just take Bethel’s baseless, premature, unresearched and totally unbacked assertion at this time at face value.

Instead, global claimant Islamic “Global Jihad” radicalism versus global claimant Christian “Global Crusade” radicalism, global scale national civil-race-war, 100s of trillions in debt and unfunded liability in the US and EU sovereign debt systems imploding, and the BRICS “coalition of nations” rising, must first be dealt with by the 8th King King North Anglo-American powers to assimilate all the nations, first, into full world government—that is the coming task at hand for the Anglo-American globalist-empire, shedding the 7th King “old world order” national sovereign system, for total 8th King full globalization and their “new world order” actual worldwide implementation of world government unipolar sovereignty by the use of this great global cycle. (Rev13; Dan11:42-45)

Is not enough already on the plate of the national powers and the 8th King globalists? Why toss a totally lower priority anti-religious invasion into that volatile mix now? Why throw in the Babylon the Great religious system into such a mix of far higher priorities and far more volatile impending developments of instability?

As with the error now present in Jehovah’s witnesses, is not global-religious confusion and delusion, instead, most useful to use during this final cycle for its entirety to aid its “divide and conquer” destabilization effects as long as possible aiding the whole process?

Of course it is.

And deluded Jehovah’s witnesses are a prime example of the usefulness of religious error and delusion to lead people astray, and it is the actual first target priority in that JW ministry to depose first (1Pet4:17)—not Babylon the Great, which is just a handy Bethel assumed diversion and sleight of hand that Bethel uses as a primary JW distraction device to further mislead Jehovah’s witnesses expectations and attention in the wrong direction.

Babylon The Great Deposed Under World Government, at the End of the Coming Final Global Cycle

Prophecy and logic also tells us Babylon the Great must instead be deposed under 8th King full world government several years from now. Keep in mind 1 Peter 4:17 that states the judgment is to start with God’s house first. In the meantime, these are the top three reasons why Babylon the Great is deposed under full 8th King world government, NOT to start the tribulation (1Pet4:17):

1 The Babylon the Great global religious institution is actually most useful to aid confusions and divisions for the full outworking of the whole final “tribulation of those days” cycle from start to finish (world government). Why depose the most useful global religious error global-“harlot” first? right when global religious confusion is needed the most?

2. Deposing Babylon the Great (BTG) deep into the final cycle (Dan11:42-45), nearing and into its full world government finale (Rev17:15-18; Rev18), would be most advantageous to then use BTG massive stored global-wealth distribution to aid the national recovery (Isa41:1; Rev13:3, Rev17:8), to give the final cycle a final stage global-wealth and capital boost (a few 100 trillion in BTG hard assets; Rev17:15-18) for all the nations to benefit from at the time it is most useful to aid world government credibility.

3. Deposing Babylon the Great at the end of the cycle will also maximize the “world peace” global-psychological effect for 8th King world government global acceptance. Deposing Babylon the Great “religious warmonger” will have a great global psychological effect upon the then functioning world system (Rev18:9-18) and the global recovery claims aiding world government “world peace” believability. (1Thess5:1-3)

Obviously those pictured at Revelation 18:9-18 are more concerned with Babylon’s destruction for selfish reasons of profiteering (and the world government’s authority), not their own destruction at that time, because that occurs in 8th King world government totality final period of the final cycle as total world judgment by Christ. (Rev17:8-18; Rev19:19-21)

The house of God’s judgment, coming on the apostate Bethel epicenter for the UN NGO, is what actually starts the “tribulation of those days”:

(1 Peter 4:17) For it is the appointed time for the judgment to start with the house of God.

The Cherry on Top: JW “Constant Feature” Removal—Let Us Cancel the Jehovah’s Witnesses Global Ministry While We Are At It!

(Daniel 8:11) And all the way to the Prince of the army it put on great airs, and from him the constant [feature] was taken away, and the established place of his sanctuary was thrown down.

Now the apostate and impostor goal can be further met from Bethel’s own mouth: “the preaching works is over brothers!” “well done!” “goodbye!”.

As the “cherry on top”, in the deposition process of the JW organization, they can kick it all off with the premature cessation of the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry itself, now also predictively programmed and expected as if scriptural, to come about by Bethel’s own pre-programmed future policy.

question9,10. (a) What message will God’s people deliver at that time? (b) How will the enemies of God’s people react?

9a This will not be the time to preach the “good news of the Kingdom.” That time will have passed. The time for “the end” will have come! (Matthew 24:14) 

Contrary to Matthew 24:14, Jehovah’s witnesses have not completed the preaching of the “good news of the Kingdom”. And worse, they have severed all modern UN and globalization insight from the prophecies those developments have been fulfilling since 1990 at the same time!

JWs dropped the UN exposition ball at the ’45, 1945, at second UN presentation, and are now dancing in the end zone with a fumbled ball at the 1990 3rd UN presentation unexplained, silenced, and ignored while Bethel JW QB-GB is calling plays as UN NGO with the very rival 8th King sovereign system we are supposed to be exposing live and real-time as prophecy!

The game is far from over in reality! JWs are now going to be sacked too boot while yellow flags for divine fouls fill the air! So in reality the enemy system inside of Bethel is planning to prematurely abort the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry in literal manner, as it is already aborted in spiritual manner, to just make it all official: attempted game over and JW voluntary forfeiture.

This premature ministerial “constant feature” cessation of the former anointed Christian ministry, now hijacked and derailed, is divinely permitted for it is now a stalled, subverted and profaned “constant feature” anyways, as per prophecy. (Dan11:31a,32a) That being the case this entire anti-ministerial divine permission of ministerial cancellation is allowed to fulfill more prophecy and provide a notable prophetic signal event marker for then and for future reference—the final temple judgment—which will also provide the eventual divine actions to rectify this “constant feature” diversion and modern inaccuracy in time (Mal3:1-5; Zech3:1-5), which will instead be active, and in time (Dan8:14), it will all be connected to final cycle prophecy that it will be fulfilling live and real-time at that time. (Dan8:13-14, Rev8:3-5, Zech3:1-9)

The temple judgment, not the “attack on Babylon the Great”, is what really begins (1Pet4:17), not ends, this final cycle of prophecy and global developments, by then on the way to continuing the final world government birthing cycle—”the end” will have been but a Bethel delusion to empower a true JW global hoax period and severe JW delay and debilitation. (2Thess2:1-2)

Thus that “The time for “the end” will have come!” is this very same premature delusion Paul warned of by inspiration:

(2 Thessalonians 2:1-2) However, brothers, respecting the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ and our being gathered together to him, we request of you 2 not to be quickly shaken from your reason nor to be excited either through an inspired expression or through a verbal message or through a letter as though from us, to the effect that the day of Jehovah is here (prematurely).

And those “as though from us” “apostles” are up at apostate Bethel whose “superfine apostles” (2Cor11:13-15) are now plying this exact same premature end delusion, while making this “as though from us [apostles]” apostolic claim:

“The channel he used for spiritual feeding was clearly recognizable. After all, the apostles—the original members of the governing body—could provide visible proof of heavenly backing.”

(Watchtower July 15, 2013; pg. 18, par. 12)

(2 Corinthians 11:13-15) For such men are false apostles, deceitful workers, transforming themselves into apostles of Christ. 14 And no wonder, for Satan himself keeps transforming himself into an angel of light. 15 It is therefore nothing great if his ministers also keep transforming themselves into ministers of righteousness. But their end shall be according to their works.

And now the final false prophecy of the apostate Bethel tenure illegal reign to be put into Jehovah’s witnesses’ mouths, to eventually turn into a final reproach and global laughing stock failure as this doomed to failure “hard hitting judgment message”, actually coming on Bethel, not the world system at this premature period of time, is predictively programmed here:

9b No doubt God’s people will proclaim a hard-hitting judgment message. This may well involve a declaration announcing that Satan’s wicked world is about to come to its complete end. The Bible likens this message to hailstones when it says: “Great hailstones, each about the weight of a talent, fell from heaven on the people, and the people blasphemed God because of the plague of hail, for the plague was unusually great.”—Revelation 16:21.

Thus in time, that whole “Satan’s wicked world is about to come to its complete end” “hard hitting judgment message” will utterly fail. Instead Satan’s wicked Bethel apostasy is what will have come to its complete end. Obviously Jehovah’s witnesses will eventually plunge into the full grip of utter bewilderment, perplexity and a total prophetic loss as to what is really going on—the whole final objective of this Bethel modern viper nest of lies and delusions will be to toss Jehovah’s witnesses into an utter global darkness effect. (Dan8:14,26; Rev9:1-4; Hos6:1-3; Matt25:6)

Hence the “evening” of Daniel 8:14,26 will become obvious by this very JW darkness that must be ascertained later. (Hos6:1-3, Rev9:1-4; Dan8:13-14,26)

Attack Expectation Self Fulfilling Prophecy

Now this overly advanced attack expectation of “Gog of Magog” is what will be used inside the Jehovah’s witnesses misled psychology, to cover up the true nature of the Bethel downfall in the temple judgment required desolation period for the UN NGO sins, actually, instead, activating Daniel 8:13 “trampling” and Daniel 11:41 Bethel “invasion” in fully visible global anti-JW-org actions.

This final Gog of Magog attack, which occurs several years after Bethel’s full sacking judgment and exposure, under full 8th King world government as the Daniel 8:25 “attack” and Daniel 11:44 “attack” parallels of Revelation 11:7-10, is promoted by Bethel now, in over-advanced manner, to be coming “soon, very soon”.

Accordingly, this is the delusion JWs will soon be under:

10 None of this will go unnoticed by our enemies. Under inspiration, the prophet Ezekiel explains what Gog of Magog, a coalition of nations, will do: “This is what the Sovereign Lord Jehovah says: ‘In that day thoughts will come into your heart, and you will devise an evil plan. You will say: “I will invade the land of unprotected settlements. I will come against those living in security, without disturbance, all of them living in settlements unprotected by walls, bars, or gates.” It will be to take much spoil and plunder, to attack the devastated places that are now inhabited and a people regathered from the nations, who are accumulating wealth and property, those who are living in the center of the earth.’” (Ezekiel 38:10-12) Spiritually speaking, God’s people will stand out as unique, “in the center of the earth,” as it were. This will be too much for the nations. Yes, they will be eager to attack Jehovah’s anointed ones as well as their associates.

Now because the Gog of Magog “new understanding” has recently emerged as a convergent “coalition of nations”, and has been tentatively aligned with the “King North” present delusion, “King North” is now also potentially available for more Jehovah’s witnesses final delusion usage in the future, to possibly coincide with this leg of delusions described here.

Now as the 7th King system starts to enter its final global “sword-stroke” cycle, potential Russian based intrigues, if they manifest, can then be applied to the over advanced former USSR=”King North” error in Daniel 11:44-45, to further this premature “end of the world” delusion to the maximum.

Jehovah’s witnesses already are, and will continue then, to think Daniel 11:44 is the “attack” that is fulfilling, also way too soon in the actual prophetic progress, which also supports this same premature “the end” delusion.

It also conceals the nature of this final global conflict to produce the initial “sword-stroke” context, to also provide the 8th King world government final “healing” phase to back their final required world government presentation, several years from now as the real Daniel 11:44-45, and Daniel 8:25 parallel finale culmination into world government. (Rev17:8-18; Dan12:11)

Thus rather then inform people of the final “ascension” phase of the 8th King (Rev17:8-18), into full world government, from a required future UN “abyss” state enabled by this very 7th King downfall global period coming up, with a peak global “sword-stroke” phase and then the hopeful recovery global “healing” phase, Bethel is merely fast-tracking the “end the world” impression, that can use these severe coming global events and transformations to aid the overall premature end delusion.

(Daniel 11:41) He (8th King) will also actually enter into the land of the Decoration (infiltrates the Bethel ministry internally first; But this must become globally notable), and there will be many [people] that will be made to stumble. (Matt24:15; Luke21:20 signal development present now at Bethel; Stumbling people is also the lawless Bethel subversion goal, but it too will have a climax event. Parallels Daniel 8:11-13 and Daniel 11:30-35 events and meaning);

Thus that invasion of the “Decoration” above, is this divinely required, permitted Daniel 8:13 “trampling” that marks the “evening” desolation phase of this final cycle initiating judgment:

(Daniel 8:13-14) And I got to hear a certain holy one speaking, and another holy one proceeded to say to the particular one who was speaking: “How long will the vision be of the (profaned) constant [feature] and of the transgression causing desolation (UN NGO alliance of Daniel 11:31b), to make both [the] holy place (temple “established place”; Dan8:11) and [the] (JW worldwide) army things to trample on?” (first 8th King “trampling” “attack” defining the spiritual meaning of the “tribulation of those days” beginning); 14 So he said to me: “Until two thousand three hundred evenings [and] mornings; and [the] holy place will certainly be brought into its right condition.” (Temple judgment purification completed in this timed period parallel Zechariah 3:4-5, Revelation 8:1-5);

(1 Peter 4:17) For it is the appointed time for the judgment to start with the house of God.

Complete the Delusion Sandwich

What follows in this article in the rest of the paragraphs, is just a way to end the article with a mashup of actual truths merely grafted and shuffled in to support the over-advanced expectations previously ironed in. Since paragraphs 1-10 contain the main delusion setup points the Bethel “son of destruction” wants fresh in the JW brain program, the rest just helps massage it in as the ending song is the final marinade of hypnotic syrup to impress the whole programmed message into the JW collective mindset.

question11. (a) What do we need to remember with regard to the sequence of events during the great tribulation? (b) How will people react to the signs that will appear in heaven?

11 As we examine what happens next, we need to keep in mind that God’s Word does not reveal the exact time order of events. It seems likely that some events will overlap. 

In reality the EXACT ORDER OF FINAL MILESTONE EVENTS CAN BE KNOWN (Rev1:1) in that “seven trumpet” and “seven plague” parallel gauging (Rev8-11, Rev15-16). And the timed periods of Daniel 8:14, Revelation 11:2-3 (Dan12:7; Rev13:5) and Daniel 12:11 (Rev14), all together as a final cycle framework, reveal all the milestone event period meanings and timed periods and their milestone meanings to begin with this temple judgment (Dan8:13-14; Rev8:3-5) coming up. True, “some events will overlap”, but God’s Word reveals it all for the final cycle awareness.

Jesus states in his prophecy about the conclusion of this system of things: “There will be signs in the sun and moon and stars, and on the earth anguish of nations not knowing the way out because of the roaring of the sea and its agitation. People will become faint out of fear and expectation of the things coming upon the inhabited earth, for the powers of the heavens will be shaken. And then they will see the Son of man coming in a cloud with power and great glory.” (Luke 21:25-27; read Mark 13:24-26.) 

In reality these “signs” are active now in signal portents of globalization (Rev16:13-16), and its financial (Dan11:42-43) and military (Joel 3:9-12) global positioning developments, that allow the nature and potential severity of this final cycle to be known by some researchers and others before it arrives, from the world’s own globalism research and societal “light” sources.

Instead another hoax set-up is potentially being promoted by Bethel here, for the future with now JW expected literal “signs”, when in fact the “sun, moon and stars” are, as usual, symbolic of global power systems (Rev6:12-17) that are being “dimmed” in the future as the “old world order” transitions out of the world power scene in the very real events of Matthew 24:29 which Luke 21:25-26 was the preceding signals of.

Will the fulfillment of this prophecy include frightening signs and events in the literal heavens? We will have to wait and see. But whatever the case, the signs will cause terror and panic in the hearts of God’s enemies.

[“Read” scripture.] Mark 13:24-26: “But in those days, after that tribulation, the sun will be darkened, and the moon will not give its light, and the stars will be falling out of heaven, and the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken. And then they will see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory. [End of “Read” scripture.]

The Mark 13:24-26 parallel Matthew 24:29-31 actual events are what these modern “signs” of Luke 21:25-26 are the modern day “portents” of, now present in the world system. Bethel remains mum on all these modern globalization “signs”, to continue their work of truth and prophecy cover up to aid world government developmental secrecy by concealing the signals of, the meaning and the requirement of this final cycle of world development, and the prophecy that forecasts it completely.

Thus applying this key prophecy to literal celestial events, though possible, is just a distraction away from the more significant signals now emerging from the world system itself which is actually what the prophecy is saying. In this way Bethel can bypass all globalization “signals” that support the development of world government as if none of it is happening now to further retard JWs in the ignorance of world events and developments in progress.

Of course this below is basically true, merely over-simplified and over advanced in time to bolster the current Jehovah’s witnesses delusion complex:

question12,13. (a) What will happen when Jesus comes “with power and great glory”? (b) How will God’s servants react at that time?

12 What will happen when Jesus comes “with power and great glory”? This will be a time for rewarding those who are faithful and for punishing those who are not. (Matthew 24:46, 47, 50, 51; 25:19, 28-30) According to Matthew, Jesus finished giving the composite sign with the parable of the sheep and the goats, saying: “When the Son of man comes in his glory, and all the angels with him, then he will sit down on his glorious throne. All the nations will be gathered before him, and he will separate people one from another, just as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats. And he will put the sheep on his right hand, but the goats on his left.” (Matthew 25:31-33) What judgment will the sheep and the goats hear pronounced on them? The parable finishes with the words: “These [the goats] will depart into everlasting cutting-off, but the righteous ones into everlasting life.”—Matthew 25:46.

13 How will the goats react when they realize that “everlasting cutting-off” awaits them? They “will beat themselves in grief.” (Matthew 24:30) But how will Christ’s brothers and their faithful companions react at that time? With full faith in Jehovah God and his Son, Jesus Christ, they will heed Jesus’ command: “As these things start to occur, stand up straight and lift up your heads, because your deliverance is getting near.” (Luke 21:28) Yes, we will have a positive attitude, confident of deliverance.

Picture on page 18: We will have a positive attitude, confident of deliverance!

Now if you look at the background of this article’s second artwork depiction with the “we will have a positive attitude, confident of deliverance” caption:

What do you see in the background? Could that be active “wars and reports of wars” “and disorders” perhaps? Then by now Jehovah’s witnesses should know, “the end” cannot come while wars and chaos are active in the world:

(Matthew 24:6) you are going to hear of wars and reports of wars; see that you are not terrified. For these things must take place, but the end is not yet.

(Luke 21:9) Furthermore, when you hear of wars and disorders, do not be terrified. For these things must occur first, but the end does not [occur] immediately.”

The real “the end” comes under 8th King world “peace and security” (1Thess5:1-3), the “freedom from care” to come, of Daniel 8:25 under completed 8th King world government. It is the 8th King “new world order” world government that emerges from the coming limited, but severe, global chaos periods of the “tribulation of those days”. That is why Christ arrives after the “tribulation of those days” has expired. (Matt24:29-31)

Even the context of that Watchtower illustration is a smoothly presented lie. Those witnesses are going to be standing out there for quite a while for this tribulation to run its full foretold course.

The real end comes under a fully functional, recovering and greatly hopeful period of global “healing” (Isa41:1) and “scarlet wildbeast” world government “ascension” from this very tribulation transition period (Hag2:7; Matt24:29) Bethel is attempting to sell to Jehovah’s witnesses as “the end”, well premature of its reality.

Positive Shill 2

This is a truth that the 144000 must complete and the final part of them will be “transferred” from among “we the living who are surviving” (1Thess4:17) among the “remaining ones of her seed” (Rev12:17) that are present, alive and well, at Christ’s arrival after world government completes fully beginning Revelation 14’s final sequence at that time.

Shining Brightly in the Kingdom

question14,15. What gathering work will occur after the start of the attack by Gog of Magog, and what does this gathering work involve?

14 What will happen after Gog of Magog starts the attack on God’s people? Both Matthew and Mark record the same event: “[The Son of man] will send out the angels and will gather his chosen ones together from the four winds, from earth’s extremity to heaven’s extremity.” (Mark 13:27; Matthew 24:31) This gathering work does not refer to the initial ingathering of anointed ones; nor does it refer to the final sealing of the remaining anointed ones. (Matthew 13:37, 38) That sealing happens before the outbreak of the great tribulation. (Revelation 7:1-4) So, what is this gathering work that Jesus mentions? It is the time when the remaining ones of the 144,000 will receive their heavenly reward. (1 Thessalonians 4:15-17; Revelation 14:1) This event will take place at some point after the beginning of the attack by Gog of Magog. (Ezekiel 38:11) Then these words of Jesus will be fulfilled: “At that time the righteous ones will shine as brightly as the sun in the Kingdom of their Father.”—Matthew 13:43. *
[Footnote.] * See The Watchtower, July 15, 2013, pages 13-14. [End of Footnote.]

15 Does this mean that there will be a “rapture” of the anointed ones? Many in Christendom believe, according to this teaching, that Christians will be bodily caught up from the earth. Then, they expect that Jesus will visibly return to rule the earth. However, the Bible clearly shows that “the sign of the Son of man” will appear in heaven and that Jesus will come “on the clouds of heaven.” (Matthew 24:30) Both of these expressions imply invisibility. Additionally, “flesh and blood cannot inherit God’s Kingdom.” So those who will be taken to heaven will first need to be “changed, in a moment, in the blink of an eye, during the last trumpet.” * (Read 1 Corinthians 15:50-53.)

[Footnote.] * The fleshly bodies of the anointed alive at that time will not be taken to heaven. (1 Corinthians 15:48, 49) Their bodies will likely be disposed of in the same manner that Jesus’ body was removed. [End of Footnote.]

Therefore, while we do not use the term “rapture” here because of its wrong connotation, the remaining faithful anointed will be gathered together in an instant of time.

[“Read” scripture.] 1 Corinthians 15:50-53: But I tell you this, brothers, that flesh and blood cannot inherit God’s Kingdom, nor does corruption inherit incorruption. Look! I tell you a sacred secret: We will not all fall asleep in death, but we will all be changed, in a moment, in the blink of an eye, during the last trumpet. For the trumpet will sound, and the dead will be raised up incorruptible, and we will be changed. For this which is corruptible must put on incorruption, and this which is mortal must put on immortality. [End of “Read” scripture.]

Thus the truthful portion is weaved in to sell the whole article, for that anointed Christian 144000 completion truth is a clearer actual “new light” that is scriptural as well as logical in that Messianic Kingdom completion requirement that all 144000 be fully anointed and affirmation sealed to enable that required completion. (Jude14-15) Of course the Messianic Kingdom completion certainty and the need to tell all about it is not a priority at apostate Bethel, they are purposely stuck at the “Kingdom birth” phase of the past, to also derail and stall JWs in regard to the Messianic Kingdom completion final phase coming up. The only time Bethel uses a truth like this, is to sell and soothe in a lie at the same time.

Instead working against anointed Christians, attempting to corrupt them, and discouraging acceptance of the anointing is what “set in opposition” Bethel is doing. They are trying to deplete anointed numbers (Matt25:1-13), and impede that 144000 completion that enables the Messianic Kingdom completion, which is the eventual subject matter of the second of the “two witnesses”.

But at the same time of this prematurity, this is also the obvious Bethel backed delusion in reference to this prophecy below and its premature “gathering” delusion of this same Christ “gathering” arrival inference for that final gathering purpose of Matthew 24:29-31:

(2 Thessalonians 2:1-2) However, brothers, respecting the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ and our being gathered together to him, we request of you 2 not to be quickly shaken from your reason nor to be excited either through an inspired expression or through a verbal message or through a letter as though from us, to the effect that the day of Jehovah is here.

Thus rather than also fully explain the Messianic Kingdom completion requirement and its full final cycle of Revelation 8-11 in all “seven trumpets” in final fulfillment, Bethel just uses interspersed deep future truth, to sell their current “letter, as though from us, to the effect that the day of Jehovah is here” well premature of reality.

In that total completion requirement, the 8th King world government must also fully complete even before Christ arrives for that final gathering.

And, by that advanced time period, the “second witness” final warning will have to have also gone forth fully (Rev11:1-7), as the required final anointed Christian mission to have effected those actual final anointings and the final affirmation sealing (Rev7:1-4), in that final warning being fully carried out as foretold, to full summarization of the whole “good news” “sacred secret” prophecy totality before the final events culminate:

(Revelation 10:5-8) And the angel that I saw standing on the sea and on the earth raised his right hand to heaven, 6 and by the One who lives forever and ever, who created the heaven and the things in it and the earth and the things in it and the sea and the things in it, he swore: “There will be no delay any longer; (Matt25:5) 7 but in the days of the sounding of the seventh angel, when he is about to blow his trumpet, the sacred secret of God according to the good news which he declared to his own slaves the prophets is indeed brought to a finish.”

And that has a final “little scroll” ministerial commission of the future, well after this coming temple judgment has prepared the required accuracy:

(Revelation 10:9-10) 8 And the voice that I heard out of heaven is speaking again with me and saying: “Go, take the opened scroll that is in the hand of the angel who is standing on the sea and on the earth.” 9 And I went away to the angel and told him to give me the little scroll. And he said to me: “Take it and eat it up, and it will make your belly bitter, but in your mouth it will be sweet as honey.” 10 And I took the little scroll out of the hand of the angel and ate it up, and in my mouth it was sweet as honey; but when I had eaten it up, my belly was made bitter. 

And a future “second witness” final warning will repeat the “two witnesses” prophecy for that now Messianic Kingdom completion proclamation:

(Revelation 10:11) And they say to me: “You must prophesy AGAIN with regard to peoples and nations and tongues and many kings.”

And what news is it bringing? Messianic Kingdom completion guarantee final “news”!

And that final warning “little scroll” commission, to be carried out after the temple judgment has completed the final preparation purification (Matt25:1-13), is this temple judgment purification that leads to that final commission final warning parallel here:

(Zechariah 3:5-7) At that I said: “Let them put a clean turban upon his head.” And they proceeded to put the clean turban upon his head and to clothe him with garments; and the angel of Jehovah was standing by. 6 And the angel of Jehovah began to bear witness to Joshua, saying: 7 “This is what Jehovah of armies has said, ‘If it is in my ways that you will walk, and if it is my obligation that you will keep, then also it will be you that will judge my house and also keep my courtyards; (parallel Matthew 24:45-47) and I shall certainly give you free access among these (angels) who are standing by.’

And the grand announcement is, the temple 144000 will complete by means of the final Temple completion “headstone” Christ, which is the “sacred secret” completion subject matter of that final warning in that “little scroll” fully open and thus understood in that guaranteed certain arrival of Christ, to do just that:
(Zechariah 3:8-9) “‘Hear, please, O Joshua the high priest, you and your companions who are sitting before you, for they are men [serving] as portents; for here I am bringing in my servant Sprout! 9 For, look! the stone that I have put before Joshua! Upon the one stone there are seven eyes. Here I am engraving its engraving,’ is the utterance of Jehovah of armies, ‘and I will take away the error of that land in one day.’

(Revelation 11:15) And the seventh angel blew his trumpet. And loud voices occurred in heaven, saying: “The kingdom of the world did become the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ, and he will rule as king forever and ever.”

(Revelation 11:19) And the temple [sanctuary] of God that is in heaven was opened, and the ark of his covenant was seen in his temple [sanctuary]. (completed “temple”, no longer the preliminary “tent” of Hebrews 8:2,9:11 and Revelation 15:5-8)

Which temple completion “stone”, “put before Joshua”, is the Christ, temple completing “Head” “Stone” of Messianic Kingdom and Temple complete King-Priest coronation (Zech6:9-15) and final installment of Christ:

(Zechariah 4:6-9) Accordingly he answered and said to me: “This is the word of Jehovah to Zerubbabel, saying, ‘“Not by a military force, nor by power, but by my spirit,” Jehovah of armies has said. 7 Who are you, O great mountain? Before Zerubbabel [you will become] a level land. And he will certainly bring forth the headstone. There will be shoutings to it: “How charming! How charming!”’” (two witnesses) 8 And the word of Jehovah continued to occur to me, saying: 9 “The very hands of Zerubbabel have laid the foundation of this house, and his own hands will finish [it]. And you will have to know that Jehovah of armies himself has sent me to you people.

Apostate Bethel is the first of those “Who are you, O great mountain? Before Zerubbabel [you will become] a level land” flattened obstacles. (Rev8:8-9)

(Isaiah 22:15-19) “Go, enter in to this steward, to Shebna, who is over the house, 16 ‘What is there of interest to you here, and who is there of interest to you here, that you have hewed out for yourself here a burial place?’ On a height he is hewing out his burial place; in a crag he is cutting out a residence for himself. 17 ‘Look! Jehovah is hurling you down with violent hurling, O able-bodied man, and grasping you forcibly. 18 Without fail he will wrap you up tightly, like a ball for a wide land. There you will die, and there the chariots of your glory will be the dishonor of the house of your master. 19 And I will push you away from your position; and from your official standing one will tear you down.

(Isaiah 31:9) And his own crag will pass away out of sheer fright, and because of the signal his princes must be terrified,” is the utterance of Jehovah, whose light is in Zion and whose furnace is in Jerusalem.

(Revelation 8:8-9) And the second angel blew his trumpet. And something like a great mountain burning with fire was hurled into the sea. And a third of the sea became blood; 9 and a third of the creatures that are in the sea which have souls died, and a third of the boats were wrecked.

Thus this temple judgment period actually coming up, rather than this “evil slave” Bethel premature delusion, will make this parallel divine judgment determination of faithful anointed Christians, the “faithful slave”, the “five wise virgins”, the “two witnesses” finality, to carry out this final commission, which requires the full final warning to be given after this “faithful slave” designate is made:

(Matthew 24:45-51) “Who really is the faithful and discreet slave whom his master appointed over his domestics, to give them their food at the proper time? (God answers this question in the temple judgment, not self-approved men in premature fashion; Zech3:6-7) 46 Happy is that slave if his master on arriving finds him doing so. 47 Truly I say to you, He will appoint him over all his belongings. (Zech3:6-7) 48 “But if ever that evil slave should say in his heart, ‘My master is delaying,’ 49 and should start to beat his fellow slaves and should eat and drink with the confirmed drunkards, 50 the master of that slave will come on a day that he does not expect and in an hour that he does not know, 51 and will punish him with the greatest severity and will assign him his part with the hypocrites. There is where [his] weeping and the gnashing of [his] teeth will be.

And thus that Revelation 10:11 “you must prophesy again“, with all this final completion “little scroll” information in “the good news which he declared to his own slaves the prophets is indeed brought to a finish” before it all manifests to total culmination, is the second and final Kingdom “witnessing” of the “two” “witnesses” as this leads to that Messianic Kingdom completion requirement:

(Revelation 11:2-3) But as for the courtyard that is outside the temple [sanctuary], cast it clear out and do not measure it, because it has been given to the nations, and they will trample the holy city underfoot for forty-two months. 3 And I will cause my two witnesses to prophesy a thousand two hundred and sixty days dressed in sackcloth.”

And thus the connection to Zechariah 3-4 is made as well:

(Revelation 11:4) These are [symbolized by] the two olive trees and the two lampstands and are standing before the Lord of the earth.

(Zechariah 4:1-3) And the angel who was speaking with me proceeded to come back and wake me up, like a man that is awakened from his sleep. (Rev11:1 “Get up!”) 2 Then he said to me: “What are you seeing?” So I said: “I have seen, and, look! there is a lampstand, all of it of gold, with a bowl on top of it. And its seven lamps are upon it, even seven; and the lamps that are at the top of it have seven pipes. 3 And there are two olive trees alongside it, one on the right side of the bowl and one on its left side.”

In reality the Daniel 8:13-14 timing of 1150 days minimum, likely 2300 days, in both temple judgment phases from “the evening” darkness to “the morning” enlightenment (Dan8:26), is the purification preparation that eventually leads to that final 1260 days final Kingdom proclamation, as actually several years remain in the global system even after Bethel starts to be “trampled”, as they are now smokescreening by this latest covering delusion and diversion for such anti-ministerial purposes.

Thus, rather than the Bethel “the end” total diversion and bypass of prophetic requirement, ALL these 1260 days prophecies cross relate for final fulfillment for this final 1260 day period coming up in the future, instead, as part of the final cycle requirement. All of this also has a final cycle fulfillment:

(Revelation 12:14-17) 14 But the two wings of the great eagle were given the woman, that she might fly into the wilderness to her place; there is where she is fed for a time and times and half a time away from the face of the serpent. 15 And the serpent disgorged water like a river from its mouth after the woman, to cause her to be drowned by the river. 16 But the earth came to the woman’s help, and the earth opened its mouth and swallowed up the river that the dragon disgorged from its mouth. 17 And the dragon grew wrathful at the woman, and went off to wage war with the remaining ones of her seed, who observe the commandments of God and have the work of bearing witness to Jesus.

(Revelation 13:5-8) And a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies was given it, and authority to act forty-two months was given it. 6 And it opened its mouth in blasphemies against God, to blaspheme his name and his residence, even those residing in heaven. 7 And there was granted it to wage war with the holy ones and conquer them, and authority was given it over every tribe and people and tongue and nation. 8 And all those who dwell on the earth will worship it; the name of not one of them stands written in the scroll of life of the Lamb who was slaughtered, from the founding of the world.

(Daniel 7:25-26) And he will speak even words against the Most High, and he will harass continually the holy ones themselves of the Supreme One. And he will intend to change times and law, and they will be given into his hand for a time, and times and half a time. 26 And the Court itself proceeded to sit, and his own rulership they finally took away, in order to annihilate [him] and to destroy [him] totally.

(Daniel 12:7) 7 And I began to hear the man clothed with the linen, who was up above the waters of the stream, as he proceeded to raise his right [hand] and his left [hand] to the heavens and to swear by the One who is alive for time indefinite: “It will be for an appointed time, appointed times and a half. And as soon as there will have been a finishing of the dashing of the power of the holy people to pieces, all these things will come to their finish.”

And thus that final “wage war with the holy ones and conquer them” and “they will be given into his hand for a time, and times and half a time” and “there will have been a finishing of the dashing of the power of the holy people to pieces” and “the dragon grew wrathful at the woman, and went off to wage war with the remaining ones of her seed” is this final post 1260 day final warning completed into the final 8th King attack under emerging to full world government:

(Revelation 11:7-10) 7 And when they have finished their witnessing, the wild beast that ascends out of the abyss (Rev17:8-11) will make war with them and conquer them and kill them. 8 And their corpses will be on the broad way of the great city which is in a spiritual sense called Sodom and Egypt, where their Lord was also impaled. 9 And those of the peoples and tribes and tongues and nations will look at their corpses for three and a half days, and they do not let their corpses be laid in a tomb. 10 And those dwelling on the earth rejoice over them and enjoy themselves, and they will send gifts to one another, because these two prophets tormented those dwelling on the earth.

That is the real “attack” phase of Daniel 8:25, Daniel 11:44-45, and Ezekiel 38-39 after this coming final 1260 days has completed.

As that final warning is finished, which enables the true final anointed affirmation approval sealing (Rev7:1-4; 2Tim4:8), and that final 8th King attack “trampling” of Revelation 11:1-7, are manifested as the final global milestone events that lead directly to Christ’s arrival and the parallel development of the real final “gathering” of Matthew 24:29-31 at that advanced post 1260 days time period. This is the Christ arrival parallel of Revelation 11:

(Revelation 11:11-12) And after the three and a half days (the final pre-Christ arrival symbolic period to expire before Christ arrives) spirit of life from God entered into them, and they stood upon their feet, and great fear fell upon those beholding them. 12 And they heard a loud voice out of heaven say to them: “Come on up here.” And they went up into heaven in the cloud, and their enemies beheld them. 13 And in that hour a great earthquake occurred, and a tenth of the city fell; and seven thousand persons were killed by the earthquake, and the rest became frightened and gave glory to the God of heaven. (many people attain repentance due to this final waning and Haggai 2:7 final “rock the nations” prelude period.)

And that is the attack scenario, many years from now, that Bethel is selling to Jehovah’s witnesses as the one coming up which is instead the temple judgment permitted “trampling” of Daniel 8:13, to instead fully expose the Bethel apostasy first, as the temple is in an “unright condition”, profaned by the Bethel apostasy:

(2 Thessalonians 2:3-4) Let no one seduce you in any manner, because (the day of Jehovah and the final gathering) will not come unless the apostasy comes first and the man of lawlessness gets revealed, the son of destruction. 4 He is set in opposition and lifts himself up over everyone who is called “god” or an object of reverence, so that he sits down in the temple of The God, publicly showing himself to be a god.

This below is basically true, just oversimplified and applied prematurely to butter up the Bethel delusion. That completion period will be several years after even the total Bethel desolation has run its full Daniel 8:13-14 course, as what is actually coming on the JW organization, not this yet, at this time:

question16,17. What must happen before the marriage of the Lamb can take place in heaven?

16 Once all the 144,000 are in heaven, the final preparations for the marriage of the Lamb can begin. (Revelation 19:9) But something else will happen before that joyous event. Remember, shortly before the remaining ones of the 144,000 are taken to heaven, Gog will attack God’s people. (Ezekiel 38:16) What reaction does this provoke? On earth, God’s people will appear to be defenseless. They will obey the instructions given in the days of King Jehoshaphat: “You will not need to fight this battle. Take your position, stand still, and see the salvation of Jehovah in your behalf. O Judah and Jerusalem, do not be afraid or be terrified.” (2 Chronicles 20:17) In heaven, however, there is a different reaction. Referring to the time when all the anointed are in heaven, Revelation 17:14 tells us this about the enemies of God’s people: “These will battle with the Lamb, but because he is Lord of lords and King of kings, the Lamb will conquer them. Also, those with him who are called and chosen and faithful will do so.” Together with his 144,000 corulers in heaven, Jesus will come to the rescue of God’s people here on earth.

17 The resulting war of Armageddon will lead to the magnifying of Jehovah’s holy name. (Revelation 16:16) At that time, all goatlike ones “will depart into everlasting cutting-off.” The earth will finally be cleansed of all wickedness, and the great crowd will pass through the final part of the great tribulation. With all preparations completed, the climax of the book of Revelation, the marriage of the Lamb, can take place. (Revelation 21:1-4) *

[Footnote.] * Psalm 45 also gives an indication of the sequence of events. First the King fights the war, and then the marriage takes place. [End of Footnote.]

All those surviving on the earth will bask in God’s favor and experience bounteous expressions of his love. What a marriage feast that will be! Do we not look forward to that day with eager expectation?—Read 2 Peter 3:13.

[“Read” scripture.] 2 Peter 3:13: But there are new heavens and a new earth that we are awaiting according to his promise, and in these righteousness is to dwell. [End of “Read” scripture.]

Of course modern manifesting “lawless one” Bethel as the latest “man of lawlessness” members of ministerial override, lies, omissions and organized lawlessness to support global stumbling instead, are doing just the opposite of this directive up at Bethel, as they mislead Jehovah’s witnesses to also follow their example:

question18. With the foretold exciting events just ahead of us, what should be our resolve?

18 With these exciting events ahead of us, what should each of us now be doing? The apostle Peter was inspired to write: “Since all these things are to be dissolved in this way, consider what sort of people you ought to be in holy acts of conduct and deeds of godly devotion, as you await and keep close in mind the presence of the day of Jehovah … Therefore, beloved ones, since you are awaiting these things, do your utmost to be found finally by him spotless and unblemished and in peace.” (2 Peter 3:11, 12, 14) Let us, then, be resolved to remain spiritually clean, supporting the King of Peace.

Reality: The Final Open Salvation Global-Cycle of the Adamic Era

The Temple Judgment Period Begins the Final Cycle

In reality this is how the Bethel Delusion Formula differs from coming reality. We really are to soon enter the “tribulation of those days”, but that period does not lead to the immediate end as Bethel is implying in error as the final foretold modern day apostates:

The Final Open Salvation Cycle of the Adamic Era

In reality the “tribulation of those days” is not “the end” nor a cut off period of anything but, first in the process, unrepentant Bethel “weeds” as the “five foolish virgin” and modern day “evil slave” counterparts, in order to prepare the full final warning and totally open salvation final invitation. Even when Christ arrives after world government completes, the full end is not immediate even in that post final 1260 days timing of Daniel 12:11 1290 days as Revelation 14. In fact the complete end is the very last part of the Revelation 14 and Matthew 25:31-46 world judgment process.

Thus open global salvation is the offer throughout this whole final period, even after Christ’s arrival and 144000 gathering completion of the Messianic Kingdom:

(Revelation 14:1,6-8) And I saw, and, look! the Lamb standing upon the Mount Zion, and with him a hundred and forty-four thousand having his name and the name of his Father written on their foreheads… 6 And I saw another angel flying in midheaven, and he had everlasting good news to declare as glad tidings to those who dwell on the earth, and to every nation and tribe and tongue and people, 7 saying in a loud voice: “Fear God and give him glory, because the hour of the judgment by him has arrived, and so worship the One who made the heaven and the earth and sea and fountains of waters.” 8 And another, a second angel, followed, saying: “She has fallen! Babylon the Great has fallen, she who made all the nations drink of the wine of the anger of her fornication!”

This in that “he had everlasting good news to declare as glad tidings to those who dwell on the earth”, Jesus Christ completes his own ministry:

(Matthew 10:23) When they persecute you in one city, flee to another; for truly I say to you, you will by no means complete the circuit of the cities of Israel until the Son of man arrives.

Thus evil Bethel is also using their premature end delusion to instill an attitude as if it is all said and done, and people can no longer be saved by this “doomsday” hype and deep over-advancement of Jehovah’s witnesses prophecy and expectations of premature key fulfillments which the very severe 7th King downfall period (Dan11:41-45) will indeed be easily misperceived as total global doom.

But that coming repeating “sword stroke”…:

(Revelation 13:3) And I saw one of its heads as though slaughtered to death, but its death-stroke got healed, and all the earth followed the wild beast with admiration. 

…is “as though” “slaughtered to death”; it is not the reality of the end, but the global impression of it, which turn-around recovery “healing” will instead manifest great global hopefulness which the 8th King world government presentation can then use for their own “admiration” for global government acceptance and believability.

(Revelation 17:8) And when they see how the wild beast was, but is not, and yet will be present, those who dwell on the earth will wonder admiringly

Global recovery, “freedom from care” world peace by 8th King definition, and great hopefulness is what will come with world government:

(Isaiah 41:1) “Attend to me in silence, you islands; and let national groups themselves regain power. Let them approach. At that time let them speak. Let us come up close together for the judgment itself.

(Revelation 13:15-18) And there was granted it to give breath to the image of the wild beast, so that the image of the wild beast should both speak and cause to be killed all those who would not in any way worship the image of the wild beast. 16 And it puts under compulsion all persons, the small and the great, and the rich and the poor, and the free and the slaves, that they should give these a mark in their right hand or upon their forehead, 17 and that nobody might be able to buy or sell except a person having the mark, the name of the wild beast or the number of its name. 18 Here is where wisdom comes in: Let the one that has intelligence calculate the number of the wild beast, for it is a man’s number; and its number is six hundred and sixty-six.

This coming final global cycle, too, is a common formulaic process in which “chaos” is created in the big world war based “global-problem”, for which 8th King world government is the bringer of “new world” “order” and the big “global-solution” with a huge global event cycle to create just such a recovery and hopeful final period of United Nations centered world “peace and security” All of that is already foretold in all four UN cycles since 1914-1919. It is the three time previous, fourth time running “world-war-to-world-government” cycle to achieve just such a global reaction sequence.

Thus that reality is what apostate Bethel is now actively concealing, and that is why they are what is to be judged, removed and exposed first. This is because in exposing apostate Bethel for who and where they are in the prophecy, what they are concealing will have to come forth fully explained as their apostasy and UN connections are being exposed globally, during this coming “tribulation of those days” period then active.

Thus the temple judgment accounting, massive JW organizational “trampling” events and milestone, and eventual purification and ministerial recovery, coming first, instead gives people a major preliminary prophetic judgment fulfillment they can use to aid their preservation as it really is all leading to 8th King world government completion which triggers Christ’s arrival. Thus death-dealing apostate Bethel is also covering up that truth of prophecy and their own true signal apostate condition.

Temple Judgment of Jehovah’s Witnesses and the 8th King Final Cycle to Christ’s Arrival

The Jehovah’s witnesses ministry will instead go go through the temple judgment of Daniel 8:13-14 in 1150 day minimum, likely 2300 day  timed and phased temple judgment which will activate Revelation 8-11 in prophetic final cycle replication. In time that temple judgment Daniel 8:14 timing, will then lead to the final fulfillment replication sequence of Daniel 12:7 (Rev11:1-7; 1260 days), and then Daniel 12:11 (1290 days) as those 1260 day and 1290 day prophecies and periods will repeat in final fulfillment.

That 1260 day replication will repeat the first cycle of the Jehovah’s witnesses original ministry of 1914-1919 as a “second witness” of the “two” “witnesses”. The fourth 8th King cycle of Daniel 11:41-45 as “King North” finality, is what will converge into Daniel 12 live and real-time in the future, for the final fulfillment progression by which time the judged apostate Bethel condition will be globally exposed. In time anointed Christians, and Jehovah’s witnesses in repentance, will have the Kingdom ministry recovered by God, in whatever form God does so to carry out the second of “two witnesses” into the then active “tribulation of those days” that will eventually resolve into world government. (Rev9-10:5-11);

Thus the final warning precedes full 8th King world government so the final warning is known before that Christ triggering rival global-sovereign entity completes as foretold.

Thus it is not “the end” about to activate next as Bethel deludes millions to believe, it is a final global cycle and the final fulfillment final prophetic cycle that has foretold it all. World government must complete just prior to Christ’s arrival. The first Jehovah’s witnesses ministry of 1914-1919 first “two witnesses” has the main replicating pattern that led to the League of Nations “image” of world government which merely completes that 8th King world government objective over the final cycle upon the very same master prophetic pattern and repeating global cycle.

The reason the final cycle can be “predicted” before it occurs is because both the first prophetic and global cycle are merely repeating in exact form but to completion of the sovereign entities already identified since 1919.

These graphics layout the unique temple judgment and prophetic replication portions that will activate with the Jehovah’s witnesses temple judgment.

1. Seven National Powers Four Globalist Cycles One World Government

In reality, 8th King world government is what completes over this final cycle:

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/10-Seven-National-Powers-Four-Globalist-Cycles-One-World-Government-Color-2_zps137038ea.png~original

2. Four Globalist Cycles to One World Government

All four UN cycles are foretold in prophecy and we know it is at the 3rd UN event that Bethel began this full diversion:

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/11-Four-Globalist-Cycles-One-World-Government-Color-1_zpscbb92341.png~original

3. Temple Judgment to World Government to Christ Arrival – Daniel 12, Revelation 11

The entire final cycle is mapped in a repeating prophecy with certain unique fulfillments like Daniel 11:41-45 and Daniel 8:13-14:

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/12-Rev11-Dan12-TwoWitnesses-3_5day-Death-State-1_zps23245234.png~original

4. Temple Judgment to World Government to Christ Arrival – Daniel 12, Revelation 11

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/13-Rev11-Dan12-2Witnesses-35day-Death-State-Simple_zps698b5e8c.png~original

5. Temple Judgment to World Government to Christ Arrival – Daniel 12, Revelation 11 – 8th King “One Hour”

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/14-2Witnesses-8th-King-One-Hour-Simple_zpsf0efe65e.png~original

6. Great Tribulation Phases

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/16-Great-Tribulation-Phases-1_zps3d7c4306.png~original

7. Great Tribulation Phases Scriptural Cross References

The whole period is open for salvation to all willing:

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/17-Great-Tribulation-Sealing-2_zps43bdead9.png~original

These following graphs are all fully detailed graphical depictions of the final cycle from temple judgment to world government to Christ’s arrival with various prophetic cross references for the future:

8. Temple Judgment to Revelation Seven Trumpets to Armageddon – Color Version

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/1-Temple-Judgment-to-Revelation-Seven-Trumpets-to-Armageddon-3_zps3cd3de05.png~original

9. Final Prophetic Periods and Milestones

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/18-Final-Prophetic-Periods-and-Milestones-Color-Model-Draft2_zps6843ebae.png~original

10. Parallel Prophetic Periods and Milestone Events

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/19-Final-Prophetic-Periods-and-Milestones-Scriptural-Cross-Ref-1_zps33237b2c.png~original

11. Jehovah’s witnesses Temple Judgment – Parallel Prophetic Periods and Milestone Events

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/20-Temple-Judgment-Final-Prophetic-Periods-and-Milestones-Scriptural-Cross-Ref_zpsbe7eecb7.png~original

==
Daniel 12 Final Prophetic Cycle Images and Graphics
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/graphics-of-final-cycle/daniel-12-final-prophetic-cycle-images-and-graphics/

Daniel 12 Final Prophetic Cycle Images and Graphics
https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2014/04/daniel_12_final_prophetic_cycle_images_and_graphics.pdf

All Four United Nations Presentations are Foretold in Bible Prophecy
https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2014/04/all_four_united_nations_presentations_are_foretold_in_bible_prophecy.pdf

=

May 2015

Bethel Delusional Formula Versus Prophetic and Global Reality

Bethel Delusional 1-2-3 Formula Versus Prophetic and Global Reality

The reason for this latest “Gog of Magog” update is to converge all  the “UN attack on false religion” and Russian related “King North” delusions into one handy premature end “self fulfilling prophecy”, recently summarized and refreshed in the JW mind, to sell the coming Bethel deposition of the temple judgment (Dan8:13-14), as if it is the terminal “great tribulation” to proceed directly to “the end”.

It is now all converged and now as simple for JWs to understand 1-2-3 or 1-2-The End:

—Image and over-simplified formula from Watchtower 5/15/2015 Study Edition.

Now events on Bethel that will start the “tribulation of those days” can be made to appear to JWs as the total end. In this deceptive manner, Jehovah’s witnesses will be thrown instead into a global hoax by the use of the over advanced and rearranged prophetic interpretations recently overrun by apostate Bethel for this very purpose.

Bethel Hoax: Premature End Expectation
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/the-bethel-hoax-and-premature-end-of-the-world-expectation/

=

This little 1-2-The End is the very kind of delusion Paul warned of and prophesied about here:

(2 Thessalonians 2:1-2) However, brothers, respecting the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ and our being gathered together to him, we request of you 2 not to be quickly shaken from your reason nor to be excited either through an inspired expression or through a verbal message or through a letter as though from us, to the effect that the day of Jehovah is here.


Bethel’s Main Delusion: The End is Near, Jehovah’s Day is Here! – is a Signal of The Final Apostasy
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/bethels-main-delusion-the-end-is-near-jehovahs-day-is-here-is-a-signal-of-the-final-apostasy/


So rather, even Bethel’s modern apostasy in the most recent and significant location of former prophetic truth must also first be fully exposed, and that at global scale, which the temple judgment will ensure occurs over the marked “trampling” events and years of Daniel 8:13-14:

(2 Thessalonians 2:3-5) Let no one seduce you in any manner, because it will not come unless the apostasy comes first and the man of lawlessness gets revealed, the son of destruction. 4 He is set in opposition and lifts himself up over everyone who is called “god” or an object of reverence, so that he sits down in the temple of The God, publicly showing himself to be a god. 5 Do you not remember that, while I was yet with you, I used to tell you these things?

Connecting Bethel Lawlessness to Final Prophecy
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/connecting-bethel-lawlessness-to-final-prophecy/

Daniel 8:13-14 Details the Coming Temple Judgment of Jehovah’s Witnesses
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/dan8/daniel-813-14-details-the-coming-temple-judgment-of-jehovahs-witnesses/

What will be coming on Bethel will be the full manifestation of Daniel 8:11 and Daniel 11:41 as Daniel 8:13-14 temple judgment “trampling” phase for the UN NGO “transgression causing desolation”.

(Daniel 8:11) And all the way to the Prince of the army it put on great airs, and from him the constant [feature] was taken away, and the established place (Bethel JW worldwide organization) of his sanctuary was thrown down. 

(Daniel 11:41) He (8th King) will also actually enter into the land of the Decoration (infiltrates the Bethel ministry internally for an eventual notable full JW org coup), and there will be many [people] that will be made to stumble. (Matt24:15; Luke21:20 signal development present now at Bethel; Stumbling people is also the lawless Bethel subversion goal. Parallels Daniel 8:11-13 and Daniel 11:30-35 events and meaning);

Temple Indictment (Dan8:13) and Temple Judgment (Dan8:14) as UN NGO “Transgression” Related (Matt24:15);

(Daniel 8:13-14) And I got to hear a certain holy one speaking, and another holy one proceeded to say to the particular one who was speaking: “How long will the vision be of the (profaned) constant [feature] and of the transgression causing desolation (UN NGO alliance of Daniel 11:31b), to make both [the] holy place (temple “established place”; Dan8:11) and [the] (JW worldwide) army things to trample on?” (first 8th King “trampling” “attack” defining the spiritual meaning of the “tribulation of those days” beginning); 14 So he said to me: “Until two thousand three hundred evenings [and] mornings; and [the] holy place will certainly be brought into its right condition.” (Temple judgment purification completed in this timed period parallel Zechariah 3:4-5, Revelation 8:1-5);

The Main Bethel Bypass

What we basically have is Bethel bypassing the required real events of King North globalist 8th King system expansion of Daniel 11:41-43 of the “old world order” transition in the coming 7th King (King South) nation-state system sovereign fall, to 8th King world government rise into the “new world order” (Rev17:8-18; Dan11:41-45). What is really coming is world government  “order from chaos” from a final period of “tribulation of those days” chaos to bring the nations to their knees as the “tribulation of those days” is to resolve into, not “the end” immediately, but into 8th King FULL WORLD GOVERNMENT first.

The “sword stroke” to “healing” cycle of Revelation 13 is this same preparatory period for world government final presentation. The full Revelation 17:8-11 abyss rise of the full 8th King into world government “one hour” of Revelation 17:11-18 is the same parallel of global development.

Revelation 13 Replication and World Government
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/prophecy-repeats/revelation-13-replication-and-world-government/

https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2015/01/revelation_13_replication_and_world_government.pdf

Future Global War “Sword-Stroke” to Define UN Peace Keeping “Abyss” Impotence— Sets the Global Stage for the “Healing” “Ascension” of Full 8th King World Government

https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2015/02/28/future-global-war-sword-stroke-to-define-un-peace-keeping-abyss-impotence/

https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2015/03/revelation_13_and_17_future_global_war_sword-stroke_and_the_healing_ascension_of_full_8th_king_world_government.pdf

JW Fast Forward

Thus Bethel is OVER ADVANCING JWs too far into the prophecy “to the effect the day of Jehovah is here” premature of reality (as per 2Thess2:1-2), to sell the upcoming “tribulation of those days” phase in peak global “sword stroke” developments as simply “it is the [1-2-3] end brothers!”.

Thus apostate Bethel, as led by the real King North as per Daniel 11:32a…

(Daniel 11:32) “And those who are acting wickedly against [the] covenant (at Bethel), he (8th King/King North) will lead into apostasy by means of smooth words. (The Bethel “smooth words” 8th King cover-up in the JW publications is part of the smoothly justified apostasy);

…is perfectly deluding JWs to misperceive these coming events of severe global financial difficulty (Dan11:42-43), as if it is “the end” well premature of reality.

Thus when Daniel 11:41 fully manifests on the JW organization as the “trampling” of Daniel 8:13-14, they can sell that temple judgment desolation for massive Bethel sins and UN NGO, as “the attack of Gog of Magog”, and this si why they have revisited that Gog teaching to continue to prime the JW collective brain for these coming events, so as to perceive them in error.

At such time the current JW delusion complex of a handy “self fulfilling prophecy”, will become a true JW hoax, for it cannot be the end yet, for a number of reasons.

And as we see per Watchtower 7/15/2015, they are programming that JW org downfall phase so as to also try to draw in more JWs and xJWs and interested ones, with the “respite” they are now deceptively teaching for this future anti-JW operation. They intend to get full JW resources and support so that JWs can actually aid the Bethel deposition process.

“Your Deliverance Is Getting Near”! Article Watchtower 7/15/2015

6 How will God’s people fare at that time? Jesus explains: “In fact, unless those days were cut short, no flesh would be saved; but on account of the chosen ones those days will be cut short.” (Matthew 24:22) As we considered, in 66 C.E. the tribulation was “cut short.” This allowed “the chosen ones,” anointed Christians, to flee the city and its environs. Likewise, the initial part of the future great tribulation will be “cut short” because of “the chosen ones.” The political “ten horns” will not be allowed to annihilate God’s people. Rather, there will be a brief respite.

7 What will happen after the destruction of false religious organizations? It will be a time to reveal what is really in our heart. The majority of mankind will seek refuge in human organizations that are likened to “the rocks of the mountains.” (Revelation 6:15-17) Figuratively speaking, however, God’s people will flee to the refuge that Jehovah provides. In the first century, the interval was not a time for a mass conversion of Jews to Christianity. It was a time for action and obedience on the part of those who were already Christians. Similarly, we cannot expect that the future interruption in the great tribulation will result in an influx of new believers. Rather, it will be an opportunity for all true believers to prove their love for Jehovah and give their support to Christ’s brothers.—Matthew 25:34-40.

8 Although we do not fully understand all that will happen during that time of test, we can expect that it will involve some measure of sacrifice. In the first century, Christians had to leave behind their possessions and endure hardships in order to survive. (Mark 13:15-18) To remain faithful, will we be willing to experience material loss? Will we be ready to do whatever is required of us to prove our loyalty to Jehovah? Just think! At that time, we will be the only ones following the example of the ancient prophet Daniel by continuing to worship our God no matter what.—Daniel 6:10, 11.

And they are pre-programming JWs for the end of their own ministry, by Bethel’s anti-Christian hand and policy:

9 This will not be the time to preach the “good news of the Kingdom.” That time will have passed. The time for “the end” will have come! (Matthew 24:14) No doubt God’s people will proclaim a hard-hitting judgment message. This may well involve a declaration announcing that Satan’s wicked world is about to come to its complete end.

Thus “”Figuratively speaking, however, God’s people will flee to the refuge that Jehovah provides.””, is in reference to this insane directive:

WT quote (WT 11/15/2013, pg. 20, par. 17, #3):

“”Elders who are reading this article can draw some useful conclusions from the account we have just considered:…

[And sandwiched into the admonishment:]

(3) At that time, the lifesaving direction that we receive from Jehovah’s organization may not appear practical from a human standpoint. All of us must be ready to obey any instructions we may receive, whether these appear sound from a strategic or human standpoint or not.

Obviously Bethel is planning to use the JW org, to attempt to herd JWs to capture globally “at that time”.

The Reality of the Temple Judgment Trampling Versus the Bethel Delusion of 2 Thessalonians 2:1-2

Smaller image versions:

http://i62.tinypic.com/2nis29c.jpg

http://i61.tinypic.com/2nko205.jpg

====

Temple Judgment of Jehovah’s Witnesses and the 8th King Final Cycle to Christ’s Arrival

Basically the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry will go through the Daniel 8:14 2300 or 1150 day timed and phased temple judgment which will activate Revelation 8-11. In time that temple judgment will lead to the final fulfillment replication sequence of Daniel 12:7 (1260 days) and Daniel 12:11 (1290 days) as those prophecies will repeat in final fulfillment. They will repeat the first cycle of the Jehovah’s witnesses original ministry as a “second witness”. The fourth 8th King cycle of Daniel 11:42-45 as King North is what will converge into Daniel 12 final fulfillment by which time the judged apostate Bethel and Jehovah’s witnesses ministry must be recovered in whatever form God does so to carry out the second of “two witnesses” into the then active “tribulation of those days” that will resolved into world government. (Rev9-10:5-11);

Thus it is not “the end” about to activate it is a final global cycle and the prophetic cycle that has foretold it. World government must complete just prior to Christ’s arrival. The first Jehovah’s witnesses ministry of 1914-1919 first “two witnesses” has the main replicating pattern that led to the League of Nation “image” of world government which merely completes that 8th King world government objective over the final cycle.

The reason the final cycle can be “predicted” before it occurs is because both the first prophetic and global cycle are merely repeating in exact form but to completion of the sovereign entities.

These graphics layout the unique temple judgment and prophetic replication portions that will activate with the Jehovah’s witnesses temple judgment.

10. Seven National Powers Four Globalist Cycles One World Government

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/10-Seven-National-Powers-Four-Globalist-Cycles-One-World-Government-Color-2_zps137038ea.png~original

11. Four Globalist Cycles to One World Government

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/11-Four-Globalist-Cycles-One-World-Government-Color-1_zpscbb92341.png~original

12. Temple Judgment to World Government to Christ Arrival – Daniel 12, Revelation 11

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/12-Rev11-Dan12-TwoWitnesses-3_5day-Death-State-1_zps23245234.png~original

13. Temple Judgment to World Government to Christ Arrival – Daniel 12, Revelation 11

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/13-Rev11-Dan12-2Witnesses-35day-Death-State-Simple_zps698b5e8c.png~original

14. Temple Judgment to World Government to Christ Arrival – Daniel 12, Revelation 11 – 8th King “One Hour”

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/14-2Witnesses-8th-King-One-Hour-Simple_zpsf0efe65e.png~original

16. Great Tribulation Phases

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/16-Great-Tribulation-Phases-1_zps3d7c4306.png~original

17. Great Tribulation Phases Scriptural Cross References

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/17-Great-Tribulation-Sealing-2_zps43bdead9.png~original

1. Temple Judgment to Revelation Seven Trumpets to Armageddon – Color Version

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/1-Temple-Judgment-to-Revelation-Seven-Trumpets-to-Armageddon-3_zps3cd3de05.png~original

18. Final Prophetic Periods and Milestones

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/18-Final-Prophetic-Periods-and-Milestones-Color-Model-Draft2_zps6843ebae.png~original

19. Parallel Prophetic Periods and Milestone Events

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/19-Final-Prophetic-Periods-and-Milestones-Scriptural-Cross-Ref-1_zps33237b2c.png~original

20. JW Temple Judgment – Parallel Prophetic Periods and Milestone Events

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/20-Temple-Judgment-Final-Prophetic-Periods-and-Milestones-Scriptural-Cross-Ref_zpsbe7eecb7.png~original

Grayscale Versions 

1. Revelation 8-11 Overlay Upon Daniel 8:14/Daniel 12 Timed Periods
http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Daniel8_14-as-Revelation8-11-Activation_zps4130f4f8.png~original

2. Temple Judgment Daniel 8:14 Parallels to Daniel 11/12 Final Kingdom Proclamation
http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Temple-Judgment-Dan814-to-Dan1212-1bw_zpscde4fb68.png~original

3. Daniel 12 Temple Judgment 1914 and Future Parallels Comparison of Timed Periods
http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Daniel12-Replication-Parallel-1914-and-Future-Patterns_zps828baf1e.png

4. Prophetic Replication Parallels
http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Daniel12-Replication-Parallel-1914-and-Future-Patterns3_zpsfbc3d2d1.png~original

5. Daniel 11:40-45 Convergence into Daniel 12 Final Fulfillment (Portrait)
http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Daniel11_40-45-Scriptural-Cross-Reference1a_zps3e41913e.png~original

6. Daniel 11:40-45 Convergence into Daniel 12 Final Fulfillment (Landscape)
http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/6-Daniel11_40-45-Scriptural-Cross-Reference2a-original_zpsef9d43b4.png~original

7. United Nations – Four Cycles to 8th King World Government
http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/7-UN-4-Cycles-to-World-Government-original_zpsa97a5266.png~original

8. Bethel Apostasy and Temple Judgment of Jehovah’s Witnesses
http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/8-Bethel_Apostasy-Temple_Judgment-Two_Witnesses-Final_Warning-Daniel8_11-Sequence-b_zpsf4ae4fda.png~original

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/8-Bethel_Apostasy-Temple_Judgment-Two_Witnesses-Final_Warning-Daniel8_11-Sequence_zps3c514595.png~original
Daniel 12 Final Prophetic Cycle Images and Graphics
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/graphics-of-final-cycle/daniel-12-final-prophetic-cycle-images-and-graphics/

Daniel 12 Final Prophetic Cycle Images and Graphics
https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2014/04/daniel_12_final_prophetic_cycle_images_and_graphics.pdf

All Four United Nations Presentations are Foretold in Bible Prophecy
https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2014/04/all_four_united_nations_presentations_are_foretold_in_bible_prophecy.pdf

====

8 Kings: Why the 7th King Anglo-American National System Must “Fall”
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/world-war-4-un-4-0/8-kings-why-the-7th-king-anglo-american-national-system-must-fall/

The End of National Sovereignty, Not The End of the World
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/world-war-4-un-4-0/the-end-of-national-sovereignty-not-the-end-of-the-world/

When UN NGO Bethel Placed The Disgusting Thing
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/03/27/when-did-un-ngo-bethel-placed-the-disgusting-thing/

Bethel Silence on Modern Global Developments
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/03/14/bethel-silence-on-modern-global-developments/

1990: 3RD UN Presentation—The Key to Modern Bethel Reality https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/04/08/1990-3rd-un-presentation-the-key-to-modern-bethel-reality/

JW UN NGO Prophecy, Information and Details
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-temple-judgment/the-jw-un-ngo-transgression-causing-desolation-connection-to-the-disgusting-thing-causing-desolation/

JW UN NGO – Tip of the Iceberg of Bethel Subversion
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/flee/jw-un-ngo-tip-of-the-iceberg-of-bethel-subversion/

JW UN NGO – Tip of the Iceberg of Bethel Subversion
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/flee/jw-un-ngo-tip-of-the-iceberg-of-bethel-subversion/

Temple Judgment to World Government to Christ Arrival
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/graphics-of-final-cycle/temple-judgment-to-world-government-to-christ-arrival-revelation-11-and-daniel-12/

JW UN NGO – Tip of the Iceberg of Bethel Subversion
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/flee/jw-un-ngo-tip-of-the-iceberg-of-bethel-subversion/